Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
This chart was assembled by Rainbow Resource Curriculum Consultants and is intended to be a comparative tool based on our own
understanding of these programs and is not necessarily reflective of publishers' opinions. Some designations are "best fit," not absolute. Mathematics 429
MATHEMATICS
COMPREHENSIVE PROGRAMS - ALL GRADES Student Workbooks are used in grades 1-3 only 018726 Meeting Book . . . . . 18.70 12.95
and contain student materials, flash cards and 021349 Teacher Edition . . . . 81.60 70.95
SAXON MATH practice pages. The Math K Home Study Kit con-
The most popular homeschooling math program tains teacher edition and meeting book. Math Math 2
hands down! Highly recommended by both 1, 2, and 3 kits contain teacher edition, meeting Skip counting; comparing numbers; solving
Mary Pride and Cathy Duffy, Saxon Math also book, and a set of 2 workbooks. Manipulatives problems; mastering all basic addition and sub-
wins our award for the “Most Requested Text.” are a vital, integral part of the program; these traction facts; mastering multiplication to 5; add-
Saxon math is a “user-friendly” math program are not included in the Home Study Kits, but are ing and subtracting 2-digit numbers; measuring;
- even for Algebra, Trigonometry, Calculus and available through us also. perimeter and area; telling time to 5 minutes;
other generally difficult math topics. Learning is identifying geometric shapes; identifying sym-
incremental and each new concept is continu- Math K metry; identifying angles; graphing. 132 lessons.
ously reviewed, so the learning has time to “sink Counting, number recognition, and sequencing; 018400 Home Study Kit . . . 132.30 87.95
in” instead of being forgotten when the next topic addition and subtraction stories; sorting; pattern- 001526 Workbooks . . . . . . . 48.33 36.25
is presented. Higher scores on standardized ing, identifying shapes and geometric designs; 018727 Meeting Book . . . . . 18.70 12.95
tests and increased enrollments in upper-level telling time to the hour; using a calendar. There 021134 Teacher Edition . . . . 81.60 70.95
math and science classes have resulted where are no workbooks. 112 lessons.
Saxon has been used in public schools. Students 018398 Home Study Kit . . . . 87.05 62.00 Math 3
like Saxon because they feel successful in math 018725 Meeting Book . . . . . 18.70 12.95 Using math in real life; identifying place value;
instead of overwhelmed. Because of the format, 007918 Teacher Edition . . . . 81.60 70.95 completing patterns; mastering multiplication
children are able to work more independently. and division facts; adding/subtracting multi-digit
Math 1 numbers; multiplying a multi-digit number by a
SAXON K-3 PROGRAM Skip counting; ordinal positions; sorting rules single digit; dividing by a 1-digit divisor; adding
The Teacher’s Manual contains the actual les- and patterns; solving problems; mastering basic positive and negative numbers; fractions; adding/
son plans and information vital to the effective addition and most basic subtraction facts; adding subtracting fractions with common denomina-
presentation of math concepts. The consumable 2-digit numbers without regrouping; measuring; tors; telling time to the minute; change for a
Meeting Books are used during the teacher-stu- comparing volume, mass and area; counting dollar; graphing. 140 lessons.
dent “meeting” in which concepts are intro- money; telling time to half-hour; identifying 018401 Home Study Kit . . . 136.35 97.95
duced, demonstrated and practiced. If teaching polygons; graphing. 130 lessons. 001527 Workbooks . . . . . . . 48.33 36.25
more than one student at the same level, you 018399 Home Study Kit . . . 132.30 87.95 018728 Meeting Book . . . . . 18.70 12.95
will only need one meeting book. Consumable 001523 Workbooks . . . . . . . 48.33 36.25 021055 Teacher Edition . . . . 84.40 71.50
¾¾ The simple balance they include is a “teeter-totter” type whereas ours is a bucket balance. Pan or bucket balances cost more than simple
balances, but we were very dissatisfied with the performance of the simple balance. Just as with a teeter-totter, if two equally-weighted
objects are on each end, they will only balance if both are seated an equal distance from the fulcrum. This does not happen with a bucket/
pan balance.
¾¾ We do include number lines... they do not. We do not include a “tote box.”
¾¾ We do include the wall thermometer... they do not. Our price is lower.
¾¾ We include the one set of tangrams required by the program. They include four sets.
430 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Options: Now, about our flexibility! Because you may be starting Saxon Math with a child who is not in kindergarten, or might want to see how
you like the program before committing for all four levels, we offer kits by grade level that contain only the manipulatives needed for that grade.
For your convenience, we also offer kits both with and without the optional items on Saxon’s chart. Additionally, you may substitute either a larger
(250-pc), thicker (1 cm) set of solid plastic or wooden pattern blocks for the standard 100-pc set of 0.5 cm.-thick plastic pattern blocks. Simply use
the item number and price from the table below. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
Standard With Plastic With Wooden
Kit Pattern Block Upgrade Pattern Block Upgrade
Grade K Kit Without Optional Items MPK000. . . . 64.95 52.50 MPK0P0. . . . . 75.91 62.00 MPK0W0. . . . 77.91 62.00
Grade K Kit With Optional Items MPKW00. . . 84.94 58.00 MPKWP0. . . . 95.90 67.50 MPKWW0. . . 97.90 67.50
Grade 1 Kit Without Optional Items MP1000. . . . 57.12 47.50 MP10P0. . . . . 68.08 57.00 MP10W0. . . . 70.08 57.50
Grade 1 Kit With Optional Items MP1W00. . . 82.11 56.00 MP1WP0. . . . 93.07 65.50 MP1WW0. . . 95.07 65.50
Grade 2 Kit Without Optional Items MP2000. . . . 53.82 43.50 MP20P0. . . . . 64.78 53.00 MP20W0. . . . 66.78 53.50
Grade 2 Kit With Optional Items MP2W00. . . 83.06 54.00 MP2WP0. . . . 94.02 63.50 MP2WW0. . . 96.02 63.00
Grade 3 Kit Without Optional Items MP3000. . . . 27.48 23.50 MP30P0. . . . . 38.44 33.00 MP30W0. . . . 40.44 33.00
Grade 3 Kit With Optional Items MP3W00. . . 52.47 32.50 MP3WP0. . . . 63.43 42.00 MP3WW0. . . 65.43 42.00
Complete Kit Without Optional Items MPC000. . . . 79.27 62.00 MPC0P0 . . . . 90.23 71.00 MPC0W0. . . . 92.23 71.00
Complete Kit With Optional Items MPCW00. . 108.51 71.00 MPCWP0. . . 119.47 80.00 MPCWW0. . 121.47 80.00
NOTE: To substitute Judy Teacher’s Clock for standard teacher’s clock in kits with optional items - substitute “J” for the sixth digit (ending zero) in
the above item numbers and add $12.00.
For example, to purchase the Grade 2 kit including optional items, upgrading the pattern blocks to a set of 250 1 cm.-thick wooden ones, and
substituting a Judy clock in place of the standard teacher’s clock, use item #MP2WWJ - cost will be $74.00.
Because you may already have some of the manipulatives included in kits, we offer manipulatives separately and in the quantities needed for the
program. After reviewing the materials lists in the Saxon books, three items are worth mentioning:
Although not indicated on the chart, a set of double-six dominoes is used in one lesson in Saxon Grade 2.
In one lesson in grade 3 (L130), directions indicate the use of 12 2-colored counters (more than the kit provides). Use color tiles instead.
In Saxon grade 3, you need 20 $100 bills, 50 $10 bills, and 50 $1 bills. While some of you may have this laying about the house, and
others have ample play money from a board game, we carry what you need for the program. See item #019969 below. Coins are also
needed, but a trip to the bank will supply needed quantities!
Bucket Balance 2-Colored Plastic Counters Tangrams
As the name suggests, this sturdy balance scale 018732 Set of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . 0.50 010884 One set plastic . . . . . 1.36 1.25
uses buckets instead of pans. Measures both 018733 Set of 100 . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 TANGR4 4 sets (diff. colors) . . 4.48 3.95
solids and liquids, and the transparent buckets
are removable for easy cleaning. Colorful scale 1-Inch Teddy Bear Counters Color Tiles
is made of durable plastic, and there’s even a CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 1” square plastic tiles in four bright colors (red,
storage drawer in the base. The deep buckets 018734 Set of 48 . . . . . . . . . . 6.25 4.75 blue, green & yellow). Set of 100 (25 of each
hold approximately 300 ml, with markings every 018735 Set of 100 . . . . . . . . 14.95 8.95 color). CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
50 ml, for measuring. Also features sliding com- 018746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.50 5.75
pensators. Dominoes
018729 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.95 Double-Six set contains 28 large, solid hard- Pattern Blocks
wood engraved dominoes (black with white dots). All pattern blocks are solid,
Teaching Clock Double-Nine set is similar, but with 55 dominoes. not the cookie-cutter types.
13” diameter clock is geared so that the hour CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Sets vary in size and thick-
hand moves proportionately with the minute 018736 Double-Six . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 ness. See complete descrip-
hand. Made of durable plastic. 004074 Double-Nine . . . . . . . 3.95 3.75 tion later in this section.
008925 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 14.95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
Geometric Shapes 018743 100 .5 cm-thick plastic 9.99 7.95
Judy Clock (MAY BE SUBSTITUTED IN KIT) 10 plastic 3-D shapes approx 1” in size. Includes 018744 250 1 cm-thick plastic 20.95 17.95
In our opinion, the best geared clock avail- pyramids, cone, cube, cylinder, sphere, rectan- 015445 250 1 cm-thick wood . 22.95 17.95
able. The advantage of the Judy Clock is that gular prism, triangular prism, and more.
it’s practically child-proof. If hands are moved 003491 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 3.95 Plastic Ruler (inch/cm)
in an abnormal way, the gear mechanism will This flexible plastic ruler has inches on one
not break. We’ve had ours for years and it looks Hundred Number Chart side, and a metric/inches combination on the
good and works perfectly despite some pretty Laminated chart from 1-100 in 1” squares. other. The inches-only side is graduated in incre-
rugged “time telling!” SEE NOTE ABOVE. Blank grid on reverse. ments of 1/2 inch, while the metric/inches side
018730 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.99 18.95 018739 Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 has one edge measured in centimeters, one edge
004371 Number Tiles 1-100 . 9.95 8.95 with 1/4 inch graduations. Sold by the each.
Student Clocks Two are needed in the Saxon K-3 program.
These are standing clocks with independently Folding Meter/Yard Stick 018847 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.75
moving hands. 018740 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 3.95
018731 Set of two . . . . . . . . 3.17 3.00 Outdoor Thermometer
Multilink / Mathlink Cubes Use indoors or out - has large, visible numbers
Miniature Geared Judy Clock CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. in Celsius and Fahrenheit. Includes mounting
A 5” diameter student clock with geared hands 018741 Set of 100 . . . . . . . . 16.60 15.95 screws and is made of durable, waterproof plas-
to maintain hour/minute relationship. tic. 3” x 14½”.
003070 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.83 4.75 Number Lines w/ Write ‘n Wipe Marker 018745 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.85 3.75
Two mark-on/wipe-off student number lines
Geoboard - 7”, 5 x 5 pin, double-sided with a write ‘n wipe marker. One number line Play Money
Square plastic with a 5 x 5 pin array. Rubber shows 0-25 with ample space above to “loop” Bills approximate real currency in size and
bands included. Sold here by the EACH. (All of numbers together with marker. The other is num- color. Includes 20 $100 bills, 5 $50 bills, 5 $20
our above kits, however, include2 Geoboards w/ bered -20 to +20. Both have peel-off backing so bills, 50 $10 bills, 5 $5 bills, and 50 $1 bills.
rubber bands.) you may mount them on desks, etc. 019969 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.75
018737 EACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 018742 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.75
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 431
MATH INTERMEDIATE SERIES (3-5) offer more visual prompts and clues for doing the SAXON MIDDLE SCHOOL PROGRAMS
Also available from problems. Written Practice Workbook includes Featuring the same methodology as previous
the publishers of Saxon consumable worksheets of the Written Practice editions plus enhanced mathematical content,
is the Math Intermediate Problems found in the text. Student Reference Homeschool Kits contain a non-consumable
Series (their public school Chart is intended for easy access to formulas, student edition textbook, consumable tests and
line). This textbook-based helpful hints, and other reference tools. This is worksheets for one student, and a solutions man-
program offers an alter- a great opportunity for those who love the Saxon ual. All three components of the Homeschool
native for parents who Math approach; you can now choose your pro- Kit come softbound. The Student Edition Text
want to stick to Saxon, gram at these levels. uses a two-color page layout, as opposed to the
but want a colorful, hard- EACH HOMESCHOOL KIT . . 131.10 94.00 black and white pages of prior editions. Tests
cover text written to the EACH STUDENT TEXT . . . . . 107.20 80.40 and Worksheets include a significant amount of
student, rather than an EACH TESTING BOOK . . . . . . 23.85 16.95 fact drill practice, course tests, as well as various
overwhelming scripted teacher’s manual – there EACH SOLUTIONS MANUAL . 46.20 34.65 forms for recording student progress. Solutions
are no teacher’s manuals in this series. EACH POWER UP WKBK . . . . 12.20 9.15 Manual contains solutions to all problems in the
Grade 3 can be used in lieu of the traditional EACH ADAPTATIONS WKBK . 49.53 37.15 text and tests.
Saxon Math 3 and covers the same topics – EACH PRACTICE WKBK . . . . . 16.00 12.00 Math 54 (3rd ed) (4-5)
addition/subtraction facts, fractions, probabil- EACH REFERENCE CHART . . . . 6.20 4.65 For use by fourth graders who have completed
ity, estimating/calculating area, multiplication *same chart used with both Gr. 4 & 5 Math 3 or who are doing well in math, or for
and division facts, dividing two-digit numbers, average fifth graders. Covers review of 4 basic
multiplying three numbers, arrays, congruent HS Kit Text Test Bk Solutions math functions, estimating, 2- and 3-digit com-
shapes, capacity, polygons, classifying angles, Gr. 3 020006 059203 020066 020068 putation, decimals, fractions, rudimentary geom-
adding/subtracting multi-digit numbers, estimat- Gr. 4 017981 059204 018006 018015 etry, word problems.
ing lengths and distances, etc. There are 110 Gr. 5 018061 059205 018062 018072 024422 Homeschool Kit . . . 109.00 77.95
lessons and 11 “Investigations” which explore 024424 Student Text . . . . . . .57.00 39.95
math concepts in-depth. Manipulatives are men- Power Bk Adapt Bk Practice Chart 024425 Tests & Wkshts . . . . . 27.05 19.95
tioned (but optional), and assessments are written Gr. 3 020067 017959 020116 017976 024423 Solutions Manual . . . 35.10 24.95
only as opposed to both oral and written in the Gr. 4 018007 017978 018025 018016*
traditional Saxon Math 3. Gr. 5 018070 018054 018079 018016* Math 65 (3rd ed) (5-6)
Grades 4 and 5 can be used instead of Saxon Covers multiplication, division, word problems,
5/4 and 6/5. These include 120 lessons each, Math Intermediate Manipulative Kits (3-5) fractions, decimals, percents, basic geometry,
along with 12 “Investigations” in each. Early Based on manipulatives used in the text and option- negative numbers.
Finisher Problems found in the Intermediate al PDF worksheets. 024426 Homeschool Kit . . . 109.00 77.95
edition offer enrichment and real-world appli- SMI3MK Intermediate 3 . . . . 141.69 112.00 024428 Student Text . . . . . . .57.00 39.95
cation. Intermediate 4 includes word problems, Geometric Shapes (1”), fraction circles, 024429 Tests & Wkshts . . . . . 27.05 19.95
elapsed time, inverse operations, multiplying wooden cubes, 1 cm. graph paper, base ten 024427 Solutions Manual . . . 35.10 24.95
two and three-digit numbers, mixed number and set, Judy instructional clock, 2-color plastic
improper fractions, fractions/decimals/percents, counters (100), folding meter/yard stick, Math 76 (4th ed) (6-7)
geometry and measurement, division with two pattern blocks (.5 cm, 100), indoor-outdoor Covers decimals, fractions, number lines, mea-
and three-digit numbers, estimating perimeter/ thermometer, color tiles (100), English/metric surement, area, perimeter, volume, place value,
area/volume, probability, etc. Intermediate 5 ruler, play money, overhead cm graph grids, solid figures, percent, ratio, unit conversion,
includes word problems, add/subtract/multiply/ overhead inch graph grids, spectra-mat (17” probability, angles, coordinates.
divide whole numbers/decimals/fractions/mixed x 14”), white dice (2), multiplication table, 024430 Homeschool Kit . . . 121.30 87.00
numbers, equivalent fractions, convert between platform scale, plastic coins. 024432 Student Text . . . . . . .57.00 39.95
fractions/decimals/percents, estimation, vari- SMI4MK Intermediate 4 . . . . 149.85 109.95 024433 Tests & Wkshts . . . . . 33.65 24.95
ables/expressions/equations, geometry and mea- Wooden cubes, fraction tiles with tray, com- 024431 Solutions Manual . . . 41.95 29.95
surement, probability, etc. Manipulatives are ref- pass, stopwatch, 1 cm graph paper, base ten
erenced throughout these levels (unlike 5/4 and set, balance scale, Judy instructional clock, Math 87 (3rd ed) (7-8)
6/5), but they are optional. The same method- 2-colored plastic counters (100), folding Covers fractions, decimals, percents, geome-
ology is employed in both the Intermediate and meter/yard stick, indoor-outdoor thermom- try, area, volume, ratio, proportion, exponents,
traditional Saxon Homeschool math courses, but eter, English/metric ruler, 1” graph paper, scientific notation, signed numbers, algebraic
Intermediate goes more into detail with the 4-step play money set, dice (2), multiplication table, terms, 2-step equations and inequalities, slope,
problem-solving process: 1) understand the prob- platform scale, and coins set. graphing, the Pythagorean Theorem.
lem, 2) devise a plan, 3) carry out the plan, and SMI5MK Intermediate 5 . . . . . . . 33.00 024434 Homeschool Kit . . . 121.30 87.00
4) look back (evaluate). Fraction circles, 1 cm graph paper, folding 024436 Student Text . . . . . . .57.00 39.95
Homeschool Kits include student text, test book meter/yard stick, color tiles (100), English/ 024437 Tests & Wkshts . . . . . 33.65 24.95
and test answers, solutions manual, and “Power metric ruler, play money set, dice (2), 6” 024435 Solutions Manual . . . 41.95 29.95
Up” workbook. The “Power Up” Workbook protractor, and mixed coins set.
(similar to Meeting Book at third grade level) Saxon Middle-School Math Courses (5-8)
is consumable and offers practice with math Designed as a classroom curriculum and now
facts, mental math, and problem solving. Please available to the homeschool market, Course 1,
note that there are Activity Pages referenced Course 2 and Course 3 are a 2012 version of
in each student text which are only available Saxon’s middle school math and are roughly
as free downloads (see our site listings for the comparable to Math 76, Math 87 and Algebra
Homeschool Kits to download). 1/2. They are designed to be the sequel for the
Additional materials are available separate- Math Intermediate Series and to prepare the stu-
ly – Written Practice Workbook, Adaptations dent for Algebra 1 & 2 (4th ed.). Course compo-
Student Workbook, and Student Reference Chart. nents include a Student Text, a Solutions Manual,
Adaptations Workbooks provide alternatives for a Power-Up Workbook and a Course Assessment
students with special needs. This consumable Book. [There is also a Teacher’s Manual for each
workbook contains adapted versions of the course that we do not sell.] The Saxon incre-
practice problems found in the student text, with mental methodology is evident in these courses
plenty of space provided for working the prob- as is their commitment to continual review and
lems in the workbook. The adapted problems repetition.
432 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
The hardcover Student Text provides all the differences between Course 3 and Algebra 1/2.
daily instruction and assignments. As is Saxon’s The homeschool editions of Math 54, 65, 76,
norm, the text is no-nonsense but attractive and 87 along with Algebra 1/2 appear to be a bit
in a clean-cut way. An accent color helps more advanced at each level than their Course
illustrate concepts and provides some organi- counterparts. This is noticeable when comparing
zational structure. There are 120 daily Lessons the placement tests from each series. Although
plus 12 Investigations (practical application) in there are similar types of problems, computation-
each course. Groups of ten Lessons and one al difficulty appears to be stronger in the older
Investigation are wrapped into a Section, each of homeschool edition. As mentioned earlier, there
which has a particular focus and includes partic- is a TM (and a couple of other resources) for this
ular mathematical strands. series that is not available to us. However, each
Daily Lessons follow a pattern that will be course is totally “do-able” with the components
familiar to Saxon users. A Power Up (Building available. Homeschool kits include all four indi-
Power) section reviews math facts and provides vidual components. ~ Janice
mental math problems as well as a problem solv- EACH STUDENT EDITION . . 109.60 82.20 Algebra 1 4th Ed. (8-9)
ing “dilemma” (i.e. problem). The New Concept Course 1 The 4th Editions of Algebra 1 and Algebra 2
(Increasing Knowledge) segment provides instruc- 061422 Student Edition are intended primarily for students who plan on
tion (written directly to the student), worked 062529 Assessments . . . . . . . 96.93 50.50 taking Saxon Geometry and are wanting Algebra
examples and a short Practice Set for reinforcing 062530 Power-Up Workbook 11.60 8.70 1 and Algebra 2 courses with reduced geometry
what has just been learned. Written Practice 062531 Solutions Manual . . . 50.07 37.55 content. The sequence for incorporating these
(Strengthening Concepts) is a longer set of prob- SMC1HK ☼Homeschool Kit . . 201.15 173.95 courses would be: Algebra 1, Geometry, then
lems that reviews and continues practice on con- Algebra 2. The main difference between the
cepts cumulative from the start of the book. Early Course 2 3rd and 4th editions is that much of the pre-
Finishers (not included with every lesson) are a 061423 Student Edition viously-integrated geometry content has been
few real-world application problems available 062532 Assessments . . . . . . . 96.73 50.50 removed. You may find this a positive or a
to students who complete the assignment early. 062533 Power-Up Workbook 11.93 8.95 negative, depending on your student’s need to
The Solutions Manuals include both answers 062534 Solutions Manual . . . 50.00 37.50 review geometry concepts, especially in Algebra
and solutions. There are answers to the follow- SMC2HK ☼Homeschool Kit . . 201.20 173.95 2 (or pre-ACT!). Another difference is that there
ing: Power-Up facts, Mental Math and Problem are no step-by-step solutions for the test prob-
Solving. There are solutions to the following: Course 3 lems except on the Saxon Teacher CD-ROMs.
Assessments, Practice Sets, Written Practice, 061424 Student Edition At this point, Saxon is not recommending that
and Early Finishers. [Please note that answers 062535 Assessments . . . . . . . 96.87 72.65 most homeschoolers switch to the 4th editions.
and solutions to some sets of exercises are only 062536 Power-Up Workbook 11.93 8.95 Homeschool Kits for the 4th Ed. courses include
available to those with the Teacher’s Manual.] 062537 Solutions Manual . . . 50.00 37.50 hardcover texts, homeschool test books (with
Power-Up Workbooks provide one page warm- SMC3HK ☼Homeschool Kit . . 201.30 193.00 answer key) and solutions manuals. 120 lessons.
ups for each lesson. These include Facts Practice, An Adaptations Workbook is now available,
Mental Math, and Problem Solving exercises. SAXON HIGH SCHOOL PROGRAMS which provides an alternative for students with
Course Assessments Book provides: Placement Homeschool Kits contain a non-consumable special needs. This consumable workbook con-
Test, Baseline Test, Power-Up Tests, Cumulative hardcover student text, an answer key to prob- tains adapted versions of the practice problems
Tests (taken after every five lessons beginning lem sets and tests, and a test booklet. Solution found in the student text, with plenty of space
with Lesson 10 with two versions of each) and manuals are NOT included unless you purchase provided for working the problems in the work-
Benchmark Tests, as well as answer sheets and a Homeschool Kit with Solutions Manual. For book. The adapted problems offer more visual
an End-of-Course Exam. There is also explan- each problem, these manuals take you step- prompts and clues for doing the problems.
atory information about each of the tests and by-step to the solution. A big help if higher 019975 Homeschool Kit . . . 145.60 104.95
answer forms. The Placement Test covers Math level math isn’t your strong suit. All books 019977 H/S Tests/Key . . . . . . 23.85 16.95
54 through Course 3 and includes an answer are the most current edition. Please note that 017925 Adaptations Wkbk . . 60.47 45.35
key plus placement guide. The multiple-choice Homeschool Kit contents for Geometry and 4th
Baseline Test gauges the skills of an incoming Editions of Algebra 1 and Algebra 2 are different Saxon Geometry 1st Ed (9-11)
student and should be given early in the school and do include a solution manual. Here it is! The long-awaited homeschool edition
year. The content covers skills and concepts of Saxon Geometry. The wait was not in vain as
that are included in the math curriculum of the Algebra 1/2 3rd Ed (7-8) this program is as good and solid as the other
preceding year. This test might be totally unnec- Covers area, percent, ratio, order of operations, Saxon math programs. The hardcover Geometry
essary if you’re a continuing Saxon student but if beginning algebra concepts. 3rd edition. student text includes all topics in a high school
coming into Saxon from another series, it could 001524 Homeschool Kit . . . 94.65 68.00 geometry course using the Saxon methodology of
be helpful to determine if the course is the right 018254 H/S Kit w/ Solutions 135.75 97.00 incremental development and continual review.
one. Solutions for this test are in the Solutions 008176 Solution Manual . . . 65.40 49.05 There are 120 lessons divided into 12 sections,
Manual. Power Up Tests are given along with 004741 Answer Key/Tests . . 25.85 18.95 12 Investigations, and 15 Labs in the student text.
the Cumulative Tests and are designed as a quick 020296 Tests only . . . . . . . . 17.30 11.95 The table of contents is color-coded according to
assessment of fact recall. Benchmark Tests serve 024418 Student Text only . . 108.20 71.50 the math strands incorporated into each lesson.
as quarterly exams or to help identify concepts To help students understand the flow of a les-
which need additional instruction and practice. Algebra 1 3rd Ed (w/integrated geometry) (8-9) son, the first lesson has yellow highlighted teach-
The End-of-Course Exam (multiple choice) is a Covers signed numbers, exponents, solving ing boxes to explain the different elements that
final exam. This Course Assessments Book is equations, two equations with unknowns, graph- will be present in each lesson. Each lesson begins
expensive and may be necessary if you need to ing equations, scientific notation, ratio, percent, with a ‘Warm-Up’ in which students are given
provide tests for an overseeing agency. Written variation, unit conversions, geometry, perimeter, the skills and vocabulary which are prerequisite
Practices are cumulative, however, and will area, volume, English to metric conversion, sur- to this lesson. ‘New Concepts’ presents the new
provide much the same information if taken face area. 3rd edition. vocabulary with meanings and examples of the
under testing conditions. The Assessments Book 000628 Homeschool Kit . . . 94.65 68.00 concepts along with solutions. ‘Lesson Practice’
is reproducible for a classroom. 018255 H/S Kit w/ Solutions 145.50 104.95 lets students check to see if they understand the
This series from Saxon is a more recent version 007759 Solution Manual . . . 67.33 50.50 new concept and italicized reference numbers
of their middle school math. Although Course 1 003408 Answer Key/Tests . . . 25.85 18.95 help students know what example demonstrated
compares roughly to Math 76 and Course 2 com- 020297 Tests only . . . . . . . . 16.60 11.95 the concept for that problem. The ‘Practice’ sec-
pares roughly to Math 87, there are significant 024419 Student Text only . 115.00 71.50 continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 433
tion is where students practice new and old con- Algebra 2 3rd Ed (w/ integrated geometry) (9-11) neering physics course. A scientific calculator
cepts together. Italicized numbers in this section The completion of algebra. Covers uniform is needed for the course. Students will be most
refer to the lesson in which the concept is taught. motion, chemistry-related problems, simultane- successful with this course if they have complet-
This mixed practice serves as a good practice for ous equations with 2 and 3 variables, non-linear ed at least the first half of Advanced Mathematics
state tests since the format is similar. equations, geometry, right-triangle trigonometry, or some other pre-calculus book that includes
Some added features make this book very user conversion from rectangular to polar coordinates, trigonometry. This text is strong enough to be
friendly. The skills bank found in the back of addition of vectors, complex numbers, quadratic considered an AP Physics course when paired
the book highlights 22 different skills used in formulas. Revised in 2006, this version includes with the DIVE Physics Lecture and Lab CD-ROM.
the lessons and are referenced by small numbers Lesson Reference Numbers for all problem sets 020307 Homeschool Kit . . . . 99.40 83.95
(ex. SB10) found throughout the warm-up and and tests, which refer the student back to the PHYSST ☼H/S Kit w/ Solutions142.00 124.95
practice sections. For quick reference there are 6 lesson the concept was presented in, so they can 020311 Solution Manual . . . . 61.67 46.25
pages of symbols, formulas, metric and custom- go back and review when they come to a difficult 020309 Answer Key/Tests . . . 34.47 25.85
ary measure, and properties, along with 2 pages problem. This edition also features complete 020310 Tests only . . . . . . . . . 16.60 11.95
of postulates and theorems. An extensive glossary solutions for test questions (located in the test 024438 Student Text only . . . . 93.20 60.00
rounds out the reference section. Pages of the packet), improved graphics, and a revised glos-
text have very wide margins and occasionally the sary and index. 3rd edition. Using John Saxon’s Math Books (4-12)
student will be given ‘Hint,’ ‘Math Reasoning,’ 001478 Homeschool Kit . . . . 94.65 68.00 You have questions; he has answers. Art Reed,
‘Math Language,’ or even ‘Caution’ boxes with 018256 H/S Kit w/ Solutions 141.20 101.00 who worked for nine years advising and answer-
additional information for the lesson. 007774 Solution Manual . . . . . . 54.55 ing parents’ questions for Saxon Publishers, has
The Solutions Manual offers step-by-step solu- 016021 Answer Key/Tests . . . 26.90 18.95 written an entire book to help you navigate the
tions for all of the problems found in the student 020298 Tests only . . . . . . . . 17.30 11.95 Saxon Ocean. Not only does he include the
text. The Test Forms & Test Answers include 024420 Student Text only . . 119.93 71.50 most frequently asked questions, but has separate
tests to be taken each week along with a testing sections tailored to every level of the curriculum
schedule. Solutions for test problems are found Algebra 2 4th Ed. (9-11) from grades 4-12 (he does not address the prima-
in the last half of this booklet. An Adaptations Suggested for use after Saxon Geometry, this ry levels in this book). He discusses everything
Workbook is now available, which provides an edition of Algebra 2 has had the previously-incor- from the changes between editions to which
alternative for students with special needs. This porated geometry content removed. Please see levels you can skip to student placement and
consumable workbook contains adapted versions Algebra 1 4th Ed. description for more details. what type of calculator is best to use, including
of the practice problems found in the student Homeschool Kit includes hardcover text, home- the underlying philosophy and recommended
text, with plenty of space provided for working school tests and key, and solutions manual. 119 implementation of the Saxon program. If you
the problems in the workbook. The adapted lessons. An Adaptations Workbook is now avail- use the Saxon math program or are considering it
problems offer more visual prompts and clues for able, which provides an alternative for students an option, the advice here could save you both
doing the problems. with special needs. This consumable workbook time and money.
The question is, “How does Saxon Geometry contains adapted versions of the practice prob- 041962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 16.25
compare to other geometry programs?” When lems found in the student text, with plenty of
you compare Saxon to Jacobs Geometry and BJU space provided for working the problems in the Middle Grade Basic Fact Cards (4+)
Geometry, you get a pretty good picture of the workbook. The adapted problems offer more Addition, subtraction, multiplication, and
type of program Saxon has published. All 3 pro- visual prompts and clues for doing the problems. division flashcards for students who need help
grams are comparable, covering the important 019985 Homeschool Kit . . . 145.60 104.95 mastering basic math facts. Cards are intended
topics that should be found in a strong geometry 019994 Homeschool Tests/Key 23.85 16.95 for use with Math 54 and above. Addition and
program. A good, solid introduction to trigonom- subtraction cards are double-sided, with an addi-
etry is also included in all 3, but Saxon includes Advanced Mathematics 2nd Ed (10-11) tion problem printed on one side and a subtrac-
a little more practice in this area. Covers permutations, combinations, trigono- tion problem printed on the other. Likewise with
With the release of the Saxon Geometry, you metric and inverse functions, conic sections, multiplication and division. 100 addition and
now have two different ways to complete your matrices and determinants, binomial theorem, subtraction cards cover single-digit addition with
high school math. For the non-college bound rational roots, Euclidean geometry. 2nd edition. sums up to 18 and subtraction with differences
student or the student who doesn’t wish to 006781 Homeschool Kit . . . . 98.70 70.00 from 0-9. 130 multiplication and division cards
pursue a math or science degree, use Algebra 018257 H/S Kit w/ Solutions 148.05 105.95 cover multiplication facts from 1-12 and division
1, Geometry, Algebra 2, and Advanced Math if 007787 Solution Manual . . . . 69.27 51.95 with quotients from 1-12. Flashcards are printed
you want or need a fourth year of math. If your 019989 Answer Key/Tests . . 26.95 18.95 on cardstock (ten per page) and are separated by
student is college-bound in the area of math or 000310 Tests only . . . . . . . . 23.07 17.30 perforated edges. ~ Anh
science or they just really love math, use Algebra 024417 Student Text only . . 124.73 74.95 000233 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.40 13.05
1, Algebra 2, Advanced Math, and Calculus, and
your geometry will be covered by the content Calculus 2nd Ed (11-12) Saxon Teacher CD-ROMs
found in these texts. Covers calculus, trigonometry, and analyt- One reason why
The Homeschool Kit includes the student text, ic geometry, with emphasis on application to Saxon math is a strong
solutions manual, and test forms and answers. physics, chemistry, engineering, and business. choice for homes-
The Homeschool Packet is just the test forms and Revised in 2006, this version features expanded choolers – particular-
answers. - Donna content, and Lesson Reference Numbers for all ly at the high school
000957 Homeschool Kit . . . 152.80 109.95 problem sets and tests (so the student can go level - is the depth
000969 Homeschool Packet . 17.30 11.95 back to the applicable lesson and review the of support that’s avail-
017957 Adaptations Wrkbk . 63.00 47.25 concepts when they run into a difficult problem). able. With the devel-
2nd edition. opment of the Saxon
Adaptations Student Reference Guide for 001477 Homeschool Kit . . . 102.15 73.00 Teacher CD-ROMs, there’s even more support.
Algebra 1, Geometry, Algebra 2 4ED (9-AD) CALCST H/S Kit w/Solutions . 155.45 122.95 Available now for most Saxon programs from
This little booklet is a handy reference tool 007819 Solution Manual . . . . 71.07 53.30 4th grade through Advanced Math, Saxon has
for students in the Saxon 4th edition Algebra 019990 Answer Key/Tests . . . 27.15 21.95 provided a user-friendly format. There are four
1, Algebra 2, and Geometry 1st edition by 020257 Tests only . . . . . . . . 17.30 12.95
lesson CD-ROMs and one Test CD-ROM for each
Houghton Mifflin. This is a short 54-page refer- 024421 Student Text only . . 130.20 79.50 course. The lesson CD-ROMs provide compre-
ence guide full of formulas, key terms, tables and hensive lesson instruction which includes working
properties. Keep it close for those times you can’t Physics (10-12) all the sample problems. Also, the solution for
remember; it is also reproducible Rather than an introduction to physics (i.e. EVERY problem in the lesson - both the practice
007584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.07 2.30 basic/general physics), Saxon Physics is an engi- and the problem sets - is provided in step by step
434 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
fashion. These solutions are very easy to navigate. dent opens his text to the next lesson and opens mental concepts connect and build. Lessons
You can proceed through the problems one by the corresponding lecture file on the computer. average 10-15 minutes in length, followed by
one or go directly to any particular problem. All Lectures take place on a chalkboard/whiteboard the student completing the assignments in the
instruction, problem-solving, and solutions are screen. You hear the teacher, but don’t actually corresponding textbook. Wondering about the
given as background voices with the accompa- see him - rather you only see what he writes on advantage of this format? Unlimited downloads
nying steps appearing as “black-marker-writing” the board. The student’s job is to follow along with no time limit (for all your children!); use
on the computer screen. To avoid monotony, in the text (please note: the D.I.V.E. CDs do not on multiple devices; save to a computer, flash
the voices change – sometimes male; sometimes follow along with the text on a problem-by-prob- drive or dropbox account and download again
female; but always pleasant. The Test CD-ROM lem basis) and to take notes. In a typical lecture, if lost. NOTE: Email is required for these orders
provides solutions for all the problems from each the teacher gives a short explanation and works placed through Rainbow Resource Center. Once
test. The Solution Manual will be redundant, as several practice problems. Lectures are given the order is received, within 1-3 business days,
all the solutions are provided on the CD-ROMs by Dr. David Shormann, an experienced math you will receive an email with a web link and
and individual solutions can be printed one at a and science teacher. Aside from an occasional unique code.
time after the solution is worked through on the quote from the Bible (used to preface a lecture), Specific compatibility requirements: Mobile
screen. However, some may still prefer to have the content is always focused on the topic at Devices iPhone iOS 7.0 +, iphone 4 + via App;
hard copy versions of all the solutions for quick hand. Lectures can easily be paused, rewound, iPad iOS 7.0 +, iPad 3 + via App; Android 4.2
reference. or fast-forwarded so the student can work at his + via Google Play App; Windows Tablets &
You can purchase Saxon Teacher sets individ- own pace. For the Physics level, a Physics Video Phones; Computers & Browsers: Windows,
ually or packaged with Saxon Home Study Kits Lab and lab manual is also included (see descrip- Mac, Linux, Chromebook IE 10+, Safari 7+,
for even better savings. Saxon Teacher + Home tion in Science for more details). At each level, Firefox 31 + , Chrome 37+ . Television: Apple
Study Kit packages below include the text, tests, these tutorials provide valuable verbal instruction TV 2nd Gen +, Roku 2nd Gen+ , Roku 4+ (4K),
answer key and Saxon Teacher for that level. for students. Please note that the edition of the Chromecast or Smart TV Browser. Recommended
Please note that although some titles are now in DIVE CD must match the edition of the Saxon speed for streaming or download is 10 mbps. ~
DVD format due to larger file sizes, they are still Math book you are using. System requirements: Deanne
designed for computer use, not a standard DVD Windows XP or higher, Mac OSX (all versions). EACH COURSE . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 54.95
player. System requirements: Windows 98, ~ Anh 070956 5/4 2ED 070957 5/4 3ED
2000, ME, XP, Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, EACH LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 52.95 070958 6/5 2ED 070959 6/5 3ED
Windows 10; Mac OS 10.2 and up (including 028727 Math 5/4 (3ED) 070960 7/6 3ED 070961 7/6 4ED
Lion/Mtn Lion and newer). ~ Janice 018101 Math 5/4 (2ED) 070962 8/7 1ED 070963 8/7 2ED
EACH BELOW . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.00 74.25 028729 Math 6/5 (3ED) 070964 8/7 3rd ED
022093 Math 5/4 (3ED) 018102 Math 6/5 (2ED) 070965 Adv. Math 2ED
014170 Intermediate Grade 4 028730 Math 7/6 (4ED) 070966 Algebra 1 3ED
022106 Math 6/5 (3ED) 018103 Math 7/6 (3ED) 070967 Algebra 1/2 2ED
014184 Intermediate Grade 5 028731 Math 8/7 (3ED) 070968 Algebra 1/2 3ED
022115 Math 7/6 (4ED) 018104 Math 8/7 (2ED) 070969 Algebra 2 2/3ED
022119 Math 8/7 (3ED) 018096 Algebra 1/2 (3ED) 070970 Calculus 2nd ED
029861 Algebra 1/2 (3ED) 018097 Algebra 1/2 (2ED) 070971 Geometry 1st ED
042940 Algebra 1 (3ED) 018098 Algebra 1 (3ED) 070972 Physics Lctr/Lab
014214 Algebra 1 (4ED) 046085 Geometry (1ED)
029865 Geometry (1ED) 037998 Algebra 2 (2ED/3ED) Saxon Math + DIVE CD Sets
041677 Algebra 2 (3ED) Also includes College Algebra CLEP Professor. Packages include a Saxon Home Study Kit and
014240 Algebra 2 (4ED) 018095 Advanced Math - (2ED) WIN/MAC the correlating DIVE CD.
042939 Advanced Math (2ED) Also includes CLEP Professor for Precalculus. SXDV54 5/4 (3ED) . . . . . . . . 168.99 125.95
037999 Calculus (2ED) WIN/MAC SXDV65 6/5 (3ED) . . . . . . . . 168.99 125.95
SAXON TEACHER W/ HOME STUDY KIT: 018106 Physics CD-ROM (1ED) 69.99 62.99 SXDV76 7/6 (4ED) . . . . . . . . 181.29 134.95
SX54TC Math 5/4 (3ED) . . . 208.00 147.95 SXDV87 8/7 (3ED) . . . . . . . . 181.29 134.95
SX65TC Math 6/5 (3ED) . . . 208.00 147.95 SXDVAH Algebra 1/2 (3ED) . . . 154.64 115.95
SX76TC Math 7/6 (4ED) . . . 220.30 155.95 SXDVA1 Algebra 1 (3ED) . . . 154.64 115.95
SX87TC Math 8/7 (3ED) . . . 220.30 155.95 SXDVGE Geometry (1ED) . . . 212.79 157.95
AL12ST Algebra 1/2 (3ED) . . 244.60 137.95 SXDVA2 Algebra 2 (3ED) . . . 154.64 115.95
SXA1TC Algebra 1 (3ED) . . . 193.65 137.95 SXDVAD Adv Math (2ED) . . . 158.69 117.95
AL14ET ☼Algebra 1 (4ED) 244.60 174.95 SXDVCA Calculus (2ED) . . . . 162.14 120.95
GEOMST Geometry (1ED) . . 251.80 175.95 SXDVPH Physics (1ED) . . . . . 169.39 141.95
ALG2ST Algebra 2 (3ED) . . . 244.60 137.95
AL24ET ☼Algebra 2 4ED . . 244.60 174.95 D.I.V.E. Compass CD-ROMs for Saxon Math
SXADTC Adv Math (2ED) . . 247.05 139.95 For charter school customers or those wanting
secular content, the D.I.V.E. Compass CD-ROMS
DIVE CD-ROMs for Saxon Math contain all of the math lecture content from the
Video clip lectures developed for use with original D.I.V.E. CDs, but without Bible verses
Saxon Math (though designed FOR, they were or other references to Christianity. Win/Mac
not designed BY Saxon). Lecture sets, which compatible.
contain one lecture per lesson, are available EACH CD-ROM . . . . . . . . . . . 59.99 52.95
by level for Math 54 through Calculus and 041255 Math 5/4 (3ED)
Physics. Each level is contained on one or two ☼DIVE Download & Stream Courses (4-12) 041256 Math 6/5 (3ED)
CD-ROMs. D.I.V.E. lectures are ideal for the DIVE into the future with flexible courses 041332 Math 7/6 (4ED)
student who needs a little more explanation than to support your Saxon math journey. Same 041352 Math 8/7 (3ED)
what’s available in the text. I’ve found that even great instruction as the DIVE CD-ROMs, this 041552 Algebra 1/2 (3ED)
when you carefully read a math text, it’s often new format contains updated graphics, viewed 041553 Algebra 1 (3ED)
easier to understand a new concept if you can through online streaming or download to your 048124 Geometry (1ED)
hear someone else verbalize it. The lectures are device. Not familiar with DIVE instruction? 041767 Algebra 2 (2ED/3ED)
approximately 10-20 minutes long (the higher These well taught courses from an experienced 041353 Advanced Math (2ED)
the level, the longer the lecture). Each lecture is Saxon math instructor teach through each lesson 041965 Calculus (2ED
stored in its own file. To use D.I.V.E., the stu- with a focus on understanding how the incre- 042576 Physics (1ED)
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 435
Mastering Algebra DVDs (7-12) BOB JONES MATH Math K5 (3rd Ed.)
Yet another teaching tool for Saxon! This series A solid thorough curriculum at all levels. Completely revised, this course is very attrac-
of DVDs is done specifically for Saxon math. Concepts are taught at the concrete level, with tive, much more clear in its layout, and easy to
Taught by Art Reed, a former curriculum advisor heavy use of manipulatives in the early grades. use. Still laying the foundation for elementary
in the home school division of Saxon Publishers, Elementary program texts are particularly well math through the teaching of necessary math
these DVDs teach concepts in an interesting done - colorful, good variety of skills, and concepts, this course covers shapes, classifying
classroom-type setting. Students view Mr. Reed’s on-grade-level. For those that want to use a more and comparing, numbers from 0-100, measure-
lessons Monday through Thursday, and then take traditional, yet appealing, worktext series at the ment, time, basic addition, calendar, money,
their test on Friday. elementary level, this is perhaps the best. fractions, and basic subtraction. The Teacher’s
Mr. Reed doesn’t go through the actual prob- Teacher editions have complete lesson plans Guide holds reproduced worktext pages showing
lems found in the texts, but if you have a student and answers to text problems. If you are using the answers, an outline of each lesson, practice
who just needs a thorough explanation of each Bob Jones as your basal math program, you will and review activities, stories for introducing each
lesson, these DVDs work. You can tell by the want to invest in them, as they provide the one- lesson, procedures for teaching and checking
length of some of the lessons that the explana- on-one instruction, manipulative instruction, and for understanding, and extended activities. Also
tions are a little more detailed than other sup- offer many suggestions for presenting and enrich- included is the Toolkit CD-ROM, containing
plemental teaching aids. I enjoyed watching the ing the concepts covered in each lesson. If you all of the reproducible activity pages. A copy
lessons with Mr. Reed’s relaxed presentation, as are not using Bob Jones as the core of your math of the Worktext Answer Key is included in the
he encourages and reassures the students that program, consider using the student workbooks as Teacher’s Edition, but also available separately.
math doesn’t have to be hard. such. We have long used the Miquon Math series 218446 Home School Kit . . 122.49 91.85
Each level of the series begins with a short and find it very effective to use the Bob Jones 211268 Teacher’s Edition . . . . . 76.94
introduction which explains placement and the workbooks alongside (plus some drill products for 211201 Student Worktext . . . . . 26.94
Saxon methodology. There is a session for every mastery of basic math facts). If you are planning 211219 Stud. Manipulatives Packet
lesson found in the Saxon textbook, and students to use a different program at upper levels, we have . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.61
will need to read the information found in the text found the transition seamless. Bob Jones supplies
before watching the video. Everything Mr. Reed student worktexts though the 4th grade. This is Math 1 (3rd Ed.)
presents in his sessions comes from the lesson in particularly welcome for those of us with students Digit the Clown and Cecilia the Seal are your
the text, and he also mentions alternative methods who are not ready for a hardbound, copy-and- child’s hosts in this 3rd edition. Changes in this
along with interesting comments. Lessons range work system this early. Starting in grade 5, texts edition are an earlier introduction of number
in length from 5 to 25 minutes depending on the are hardbound. concepts to 20, place value up to 3 digit num-
concept. He offers step-by-step instruction of the Many homeschoolers have opted to use Saxon bers, addition up to 3 digit numbers, learning
daily concept with samples for clarification. Mr. Math at the upper levels, but, like any program, facts through strategies, Venn diagrams, elapsed
Reed’s explanations are simple and make sense it doesn’t satisfy everyone. If you are looking time, more concepts with solid figures, and
as he draws on a whiteboard and gives pertinent for an alternative, I suggest the Bob Jones texts. hands-on activities with thermometer manipula-
illustrations. This series is a good alternative for One of the strengths of the Bob Jones program tives. Chapters include chapter and cumulative
the student who responds better to a person mak- is the teaching of concepts, rather than the reviews. Manipulatives are used. Unifix cubes
ing the presentation as opposed to just reading rote how-to-solve-it approach. Also, Christian are also recommended for this program, but any
about it. ~ Donna principles and character traits are assumed and counters will work. The Reviews workbook has
EACH DVD SET . . . . . . . . . . . 59.95 53.95 integrated throughout the program. Each level two pages per lesson. The first page includes the
005438 Math 7/6 (4ED) is themed, providing a motivation learning con- lesson concepts and the second page is reviews
005428 Math 8/7 (2ED/3ED) text. Lessons are “spiraled”, meaning topics are previous concepts. The Chapter Review pages
032661 Algebra 1/2 (3ED) reviewed throughout each level, delving a little correspond with the worktext chapter review
023390 Algebra 1 (3ED) deeper each time. This is not the same as the Mathematics pages. The teacher edition includes
Calculator use begins in Lesson 49 and Mr. “incremental” approach used by Saxon Math (see a Toolkit CD-ROM, containing reproducible
Reed explains how to use the Casio FX260 description). Lesson exercises consist mainly of enrichment pages (replacing some of the older
fraction calculator. practice for that lesson, not a review of previous components), and the Teacher’s Visual Packet.
036487 Algebra 2 (2ED/3ED) lessons or chapters. However, topics are not Adobe Acrobat Reader is required to access this
032568 Advanced Math: Geometry w/ covered, then left forever; they reappear in more program. ~ Donna
Advanced Algebra DVD (2ED) complexity throughout the course, allowing the 241786 Home School Kit . . 164.62 123.50
Lessons 1-90 of Saxon Advanced Math. student continuing practice. The approach you 216168 Student Worktext . . . . . 31.11
032642 Advanced Math: Trigonometry & prefer depends on your child. Some children may 216200 Review Worktext . . . . . 11.67
need more concentration on the topic at hand, 216184 Teacher’s Edition . . . . . 76.94
Pre-Calculus (2ED) and Bob Jones Math will appeal to this group. 216242 Test Pack . . . . . . . . . . . 15.46
Covers lessons 60-125 of Saxon Advanced The people at Bob Jones are ever-ready to assist 216259 Testpack Answer Key . . 10.83
Math and lessons 1-25 of Saxon Calculus. you with any difficulties you may have, including 216234 Manipulatives . . . . . . . . 18.61
This second set of DVDs for Advanced Math access to textbook authors. 000742 *Unifix Cubes (100) . 13.95 11.25
overlaps lessons 60-90 from the first set of Relatively new is the revised Geometry book 018731 *Student Clocks (2) . . . 3.17 3.00
DVDs for Advanced Math to help students for grade 10. For those desiring to approach 204610 *Backyard Math w/ Zac: 1st
with mastery of challenging concepts. geometry as a separate course, this revised text Grade Concepts DVD . 19.95
will supply a solid option to the Jacobs text. For Zac the puppet learns a lot from his next-
Mastering Algebra Packages (7-12) those students who are not interested in pursuing door neighbor Mrs. Walker. Every encounter
Packages contain the Mastering Algebra DVD math beyond algebra or geometry, Bob Jones in the backyard brings a new opportunity
Set and corresponding Saxon Homeschool Kit. supplies a Consumer Math course that presents to explore concepts and to review math
S76MAP Math 7/6 Pkg . . . 181.25 135.95 math required for practical living. While there facts. This educational series consists of
S87MAP Math 8/7 Pkg . . . 181.25 135.95 is no separate calculus course, the Pre-Calculus 12 fifteen-minute episodes on two videos.
SAHMAP Algebra 1/2 Pkg . 154.60 116.95 text does introduce the college-bound student to Episodes cover place value to 100, money,
SA1MAP Algebra 1 Pkg . . . 154.60 116.95 calculus. time and calendars, metric measurement,
SA2MAP Algebra 2 Pkg . . . 154.60 116.95 customary measurement, geometry, frac-
SAMMAP Adv. Math Pkg . . 218.60 172.95 BOB JONES MATH - ELEMENTARY tions, two-digit addition and subtraction,
Includes both the Mastering Algebra Advanced Required materials are listed first at each grade and renaming readiness. Despite some corny
Math: Geometry DVD and the Advanced level. Optional support materials are identified jokes, Mrs. Walker’s explanations are clear
Math: Trig and Pre-Calc DVD along with the with an asterisk (*) preceding the title. Complete and easy to understand. In fact, her demon-
Advanced Math 2ED Homeschool Kit Home School Kits contain one each of all stration on how to tell time is one of the best
~~~~~~~ required materials. that I’ve ever seen. ~ Anh
436 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
☼Math 2 (3rd Ed.) Math 4 (3rd Ed.) Grade 8 - Pre-Algebra (2nd Ed.)
Digit, Cecilia/Matt and Paddy guide students Develops understanding of multiplication, divi- Eases students into algebraic thinking by
through their math lessons. Children learn addi- sion, decimals, fractions, geometry and pre-alge- introducing the concept of variables early,
tion and subtraction facts up through 4 digits; bra concepts using manipulatives and plenty of then emphasizing equation-solving procedures
place value of four-digits; introduction to divi- practice. Reviews skills in geometry, time, mea- throughout the remaining chapters. Reviews and
sion; fractions in measurement; a.m./p.m. and surement, money, etc. and continues to develop builds on traditional arithmetic skills. Statistics
noon/midnight; more practice with elapsed time; estimating and problem-solving skills. Includes and geometry concepts are also included. Each
introduction to circle graph; plane figures: pen- an optional pre-algebra chapter introducing addi- chapter opens with a consumer-related applica-
tagon, hexagon, oval; slides, flips & turns; edges, tion and subtraction of integers. tion of math to everyday life and concludes with
vertex and curves of solid figures; horizontal, ver- 511816 Home School Kit . . 182.121 136.55 a unique “Math & Scripture” feature.
tical, parallel and intersecting lines; and includes 260109 Teacher’s Edition w/ CD 76.94 271270 Home School Kit . . 228.30 171.20
extra problem-solving pages. The updated stu- 296814 Student Worktext . . . . . 31.11 247460 Teacher’s Edition w/ CD 83.89
dent worktext has a review section in each les- 269506 Student Manipulatives Packet 18.61 508770 ☼Student Text . . . . . . . 56.67
son, as well as chapter and cumulative reviews. 260117 Testpack . . . . . . . . . . . 15.46 233148 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.63
The Teacher’s Edition has a 2-page spread per 260125 Testpack Answer Key . . 10.83 233106 Tests Answer Key . . . . . 11.94
lesson and an easy-to-follow, bulleted format 260158 Reviews Activity Book . 11.67 247478 Student Activity . . . . . . 20.00
with answers printed in magenta. A Toolkit 507459 Reviews Key . . . . . . . . . 17.50 268565 Stdt Acty’s Key w/ CD . 39.17
CD is included in the Teacher’s Edition which 260133 *Teacher’s Visual Packet 73.33
contains re-teaching pages (replacing “Spread Grade 9 - Algebra I (3rd Ed.)
Your Wings”); fact reviews; reproducible pages Math 5 (3rd Ed.) Revised for 2012, this course continues into the
replacing the Home Teacher Packet; Teacher’s Presentation of more complex concepts and practical methods of solving first-and second-de-
visual packet which can be used on the computer problems in subtraction, multiplication, and gree equations and inequalities. Algebraic skills
screen or printed; and the answer key for Math 2 division of fractions, while continuing to practice are introduced in logical order: relations, func-
Reviews. Math 2 Reviews workbook has 2 pages earlier skills. Again, problem-solving skills are tions, graphing, systems of equations, radicals,
per lesson, chapter reviews, and cumulative integrated in the course, developing math reason- factoring polynomials, rational equations, and
review. In lesson and chapter reviews, the front ing and judgement. Aviation theme. quadratic functions. Software takes the place
page reviews concepts from that day’s lesson. 278226 Home School Kit 152.95 114.70 of solutions manual. It offers sample solutions
The back page reviews a previous chapter con- 269522 Teacher Book & CD . . . 76.94 to the problems in the text and has a drill mode
cept and has a fact review, making a good study 506782 Student Worktext . . . . . 31.11 for practice. New features include tutorials for
guide for tests. The front page of the cumulative 269548 Testpack . . . . . . . . . . . 15.46 graphing calculators, internet keyword searches
review covers concepts from previous chapter 269563 Testpack Answer Key . . 10.83 and careers related to mathematics.
concepts, and the back page reviews facts. 283952 Home School Kit . . 228.30 171.20
252676 Home School Kit . . 164.62 123.45 Math 6 (3rd Ed.) 270561 Teacher Edition with CD 83.89
224451 Teacher’s Edition . . . . . 76.94 Revised for 2012, Grade 6 continues to develop 270546 Student Text . . . . . . . . 56.67
281618 Student Worktext s/c . . 31.11 understanding of multiplication and division of 270579 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.63
224402 Manipulatives Packet . . 18.61 fractions, proportions, percents, statistics, ratios, 270587 Tests Answer Key . . . . . 11.94
224477 Student Reviews . . . . . . 11.67 measurement and geometry along with further 270611 Student Activities . . . . . 20.00
224410 Testpack . . . . . . . . . . . 15.46 development of problem-solving and estimation 270645 Student Activities Key . . 39.17
224436 Testpack Answer Key . . 10.83 skills. Includes a pre-algebra chapter introduc-
ing multiplication and division of integers using Grade 10 - Geometry (4th Ed.)
Math 3 (3rd ed.) manipulatives and real-life pre-algebra word Bob Jones 4th edition Geometry, revised in
Math 3 has undergone a complete revision. The problems. “Courage in Crisis” theme. 2016, is a Biblical presentation of math concepts
Student Worktext includes some new skills such 283861 Home School Kit . . 152.95 114.70 and math in the real world. There are twelve
as circle graphs, line plots, probability; mastery 275313 Tchr Ed. w/ CD . . . . . . 76.94 chapters, 180 lessons – Foundations of Geometry,
of addition, subtraction, and multiplication facts 275297 Student Text . . . . . . . . 31.11 Reasoning and Proof, Parallel and Perpendicular
through 10; place-value of 5- and 6-digit num- 269506 Student Materials Packet 18.61 Lines, Congruent Triangles, Relationships in
bers; adding and subtracting 5-digit numbers, 275339 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.46 Triangles, Quadrilaterals, Area, Circles,
multiplying 3-digit factors, and an introduc- 275347 Tests Answer Key . . . . . 10.83 Surface Area and Volume, Transformations and
tion to long division; and geometry. The new Symmetry, Similarity, and Trigonometry. Added
Teacher’s Edition sports a question-and-answer features of this new edition are increased focus
format rather than the old paragraph format. It BOB JONES MATH - SECONDARY on real world applications, proofs are presented
has also been reduced to a single volume and Teacher editions contain full student text with incrementally, explore specific types of quadri-
includes the Teacher’s CD. The Teacher’s CD overprints of answers. laterals, additional examples, expanded exercise
holds visuals, enrichment pages, fact reviews, sets, and much more. The student text is now
reproducible pages, answers to review pages, Grade 7 - Fundamentals of Math (2nd Ed.) a full-size 8.5” x 11” softcover text (3rd ed. Is
and bulletin board ideas. Math 3 Reviews now In this revised and colorful edition, the accent 7.5” x 9”, softcover), and there is no separate
have a two-page review for each lesson along is still on demonstrating the relevance of math Student Activities Manual. The Teacher Edition
with a 2-page chapter review, and a 2-page to everyday life. Chapters builds computation- includes the Toolkit CD-ROM that includes visu-
cumulative review. Tests and Answer Keys con- al skills vital for higher level math by teaching als, projection-ready answers, activities (student
tain 2-page tests and follow the format of the concepts with understanding. Special features activities are organized by chapter and contain
Student Worktext. The Teacher’s Visual Packet in each chapter include “openers” that provide extra practice, Bible integration, math histo-
and Student Manipulatives Packet are updated real-life, historical or Biblical examples of top- ry, enrichment, cumulative reviews), resourc-
with new art and colors. ~ Donna ics, problem-solving sections, and “Dominion es (Sketchpad files, teaching demonstrations,
511733 Homeschool Kit . . . 182.12 136.55 through Math” problems that show math as part Technology Corner explorations, and more), and
250720 Teacher’s Edition w/CD . 76.94 of God’s creation. Mathardy Review Game. Geometer’s Sketchpad
296798 Student Worktext . . . . . 31.11 264945 Home School Kit . . 228.30 171.20 activities are still included in the 4th edition, and
231688 Student Manipulatives Packet 18.61 244228 Teacher Ed Book & CD . 83.89 are included on the Toolkit CD.
231670 Reviews Activity Book . 11.67 503599 Student Text . . . . . . . . 56.67 506170 Home School Kit . . 169.13 126.80
507442 Reviews Key . . . . . . . . . 17.50 262626 Student Activity Manual 20.00 299099 Student Text . . . . . . . . 56.67
231720 Testpack . . . . . . . . . . . 15.46 262634 Teacher Activity Manual 39.17 299123 Teacher Book w/ CD . . 83.89
231746 Testpack Answer Key . . 10.83 218958 Testpack . . . . . . . . . . . 16.63 299131 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.63
231712 *Teacher’s Visual Packet 73.33 218941 Tests Answer Key . . . . . 11.94 299156 Tests Answer Key . . . . . 11.94
039128 *Protractor (clear) . . . . 0.75
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 437
ALPHA OMEGA MATHEMATICS Horizons K
HORIZONS MATH (K-6) Covers recognition and printing of num-
Admittedly, no math program will work for bers 0-100, simple addition and subtraction,
everyone - but I find few flaws in this motivating skip-counting (by 10’s, 5’s, 2’s, 3’s, and 4’s),
and well-laid out program. Although it may be place value, measuring, calendars, time and
more advanced for grade level than the “average” money.
program, I don’t consider that a negative. Because 000680 Boxed Set . . . . . . . . 79.95 71.96
of the developmental approach to learning in 010439 Teacher Book only . . 39.95 35.96
this program, even a non-math type can easily 000681 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22.46
succeed, while the “math whiz” will be chal- 000682 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22.46
lenged by the advanced topics introduced early. 016748 Worksheet Packet . . . . 9.95 8.96
Concepts are introduced incrementally, then prac-
Grade 11 - Algebra 2 (3rd Ed.) ticed, developed, and continually reviewed as Horizons 1
This continuing journey into algebra takes a other concepts are introduced. Pertinent Biblical Covers numeracy beyond 100, cardinal/ordinal
Dominion Modeling approach, presenting math- concepts reinforce the math lessons, also. I found numbers, more complex addition/subtraction
ematics within the Biblical worldview of serving these to be interesting and appropriate to the (carrying/borrowing), time, fractions, graphs,
others and glorifying God. This course begins material, not “forced” as mere add-ons. Horizons sequence, estimation, sets, and measurement.
with a review and extension of linear, quadratic, lays a solid foundation for numerical literacy with 000685 Boxed Set . . . . . . . . 89.95 80.96
polynomial, radical and rational functions. Then an early emphasis on hands-on, concept learn- 017955 Teacher Book only . . 49.95 44.96
students will study logarithms, trigonometry, ing via manipulatives and one-on-one lessons. 000687 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22.46
sequences and series, probability and statistics, The program relies on few separately purchased 021613 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22.46
and conics. Students will need a graphing calcu- manipulatives by utilizing common household 016742 Worksheet Packet . . . . 9.95 8.96
lator. Revised in 2014. items and including charts and number lines
298042 Home School Kit . . 169.13 126.80 found in the teacher’s handbooks. A useful table Horizons 2
286401 Teacher’s Ed w/ CD . . . 83.89 in the handbook shows the integration of manip- Covers more complex addition and subtraction,
279141 Student Text . . . . . . . . 56.67 ulatives in lessons so you can tell at a glance just multiplication facts 1-10, place value, correspon-
286419 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.63 what you’ll need. Analytical reasoning and mental dence, fractions (½,¼), Fahrenheit temperature,
286435 Test Answer Key . . . . . . 11.94 acumen are stressed throughout the series, and ratio, decimals (with money), area, perimeter,
memorization and drill are not neglected. The and volume.
Grade 12 - Pre-Calculus teacher handbook is the heart of the program, 000688 Boxed Set . . . . . . . . 89.95 80.96
This course emphasizes functions, graphing, containing daily lesson plans that are easy to 018411 Teacher Book only . . 49.95 44.96
and trigonometry and introduces differential implement. Reduced student pages are a tremen- 000689 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22.46
calculus. Student text gives detailed explana- dous aid in planning and supply answers to the 021614 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22.46
tions and lots of examples. Cumulative review worktext exercises. Besides plans, the handbook 016743 Worksheet Packet . . . . 9.95 8.96
is incorporated in the problem sets. Teacher’s contains an overview, materials list, activities, and
Edition includes student pages, with notes and supplemental worksheets (approx. one for each 4 Horizons 3
answers in the margins. lessons). Designed for homeschoolers, the activi- Covers more challenging addition and subtrac-
201111 Home School Kit . . 169.13 126.80 ties, language, and lessons require no alteration. tion, multiplication by up to 4 digits, division
182626 Teacher Edition . . . . . . 83.89 There are 160 lessons per level, each requiring through 2-digit divisors with remainders, simple
267799 Student Text . . . . . . . . 56.67 approximately 20-30 minutes per day. Tests are geometry, map reading, Fahrenheit and Celsius
182592 Testpack . . . . . . . . . . . 16.63 given after every 10 lessons to assess retention of temperature, metric system, and introduces alge-
182634 Testpack Answer Key . . 11.94 cumulative skills. While a good part of each les- braic concepts and equations.
son is oral (especially at the K level), the enticing, 000713 Boxed Set . . . . . . . . 89.95 80.96
Consumer Math (11-12) (2nd Ed.) colorful student worksheets lay foundations for 010469 Teacher Book only . . 49.95 44.96
This edition of Consumer Math is as practical lessons and review concepts previously taught. 020476 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22.46
as ever, covering essential topics for high school There are two workbooks per grade level. Please 021615 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22.46
students. Basic math skills such as rates, ratios, note that the actual lesson is to be taught by you 016744 Worksheet Packet . . . . 9.95 8.96
proportions, percents, operations with integers, - there are only brief instructions on each page of
algebra, and integer exponents; as well as cus- the workbooks, which are not intended to be self- Horizons 4
tomary and international measurement systems, instructional. Boxed set contains teacher book Reviews four basic functions. Introduces mul-
conversions between the two, linear measure, and 2 student workbooks. Additional Student tiplication of 2-digit by 2-digit with carrying,
area, and volume are all covered prior to con- Worksheet Packets contain one photocopy of each division with 2-digit divisor and quotient, addi-
tinuing on with the study of math in specific reproducible master in the teacher book. tion/subtraction of unlike fractions, pre-algebra
consumer areas. These include: figuring and concepts, ratios, and more.
calculating income; short and long term budgets; 000714 Boxed Set . . . . . . . . 89.95 80.96
personal banking - different accounts and inter- 000717 Teacher Book only . . 49.95 44.96
est rates; borrowing money; transportation (the 000718 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22.46
world of new cars, used cars, insurance, gas, oil, 000720 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22.46
tires, and such); food; clothing; housing - includ- 016745 Worksheet Packet . . . . 9.95 8.96
ing mortgages, renting, owning, and home main-
tenance/improvements; life and health insurance Horizons 5
policies; income taxes - becoming familiar with Continues to practice the four basic math
the tax forms; and the financial aspects of taking operations. Covers fractions, decimals, per-
vacations. With a very clear and easy-to-follow cents, exponents, cross products, mean, median,
layout, and an emphasis on wise stewardship mode, and angle measurements.
based upon biblical principles, this is a thorough 000110 Boxed Set . . . . . . . . 89.95 80.96
presentation of practical, daily-life consumer 000112 Teacher Book only . . 49.95 44.96
math. 000113 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22.46
221762 Home School Kit . . 162.18 121.60 000115 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22.46
189316 Teacher’s Edition . . . . . 76.94 016746 Worksheet Packet . . . . 9.95 8.96
296806 Student Text (Updated) . 56.67
189290 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.63
189282 Tests Answer Key . . . . . 11.94
438 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
STANDARD KITS ADD-ON KITS
Horizons 6
Horizons Required Continues to build upon its coverage of math
Manipulatives K 1 2 3 4 5 6 K-3 K-1 1-2 2-3 3-4 4-5 5-6 basics. New concepts include word numbers
through hundred trillion, scientific notation, base
Crayons - Set of 16 X X X
2, 4-digit by 4-digit multiplication, division up
2-Colored Plastic Counters (100) X X X X X X to 5- and 6-digit quotients, perimeter, area and
volume, ratios, graphs, and equations.
Student Clock Wipe-Off (set of 2) X X X X X X X 002323 Boxed Set . . . . . . . . 89.95 80.96
Folding Meter/Yard Stick X X X X X X 004604 Teacher Book only . . 49.95 44.96
002324 Workbook One . . . . 24.95 22.46
Double Nine Dominoes X X 002325 Workbook Two . . . . 24.95 22.46
Ruler X X X X X X X X 016747 Worksheet Packet . . . . 9.95 8.96
452 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Singapore Math Supplements ly suggested that the teacher preview the lesson the worksheet. Takes approximately 10 minutes
by reading the Notes provided at the bottom of for each Sprint activity and is recommended 2-3
Math the Singapore Way (1-5) the Thinking Platform page. These concise yet times per week. The author suggests purchasing
Math the Singapore Way refers to the math descriptive notes point out teaching tips, com- below grade level to give children the opportu-
textbook series used in the Singapore schools mon errors, and areas of difficulty. Attaining nity for success with mental math fluency. The
(known in the States as the Singapore Approach) Mastery pages follow the Thinking Platform. beauty of Math Sprints is two-fold. Designed to
and supports both Math in Focus® and Primary Here, the student can practice new skills on a be a fast paced and fun way to do practice math
Mathematics® from the same publisher (Marshall series of problems that feature Parallel Questions. facts and increase a child’s self esteem through
Cavendish). The Practice and Challenge series of Parallel Questions are actually a series of similar self-competition, by b eating his previous score.
workbooks were developed as supplements to yet different math questions which are strategi- While a supplement to the Singapore Math cur-
provide students with either additional practice cally presented so that the differences between ricula, families using any math program may find
for students who have not quite grasped the the questions either solidify concept understand- the mental math solving practice in this book an
basics or additional challenge for students who ing or provide opportunities to clarify fuzzy excellent complement for any child. Answers
have grasped the basic concepts and are ready to thinking. Answers are provided in the back of included. 126 pgs, pb. ~ Deanne
move on. Both series are prepared consistently the book. Please note these books are transi- EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . . 13.00
with Singapore Approach fundamentals with tioning to the 3rd edition, which is based on the 063076 Grade 1 063079 Grade 4
their emphasis on problem solving. Each book newest Primary Maths syllabus. See our website 063077 Grade 2 063080 Grade 5
provides carefully crafted problems rather than for availability New editions include US money, 063078 Grade 3 019485 Grade 6
random repetition, scaffolded to provide careful but retain metric measurements. The 2nd editions
variations in the given tasks. Unlike some supple- may depict Singapore coins and bills in the early
mental series produced by American publishers, grades and use metric units throughout. Books
the grade designations parallel the actual grade range from 115-224 pgs. ~ Anh/Deanne
levels of Singapore Approach math programs. EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . . . 12.80
Each book includes two end-of-year tests. 053419 Book 1A 053421 Book 2A
The Practice series exercises closely follow the 053420 Book 1B 053422 Book 2B
sequence of topics in the student texts and can EACH BOOK BELOW (except noted) 13.20
be used for further practice to gain mastery or 053423 Book 3A 053425 Book 4A
for testing to reveal re-teaching needs. A page of 053424 Book 3B 053426 Book 4B
teacher notes introduce each unit. Books range 053427 Book 5A . . . . . . . . . . . 14.00
from 120 – 160 pgs, pb with answer key includ- 053428 Book 5B . . . . . . . . . . . 14.00
ed. The Challenge series provides problems 053429 Book 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.00
in two levels within each exercise; one to test
concept understanding and a more difficult level. Singapore Math Practice (1-6) Singapore Math Complete Maths Guides (1-6)
Worked examples are provided at the beginning Another series directly correlated to the SM text- If you would like a topical supplement to go
of each exercise. Books range from 105 to 140 books providing progressive exercises to master along with your Primary Math, Complete Maths
pgs, pb with worked solutions. ~ Janice skills required to solve mathematical problems. Guide is an all-in-one reference and practice
EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . . 12.50 The answer key features step-by-step worked out book. You will find notes and examples for
Challenge Practice solutions. 104-120 pgs, pb. ~ Janice further explanation and methods used, study
Grade 1 058526 058531 EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 6.75
tips, thinking questions, and fully worked solu-
Grade 2 058527 058532 018435 Level 1A 018495 Level 4A tions – all in one book. Each book is divided
Grade 3 058528 058533 018443 Level 1B 018496 Level 4B into units and the topics are those found in the
Grade 4 058529 058534 018447 Level 2A 018498 Level 5A Primary Math programs. The topics don’t align
Grade 5 058530 058535 018451 Level 2B 018524 Level 5B perfectly with the sequence found in any of the
018461 Level 3A 018525 Level 6A three Primary Math curricula we carry, but the
Visible Thinking in Mathematics (1-6) 018480 Level 3B 018542 Level 6B publisher states that this series is aligned to the
What is visible thinking? In this case, to think newest syllabus for the Ministry of Education in
visibly means that you can easily see or visualize Singapore Math (2-5) Singapore. That being said, the topics will be
something in your head. This skill, of course, is A direct complement to the Singapore Math the same, but presented in a different order. As
vital to the study of mathematics - you must be series, these are compilations of the Singapore a resource, you can use this book any way you
able to make the leap from pictorial representa- Math Practice books above. 256 pgs. like – as additional practice, summer review, or
tions to abstract ideas. Sometimes, this leap is EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 9.95 test prep. This series will help you make sure the
difficult which makes learning math extremely 036220 Level 1 A & B (Grade 2) concepts are mastered before moving on. Each
frustrating. As the series title suggests, these 036224 Level 2 A & B (Grade 3) book is 320 pages or more – that’s a lot of addi-
resource books from SingaporeMath.com focus 036242 Level 3 A & B (Grade 4) tional practice between two covers. ~ Donna
on the pictorial stage and helping the student 036254 Level 4 A & B (Grade 5) EACH GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.80
move from the pictorial to the abstract stage of 066041 P1 066044 P4
mathematical thinking. It is meant to be used Math Sprints (1-6) 066042 P2 066045 P5
as a supplement and not a replacement for Learning math facts need not be a boring, dry 066043 P3 066046 P6
Singapore Math Primary Math. While it is less drill! The premise is simple. Select the Sprint you
than a complete program, the content is fairly would like your child to work on. Each Sprint has Singapore Math: 70 Must-Know Word Problems
comprehensive and would be good for students an A first half, an A second half, a B first half and (1-6)
having trouble with math or for re-teaching con- a B second half. The B worksheets are designed Singapore math is becoming a household term.
cepts. for children stronger in math. Interestingly, the This series is directly correlated to the SM text-
This series consists of 11 consumable books, answers to the A and B sheets are the same, but books. To help students who struggle with word
two semesters each for Grades 1-5 and one book the B worksheets require more mental calcu- problems, these workbooks focus on diagrams,
for Grade 6. The books are a blend of both lations. B sheets can be used with strong math number bonds, the “counting on” method and
teacher and student books. Each lesson within students or can be used later in the school year. the “crossing out” method. The answer key
a chapter consists of 2 types of pages – Thinking Once you select the appropriate worksheet, features step-by-step worked out solutions. 160
Platform and Attaining Mastery. Both teacher set the timer for one minute and say, “Ready, pgs, pb. ~ Janice
and student should go through Thinking Platform Set, Go!” When the timer rings, underline the EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 8.95
pages together. This is where the math concept last problem completed and review the correct 018556 Level 1 018584 Level 4
is introduced, examples worked, and construc- answers with your child. Take a brief activity 018563 Level 2 018591 Level 5
tive mathematical thinking is modeled. It is high- break and return to complete the second half of 018565 Level 3 018620 Level 6
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 453
Singapore Math Challenge (2-5) each skill. Then there is an illustrated teaching for the context of word problems. Modeling
While Singapore Approach math programs sequence for each (with plenty of room for you bridges the gap between concrete and abstract
seem to be all the rage, one complaint is the lack to make notes) and a possible teaching sequence by giving a visual or pictorial example. Work
of practice. This series provides additional prac- with a group of students. Necessary solutions are systematically through this book for a thorough
tice for the concepts taught in your Singapore provided at the end of each chapter. Approx. 150 understanding.
Approach curriculum. These hefty books offer pgs, pb. ~ Janice Start with the basics and apply the modeling
over 300 pages, 16-20 chapters per grade, that EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . . 29.90 method to whole numbers, fractions, decimals,
include examples, practice, and solutions for 058536 Bar Modeling rate/distance, ratio, percent, two unknowns,
each age-appropriate concept area. These books 058538 Decimals and algebra. There are 97 problems within
do not provide complete instruction, rather sup- 058539 Fractions these chapters, and, in some cases, may take
plementation with the expectation that students 058540 Whole Numbers two pages to explain the solution to the prob-
are already familiar with the subject matter. This lem – very thorough and systematic! The author
series addresses topics such as basic concepts, 8-Step Model Drawing (1-8) even suggests more than one way to solve the
operations, strategies, classic problems, logic/ Pick up any elementary Singapore math text- problem, when that is a possibility. At the end
IQ, and applied and advanced topics. Beef up book and flip through it. You’ll immediately of section, there are practice problems for you to
your math and challenge your students beyond notice that it looks different. At least one try. A final exam of ten problems is found at the
the curriculum with this series. Reproducible for reason for this is the prolific use of the model end of the Word Problems section, and solutions
your family/classroom. - Donna drawing method for solving word problems. with visual models for practice problems and
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 9.95 This approach is one of the things that sets the final exam rounds out the book.
034776 Grade 2 034793 Grade 4 Singapore method apart. However, it’s a skill I’ve often wondered why no one taught this
034777 Grade 3 034801 Grade 5 that can be applied to any math word problem method when I was young, because it makes
from any math series. So, if you have a student sense of word problems. Use this alongside
Problem Solving Beyond the Classrooom (1-7) that struggles with word problems, OR you want your Singapore Math for more practice and clear
See description of this book in the Problem to give your students an effective tool for under- explanations, or use it with your regular math
Solving section. standing and completing word problems, OR you program for an alternative explanation to solve
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.33 want to understand a unique problem-solving difficult word problems. 153 pgs., pb. ~ Donna
060256 Primary 1 060259 Primary 4 method, this book provides the way. 064924 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.95 17.50
060257 Primary 2 060260 Primary 5 Introducing and explaining model drawing first
060258 Primary 3 060261 Primary 6 but keeping it brief, the book then moves to
its “heart” – guided practice. Starting with the Singapore Math Manipulatives
Word Problems for Model Drawing Practice (4-6) simplest of addition problems and continuing Most or the manipulatives used in Singapore Math
Model Drawing is one of the techniques through beginning algebra, problems are pre- programs are featured elsewhere in our catalog;
employed by the Singapore Approach math sented and followed by step-by-step guidance in we include here ones that are less generic.
programs. This series of books provides addi- finding solutions using the bar models. There is
tional practice with word problems using Model “Teacher Talk” (scripting) for each of the eight Essential Number Cards (K-2)
Drawing. There are 180 problems in each book, steps. Basic foundational principles are iden- Small (2.5” x 3.5”) with rounded corners; black
one for each day of your school year. There is tified by instructing the student to “Hold This on white backgrounds. Set includes: Number
no instruction for Model Drawing, simply word Thought.” A section called “Milking the Problem Cards from 1 – 9 (4 sets); Number Words (0 –
problems for practice. This series assumes that for all It’s Worth” does just that – provides ques- 9 (1 set); ten frames (0 – 8 and 0 – 10); dots
you are familiar with the Singapore Approach to tions that broadens the application of the princi- (0 – 9, two sets); +, -, x, ÷, =, ˂ and ˃ (2 sets).
math and Model Drawing. ples. Although there are almost 70 pages in this Also includes activity suggestions for counting,
A Solution Key is available for every two lev- section, there are only 20 problems. This exem- number recognition, relative position, number
els, and shows what the drawn model should plifies a basic tenet of the bar modeling method. bonds, making 10, and writing number sentenc-
or could look like and takes you step-by-step There’s more value in working 10-15 minutes es. ~ Janice
through the answer for that problem. This series on one problem each day (consistently) than in 047337 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 4.95
is for those who will be supplementing their math working 15 problems once a week. Following the
program or will be using the Singapore Approach guided practice is a section providing problems Subitizing Activity Cards (K-1)
to math. ~ Donna for independent practice. These problem sheets Subitizing Activity Cards are a set of 38 4.75”
EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . 9.95 7.75 can be copied for classroom use. Worked solu- x 7.75”, two-sided activity cards. Subitizing
052673 Level 4 052675 Level 6 tions for each help the teacher confirm his under- means, “knowing how many without counting,”
EACH SOLUTION MANUAL . . . 8.95 6.50 standing of the methodology. At the back, a and these dot cards are formatted in different
052677 Levels 3 & 4 resources section provides a print and CD-ROM ways to help students recognize two through ten
052678 Levels 5 & 6 references listing, a reproducible grid for model at a glance. Students might see two dots beside
drawing, and an index. 160 pgs, pb The col- each other or two dots at a diagonal; three dots at
Singapore Math Instructional Resources orful poster provides a visual representation/ an angle, three dots in a triangle format, or three
reminder of the eight steps, reworded (curiously) dots forming a right angle. On the reverse of
Teaching to Mastery Math (K-7) into seven steps. Similar black and white pages every card is the number and the number word.
This is a different approach to providing teach- from the book can be copied. ~ Janice 064936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 5.25
ing help for Singapore Approach math. Rather 047335 Book . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.95 18.95
than grade level, this series is organized by prac- 047336 Poster . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 7.75
Counting & Cardinality Collection (K-2)
tice area (i.e. whole numbers, fractions, and dec- This set includes the Essential Number
imals with the more generic bar modeling thrown Model Drawing for Challenging Word Problems Cards (#047337) and Subitizing Activity Cards
in for good measure). It’s designed for teachers (6-9) (#064936).
(parents?) that want a deeper understanding If you are familiar with the Singapore method- 064916 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.59 9.50
of the teaching methodologies of those areas. ology, then you are familiar with model drawing
However, I can also see how they would be or the ‘bar modeling method.’ This was a real Numbers 0-100 Flash Cards (PK-2)
helpful if you have a student who has difficulty eye-opener for me when I tried it several years These flashcards are great for building number
grasping a single concept – for instance, fractions ago, and it can be so helpful to your students recognition. One side of the card shows a num-
– and you want to be able to employ different in understanding and solving word problems. ber (like 26) and then the other side shows the
strategies while focusing on the learning progres- This book offers very clear explanations with number word (like twenty-six). Covering num-
sion within each concept. Each book identifies modeling examples and practice, so that you can bers 0-100, this set is colorful and durable.
a progression of skills within that area and then use this method with any math program you are 043981 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 6.45
further identifies specific methodologies within using. This goal of modeling is to offer a visual
454 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Place Value Disks (1-3) do their work on a separate sheet of paper. The
These colorful foam disks make learning place Student Pack includes quizzes, tests, and daily
value easier for the visual or tactile learner. speed/mastery drills (math facts review) and mea-
Place values from 1 to 1,000,000 are represent- surement equivalents. Full Solutions Answer Key
ed in 7 value sets and values from 1-1000 are shows each problem of the textbook, quizzes,
represented in 4 value sets. Each place value and tests with step-by-step solutions. Teacher
is a different color, which makes them easy to Guides for the textbook are also in full color and
differentiate. These disks are used in several of include student pages with answers and a cd of
the Singapore Approach books. printables – posters, charts, and practice sheets.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. The addition/subtraction flash cards accompa-
EACH SET BELOW . . . . . . . . . 18.95 12.95 nying this curriculum for grades 1-4 are num-
045432 140 Disks (4 values) bered and tabbed to correspond to the teacher
35 each of 1, 10, 100 and 1000 disks. ☼Christian Light Sunrise Mathematics (1-12) guides at those grade levels. Cards measure
045431 140 Disks (7 values) Math is foundational in so many areas of study 3.5”x 7.5”, addition/subtraction go from 0 to
Includes 20 each of disks 1 to 1,000,000. and life, and Christian Light Mathematics helps 18. Multiplication/division flash cards measure
EACH DISKS SET BELOW . . . . . 7.99 5.25 lay that solid foundation. Packed with practice 3.5”x 5” and cover math facts from 0-12. The
047345 100 Ones and review, Christian Light employs an incre- multiplication fact is on the front of the card with
047346 100 Tens mental spiral approach in a workbook format. the opposite division fact on the reverse. These
025695 100 Hundreds Each lesson incorporates a new concept and is aren’t numbered and tabbed like the addition/
030792 100 Thousands followed by review of previously learned con- subtraction cards. Math Reference Charts are
030735 100 Ten Thousands . 15.95 10.95 cepts. Written from a Christian worldview, every available for grades 2-6, 5-8, and 7/8. These are
lesson reinforces Biblical values. The math cours- 8.5” x 11” laminated sheets for easy reference
☼Place Value Disks (1-6) es in this series from grades 1-9 are the Sunrise at a glance for those items that students need to
This set of soft, foam, color-coded place value edition of the series. The Sunrise Edition divides remember but need a little help – measurement
disks helps math students to master place values Light Units into daily lessons; two quizzes pro- tables, formulas, etc.
and mathematical operations up to the millions. vide opportunity for application of skills learned; Grade 8 is considered pre-algebra and prepares
The set contains 280 numbered disks, forty each and formatting is clear and more appealing. students for any algebra 1 course. It introduces
of ones to millions. These place value manip- Each level is one year of math at grade level and students to concepts needed at the higher levels
ulatives support core math curriculums such as those implementing the program will need one of math such as Pythagorean theorem, irrational
Singapore Math® and more. Disks measure 1” in set of 10 Light Units per student and a Teacher square roots, and basic trigonometry.
diameter. ~ Mike Guide(s) or answer key. At grades 1 and 2 the The sequence for high school is Algebra
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs teacher guides are required and teacher guides 1, Geometry, Algebra II, and Functions and
041710 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 7.95 are strongly recommended for grades 3 and 4. Trigonometry. To use Algebra I you will need
Each Light Unit contains student exercises and a the 10 Light Units (students write on their own
B. test. The first Light Unit in grades 2-8 is a review paper), solution key (solutions to the Light Units
of the previous grade. The Teacher Guides for exercises), tests & quizzes, and the test & quiz
grades 1-8 include teacher tips and student answer key. These are all sold separately for
pages with answers and solutions. If you don’t the Algebra I level. Geometry, Algebra II, and
think you need the Teacher Guide, but want Functions and Trigonometry, each use 10 Light
A. Units and 5 answer keys. Finishing through
the answers at a quick glance, answer keys are
Place Value Strips (1-6) available. Functions and Trigonometry will prepare students
Colorful strips to illustrate place value concepts. To help ensure students learn their math facts, for college level math.
Each set of these 4” tall strips can be used sepa- daily speed drills, oral exercises, and flash-cards Consumer Math is an optional math course
rately or the Decimals set can be used together are tools used for students in grades 1-4. Basic offered in this series. Equivalent to one high
with either of the Units sets. For each place algebraic and geometric concepts are introduced school credit, this course applies math to every-
value there are ten strips (one for each numeral early, along with money, problem solving, men- day situations. There are 10 Light Units and 5
0-9). The Decimals strips have slightly larger tal math, and number patterns to help students answer keys needed to complete the course and
numerals than the Units strips. Activity sugges- become proficient in these skills. A few supple- they cover basic and everyday math – fractions,
tions are included with each set. ~ Janice mental materials are needed for the lower grades decimals, percent, family finances, construction
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. – Grade 1 uses addition and subtraction flash & building trades, service occupations, trans-
047343 Decimals (1-3)-(B.) . . 13.95 9.95 cards (#72144); My Counting Book (#72357); portation, business services, and occupational
0.0 – 0.9 (brown); 0.00 – 0.09 (light green); Counting Chart (#72173); and optional My diagrams. ~ Donna
0.000 – 0.009 (gold) Calendar Book (#21786); and student clock
047348 Units-Thousands (3-6) . 5.99 3.95 (#15339 or #60101); Grade 2 uses addition Grade 1
0 – 9 (white); 00 – 90 (red); 000 – 900 and subtraction flash cards (#72144); Counting MTH1LU LightUnits 101-110 . . . . 35.00
(orange); 0000 – 9000 (yellow) Chart (#72173); and optional multiplication/ 072341 Tchr Gd 101-105 . . . . . . 7.00
047347 Units-Millions (3-6) . . . 9.99 6.95 division flash cards (#72356); My Calendar Book 072342 Tchr Gd 106-110 . . . . . 7.00
0 – 9 (white); 00 – 90 (red); 000 – 900 (#21786); student clock (#15339 or #60101); 072144 Addition/Subtraction
(orange); 0000 – 9000 (yellow); 00000 – and math reference chart (#68518); Grade 3 uses Flash Cards . . . . . . . . . 16.00
90000 (dark green); 000000 – 900000 (blue); optional flash cards as in 1st and 2nd grades, and 072357 My Counting Book . . . . 2.50
0000000 - 9000000 (purple). the math reference chart. Grades 4, 5, and soon 072173 Counting Chart . . . . .. 1.50
to be 6 (later in 2018) offer the option of using 021786 My Calendar Book . . . . 4.90
Place Value Decimal Tiles - 90 Tiles (1-3) the Light Unit approach or text book approach
Designed to be used in conjunction with the – same content but a choice of consumable or Grade 2
Place Value Disks (whole numbers), these 1” non-consumable. MTH2LU LightUnits 201-210 . . . . 35.00
square foam tiles (1/4” thick) help students devel- If you choose the Light Units path, parents MTH2AK LightUnits 201-210 .
op a more in-depth understanding of place value need only to purchase the Light Units and Answer Keys Set . . . . . . 35.00
– a key concept that can be difficult. There are Teacher Guides or answer keys. If choosing the 072343 Tchr Guide 201-205 . . . 7.00
30 of each value – 0.1, 0.01, and 0.001 – and textbook path, then you will need the textbook 072344 Tchr Guide 206-210 . . . 7.00
they are the same colors as the Place Value Strips (non-consumable), student pack (consumable), 072144 Add/Sub Flash Cards . . . 16.00
(brown, light green, gold). Instruction sheet is Teacher Guide and/or Full Solutions Answer 072173 Counting Chart . . . . . . 1.50
included. ~ Janice Key. Textbooks are colorful with illustrations and 072356 Mult/Div Flash Cards . . 12.00
047344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.95 9.95 pictures, and provide opportunity for students to continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 455
Grade 3 Functions & Trigonometry 3. Beginning concepts of time
MTH3LU LightUnit 301-310 Set . 35.00 FCTGLU LightUnits 1201-1210 . . 35.00 4. Dawn is variable; it gets light at different
MTH3AK LightUnit 301-310 . FCTGAK LightUnits 1201-1210 . . times depending on the season.
Answer Keys Set . . . . . . 35.00 Answer Key Set . . . . . . 17.50 5. 5 + 2 = 7
072345 Teachers Guide 300 . . . 14.00 6. The relationship between numbers and
068518 Elementary Reference Chart 3.00 Consumer Math quantities; a set of objects has the same
CNSMLU LightUnit Set . . . . . . . . 35.00 number of objects regardless of position or
Grade 4 CNSMAK Answer Key Set . . . . . . 17.50 arrangement.
MTH4LU LightUnits 401-410 . . . . 35.00 7. What an equals sign means
MTH4AK LightUnits 401-410 . . . . ☼Christian Light Math Reference Charts (2-8) 8. The answer to an addition problem won’t
Answer Keys Set . . . . . . 7.00 As the name implies, these are laminated math change depending on the object(s) counted.
072177 Math Around the World reference charts and amazingly inexpensive. Whether you are adding hours, pencils, or
Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00 Elementary and Intermediate charts are 8” x trees, 5 + 2 will still equal 7.
072176 Tchr Guide (for Textbk) 52.00 10.75.” The Advanced chart is 16” x 10.75” but 9. The commutative property of addition. It
072175 Student Material . . . . . . 12.00 folded. Content varies with grade level and is doesn’t matter whether you add 5 + 2 or 2
072174 Solution Key . . . . . . . . . 14.00 well organized and presented in a straight-for- + 5, you will still get 7.
072346 Teacher Guide 401-405 9.00 ward, easy-to-read format. ~ Janice 10. x and y can stand in place of numbers
072347 Teacher Guide 406-410 9.00 EACH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.00 (pre-algebra!)
068518 Elementary (2-6) Not bad for a start! In the next lesson, children
Grade 5 068519 Intermediate (5-8) learn: that Fred is neat (he puts his stuff away);
MTH5LU LightUnits 501-510 . . . . 35.00 068517 Advanced (7-8) what an ellipse is (and how to make one with a
MTH5AK LightUnits 501-510 . ~~~~~~~ flashlight); more about the passage of time and
Answer Key Set . . . . . . 7.00 addition; and that Fred’s doll, Kingie, can draw
072181 Math in Many Nations Text LIFE OF FRED MATHEMATICS better than Fred (he in fact becomes an accom-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00 plished oil painting artist). The YTTP in this sec-
072180 Tchr Guide (for Text) . . 52.00 Life of Fred Elementary Series (1-5) tion teaches more addition facts (in the context
072179 Student Material . . . . . . 12.00 Great news for Life of Fred aficionados; Life of of adding Fred and Kingie’s drawings), then the
072178 Solution Key . . . . . . . . . 14.00 Fred has gone elementary! In author Professor chapter ends by presenting the days of the week,
072348 Teacher Guide 501-505 9.00 Schmidt’s own words, “Now you will be able to both by name and addition fact (5 weekdays
072349 Teacher Guide 506-510 9.00 start the Life of Fred series with your child sitting + 2 weekend days = 7 days of the week). As
on your lap…and finish the series sitting on his/ the book progresses, students learn more about
Grade 6 her lap!” It’s as simple as ABC…just follow the months, seasons, days, time, addition, ellipses
MTH6LU LightUnits 601-610 . . . . 35.00 books in alphabetical order by title. Children and other geometric shapes, the composition of
MTH6AK LightUnit 601-610 . can start the series as soon as they know their the earth, Kansas, fish vs. whales, counting by
Answer Key Set . . . . . . 7.00 addition and subtraction facts up to 10. While 5’s, temperature, negative numbers, deciduous
072185 Math in History Text . . 40.00 the entire series can be completed in just 12-18 trees, how to spell Wednesday and February,
072184 Tchr Guide (for Text) . . 52.00 months, Apples through Dogs was designed for Archimedes (yay!), not to be rude, zero (and its
072182 Solution Key . . . . . . . . . 14.00 grades 1-4, Edgewood through Jelly Beans for properties), sets, that birds don’t eat candy, chess
072183 Student Material . . . . . . 12.00 grades 2-4. Regardless of starting grade level, moves, fractions, the Titanic, ducks can’t add,
072350 Teacher Guide 601-605 . 9.00 you will want to begin in Apples. So far, there the ≠ sign, circumscribed triangles, inscribed
072351 Teacher Guide 606-610 . 9.00 are ten books to the series. Will there be Kittens triangles, counting by hundreds (why not?), tell-
through Zebras? Only time will tell. ing time by increments of 5 minutes, a dime =
Grade 7 I was sold even before I opened Apples by the 10¢, and even get to see a real picture of Prof.
MTH7LU LightUnit 701-710 Set . . 35.00 picture of Archimedes (daughter Melissa’s inner Schmidt taking a nap! You get the picture. The
MTH7AK LightUnit 701-710 . . guide for matters of logic) on the cover. I could books progress with a spiral approach, each one
Answer Key Set . . . . . . 7.00 already tell that Prof. Schmidt was going to carry going deeper into math and other engaging facts
072352 Teacher Guide 701-705 . 9.00 his tendency to instruct and inform on interesting and knowledge. Throughout them, Fred also
072353 Teacher Guide 706-710 . 9.00 tidbits (and people) into the series. Another pleas- exhibits normal childlike behaviors (playing at
ant discovery: no calculators allowed here. Until the table, mistaking a statue for a real lion, need-
Grade 8 a child has cut his teeth on the building blocks of ing to sit on phone books to use his desk, along
MTH8LU LightUnits 801-810 . . . . 35.00 the addition and multiplication tables, just leave with positive character qualities (responsibility,
MTH8AK LightUnit 801-810 . . . . ‘em in the box. Structured similarly to the upper love of God, cleanliness, desire to stay fit, a
Answer Key Set . . . . . . 7.00 levels, lessons are taught in a few pages of text, love for reading, a distaste for television, making
072354 Teacher Guide 801-805 . 9.00 then it’s “Your Turn to Play”. Children write out wise choices, valuing truth and honesty, saying
072355 Teacher Guide 806-810 . 9.00 their answers (emphasis by the author), read the prayers at night, being thankful and content even
solutions, and then move on to the next delightful in times of adversity, etc.) And each book will
Algebra I adventure. The first book, Apples, contains 18 leave your students wanting to hear more about
ALG1LU LightUnits 901-910 . . . . 30.00 short chapters (lessons). Unlike the upper level the life of Fred. As with the upper levels of this
072145 Quizzes/Tsts A/K . . . . . 3.00 books, there are no cities. unusual curriculum, math principles and con-
072146 Quiz/Test Packet . . . . . 3.00 So, since Calculus actually begins as Fred does cepts are taught along with direct application.
072147 Tchr Gd/Sltn w/answrs . 10.00 (at three days old), where in the life of Fred does They are naturally integrated into the life of Fred.
this series fit in? As we begin the series, Fred is Can you see how the Professor cannily whets the
Geometry five, meaning he has been a professor at Kittens student’s appetite for future math discoveries?
GEOMLU LightUnits 1001-1009 . . . 35.00 for as long. The closeness in age between Fred He gives them a small taste and, by doing so,
GEOMAK LightUnits 1001-1009 . and the target audience should be a plus. In the makes the unknown familiar and waiting to be
Answer Key Set . . . . . . . 17.50 course of ten books, we experience about a week explored…
in the Life of Fred. The series begins with simple I would be surprised if this doesn’t become the
Algebra II addition facts and, in the very first story and short math curriculum of choice for teachers using the
ALG2LU LightUnits 1101-1110 . 35.00 written exercise, students will learn: Charlotte Mason approach. It comes closer to
ALG2AK LightUnits 1101-1110 . 1. Fred still sleeps with his Kingie doll (intro- embodying her principles than any other math
Answer Key Set . . . . . . 17.50 duced in Calculus). course I’ve seen. Other parents will enjoy its
2. Fred sleeps in a sleeping bag in his office fresh approach to teaching with storytelling rath-
at Kittens. er than starting a child off with pages of circling
456 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
the groups of 7 or pages of addition problems to and magical mailboxes, Fred explores a whole with it. In fact, that’s part of the attraction for
work. It emphasizes concept and understanding lot of math with a particular focus on functions. a student who really doesn’t enjoy math (yes, I
over rote problem solving. Even if you feel more Besides learning many mathematical concepts have one of those). So, could the course possi-
secure using a more traditional math curriculum, including (but not limited to): bly have the content that a more traditional text
I would strongly encourage you to also purchase Numerals, fractions, borrowing in sub- (like Saxon) has? Moreover, what type of person
the Life of Fred elementary series and read (and traction, functions, domains, codomains, would actually use this course, as entertaining
work it) with your child. It would be a painless elapsed time, percents, telling time, standard and whimsical as it is (if you can think whimsy
complement that would not only reinforce and to metric conversions, volume, perimeter, and Calculus in one thought). Well, after using
practice skills learned in your “regular” math area, polar form, exponents, set theory, geo- Life of Fred for Beginning Algebra and reading
course, but also prepare your child for higher metric forms, arithmetic sequences, arithme- through most of the Fractions book, I think I can
level math concepts. tic series, Fundamental Theorem of Calculus, answer some of these questions.
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.00 sigma notation, analytic geometry, commu- First, Fred IS the unlikely mathematician in all
029719 Apples 050462 Farming tative actions, adding fractions, multiplying of us. Despite his youth and other cards stacked
029731 Butterflies 050463 Goldfish fractions, geometric theorems, Pythagorean against him (you’ll have to read the books to
029777 Cats 050464 Honey theorem, pie charts, natural numbers, long understand this), Fred is amazingly successful as
029782 Dogs 050545 Ice Cream and short division, converting percents to a math professor. Why? It’s because he finds
050461 Edgewood 050546 Jelly Beans fractions, reducing fractions, converting frac- math so intriguing, entertaining, and downright
LOFEAD A-D Package . . . . . . 64.00 61.50 tions to percents, averages, images in the USEFUL in everyday life (his life, the Life of
LOFEEJ E-J Package . . . . . . . 96.00 91.95 codomain of a function, doubling, rounding, Fred). Why, math is everywhere in the world of
LOFEEH E-H Package . . . . . . . 64.00 61.50 trillions, billions, set notation, perpendicu- Fred – and no matter how things are going, he
LOFEIJ I-J Package . . . . . . . . 32.00 30.50 lar lines, diminutives, right angles, sectors, can always see the math in it.
LOFELM Complete Set (A-J) . 160.00 149.95 cardinality, inverse operations, metric sys- Then, there’s the psychology of Fred. You want
tem, operations with time, diameters, radii, to help the little guy. I mean, he’s smart, but
chords, secants, measurement conversions, so innocent, kind, helpful, endearing – small,
temperature conversions, markup helpless, underweight (why, when he was erro-
Your child will also learn about such things as: neously inducted into the army, they had to use
Talent, practice, patience, idioms, how to a little cup instead of a helmet for his uniform!).
write a check, how to stay on topic when Clearly the underdog in many situations, Fred
speaking, chemical notation, why not to has ended up in the hospital in both books I’ve
consume much sugar, redundant speech, read – even though one injury was accidental.
basic laws of economics, stethoscopes, why But I digress. You do get wrapped up in the Life
we have two kidneys, parts of speech, of Fred. And because you’re rooting for him and
Life of Fred Intermediate Series (3-6) multi-tasking, logically equivalent state- concerned about him, you kind of get taken up in
So, what to do after that last dose of Jelly Beans? ments, adumbration, how to take up slack the math that pervades his thoughts. No matter
Head for the Kidneys, Liver and Mineshaft. If in a boot, summer solstice, encountering how tough the Life of Fred gets, he always has
your child has completed LOF Elementary and lions at blood banks, how to take the SAT, time to explain the finer points of math to those
is still under the tender age of ten (Prof. Schmidt reading the fine print, Armenian food, silent needy souls around him. Don’t get me wrong,
recommends NOT beginning LOF Fractions until letters, treble and bass clefs, why there is Fred has plenty of fun, too. He always makes the
the fifth grade) three more books have been little irony in children’s books, the singular best of things and has some great student/friends
added to fill the “gap”. Also use this series if form of graffiti, why to exercise, how to open at Kittens who also seem to need math in their
your 5th or 6th grader wants to switch to LOF a door, the use of silence in life, translating everyday lives….
and has been using another curriculum. If your Latin, reasons to be grateful, how address- These are, indeed, the most unconventional
child does not yet have a good grasp of addition es and rooms are numbered, feudalism, full-program math texts I’ve ever seen. Maybe
and subtraction, does not understand the concept hunting tigers, square knots, balalaikas, the that’s why students who dislike traditional pro-
of multiplication and division, or is not yet in difference between concrete and cement, grams are so drawn to LOF. The books just seem
4th grade, complete the LOF Elementary series Maslow’s hierarchy of human needs, defini- more accessible and – well, friendly. Maybe it’s
before beginning this one. tion of a mammal, searing a steak, telling the just the author’s personality or particular gift, but
As in the Elementary series, each brief chapter truth, making mistakes, camping, and when students who are turned off by traditional math
(about six pages) is followed by a short set of to be polite – just to name a few. seem to find refreshment and even inspiration in
problems (usually 4-5) called Your Turn to Play. Even though I was rooting for Kittens, Lollipops, LOF. Although you may have read some debate
These questions should be written out (NO calcu- and Milkshakes as follow-ups to the Elementary on whether the series is too lightweight for a basal
lators are allowed) before checking the complete series, I can’t complain about the deliciously sat- program, my two cents is that it is not. The math
solutions found on the next page. I strongly isfying content of these less appealingly named is all here – and then some. What is missing is
recommend reading through the solutions even books. repetition, redundancy, and a multitude of prob-
if you think your answers are correct as there is EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.00 lems to work. These books are like my favorite
often additional instruction or alternate solution 006892 Kidneys 006923 Mineshaft college math text. When I first saw it, I thought
method(s) embedded in the answer section. Each 006899 Liver it was too slim for a whole-semester course. Ha!
book consists of nineteen chapters and should LOFINT Set of 3 (K-M) . . . . . 48.00 45.95 Every word in that book was loaded. The text
take roughly a month to complete. Since the was so cunningly and concisely written that you
entire series can be completed in a mere three Life of Fred Upper Levels (5-12) actually had to study every word because nothing
months, this would also be a great review course Even before we had a description of this math was repeated. While LOF isn’t quite that concise
for students during the summer. program on our website or in our catalog, (it does have a complete storyline along with the
If you are familiar with the other Life of Fred we had many, many inquiries about it (and a math), Dr. Schmidt doesn’t waste words or your
books, you know that Prof. Schmidt educates goodly number of sales). Is it the name? Is it time. Every problem is almost like a brainteaser
while entertaining. We pick up the Life of Fred the concept of a small, pointy-nosed 5-year old – just a little out of your reach unless you truly
where we left it in the Elementary series. Fred is teaching Calculus at Kittens University? Is it the grasp the concepts. It gives you a chance to fig-
still five, still a Professor at Kittens, still living on outrageous storyline? Or are people desperate ure things out for yourself. There’s a whole lot
the third floor of the Math Building, and still can’t for another approach to math? Although I was of brain-stretching going on. Therefore, gifted
paint as well as Kingie. Throughout this series, the one who reviewed and decided to carry this math students are also drawn to these courses
we follow Fred as he catches criminals, visits program, I was initially skeptical about its scope. as they allow them to be challenged. Another
the University President’s home, meets a talking After all, much of the text was given over to good candidate for LOF is the remedial student
horse, goes to camp, babysits, and ALMOST falls following the Life of Fred, with all the strange who has already been through the course using
into a mineshaft. Between beanbag-doll artists humor and unlikely scenarios that go along continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 457
another text. If it just didn’t click, I would try this definitely a full year course. Trigonometry can (isn’t this also the way we train our children? If
one. Finally, a motivated or independent student be completed in half of a year and Calculus they don’t get it right, they need to correct and
would also appreciate using the course. It’s pur- (although covering two full years of calculus) will do it again). Starting in Beginning Algebra,
posely addressed to the student and intended to take one year. According to Mr. Schmidt, after chapters are longer. For courses with the Home
be self-teaching. In fact, the author prefers that this progression “you will be ready to declare as Companion available (Advanced Algebra and
students use these with very little help from you a math major at a university at the upper division Trigonometry), this book breaks the chapters into
so they can learn to study and understand on level and take third-year (junior-level) mathemat- bite-sized lessons. Natural breaks occur when
their own. Even the solutions are addressed to ics courses”. For even more Life of Fred, there is the student encounters a Your Turn to Play (series
the student. In fact, there’s a lot of actual instruc- also a Statistics course which “has much more of problems with completely-worked solutions
tion in the solutions, which students should read material than is normally covered in a beginning following), but the Companions also provide sets
after trying to solve problems on their own. In university statistics course”. It’s been years since of problems for each lesson in between. There
short, just about EVERY student could use this my required course as a business major at a uni- are 108 lessons as laid out in the Fred’s Home
program. The only shortfall I have seen in the versity – I may just take this one myself. Partly Companion Beginning Algebra study guide, but
program is for students who really need a lot of to test the author’s assertion and partly because many of these are short; most students would
constant repetition and reinforcement. In some life is full of decisions and, as the author says, combine some of them. By comparison, Saxon
sections there are just not enough problems, “Success in life is 90% making the right decisions has 120 lessons, but this does not include testing
even using the Home Companion. I had this in the first place” (the other 10% is carrying whereas LOF’s lesson count does. At the end
problem twice in Beginning Algebra as serious them out). Also new is Linear Algebra (as serious of each chapter there are six CITIES (which all
as it needs to be. I both made up some of my as it needs to be). Scanning through the book, have names so you can assign a student to do
own problems and supplemented with problems it looks a lot like an upper-level course called Palmetto and Radcliffe for homework). Actually,
from Saxon Algebra 1 and Algebra 2 (some of Finite Math that I took in college. It covers: I’m not sure why they have names – but, as with
the material is actually more advanced than in solving systems of equations with one solution BRIDGEs, these determine whether to move
that series). I have since run across several other (includes Gauss-Jordan elimination, Gaussian forward. They have some review material from
supplemental products that I could have used elimination), many solutions, and no solution previous chapters, but are largely chapter recaps.
as well. Since writing the original description, (includes data fitting); matrices; vector spaces; They take roughly 20-30 minutes to complete
Professor Schmidt has remedied this situation inner product spaces (including Fourier series and, again, give your student a chance to test,
with his Zillions of Practice Problems books for and Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization process); review, and test again (or you might work the
both Beginning and Advanced Algebra. The linear transformations; and systems of equations first two cities together, assign the next two,
books offer additional problems for each section into the future (including eigenvalues, stochastic and use the final two as tests). The first two
of each chapter of the corresponding algebra matrices, Markov chains, Fibonacci numbers) It CITIES have all answers provided; the next two
books, along with complete (step by step) solu- is described by Dr. Schmidt as a math course have only odd answers shown; the last two have
tions to them. Hurray! No more rooting around required by most colleges for math majors and none. All answers not in the text are in the
in other books for some specific extra problems should be taught after Calculus. As far as progres- Home Companion or Answer Key. (Note: Home
that your child needs extra practice with. I espe- sion, Dr. Schmidt has placed it at the very end Companions are being phased out and their
cially appreciate the inclusion of word problems of his other courses, after Statistics. Like other content integrated with the text resulting in the
as I remember this being a concept that Janine upper-level courses, this one has “Your Turn to Expanded Editions you see in the item listing
needed a little more experience with.) Play” sections separating textual chunks. Each following. While some content has shifted
Life of Fred is a series of 12 courses. Two of chapter ends with six CITIES. There is a separate slightly and the six Cities are now combined
these are Fractions and Decimals & Percents. answer key for answers not included in the text. into three, the Expanded Edition is essentially
The author recommends waiting to start these Organization and format of the books is similar; all of the material in the two volumes now
until your child is old enough to work on his/ of course, they all have a captivating storyline loaded into one.) The back of each upper-level
her own (about 5th grade). Each of these cours- centering on Fred Gauss, a very young university book (except Calculus) has an A.R.T. section
es should take less than a quarter of a year to math professor. The author, Stanley F. Schmidt, (All Reorganized Together) containing defini-
complete. The new LOF Pre-Algebra 1 with Ph.D., is a witty guy, a good storyteller, and he tions, formulae, theorems postulates – all the
Biology is formatted like the previous books, also loves math. Unlike many programs, the text stuff you’d like summarized in one handy place
with BRIDGES rather than CITIES. It would fit is not written at a 6th grade level. If anything, together for easy reference. The Life of Fred actu-
in a teaching sequence between Fractions and the text is imbued with a little “extra” knowledge ally begins in the Calculus as serious as it needs
Decimals & Percents and Beginning Algebra. in different areas – especially vocabulary. Dr. to be book (in which Fred is born), the first writ-
You can get a good idea of what is taught in the Schmidt also appears to be a Christian man. ten (in 2001). Unlike the other volumes, it has
course and the proportion of biology to algebra Although his books aren’t preachy and in places all the Your Turn to Play questions and answers
by checking out the table of contents on our web- tend toward gritty realism, you will find a strong in the back and a Further Ado section containing
site. Literally a “dream come true”, Fred is every plug for goodness here, along with a main char- even more rigorous material for you to include
bit as entertaining while teaching biology as he acter who says his prayers every night. Fractions, at your discretion. Possibly because this volume
is when teaching math! While this course will Decimals and Percents, and the Pre-Algebra was originally written for college students, the
not replace high school biology, it will replace books are structured a little differently than the material is edgier in this first book (Fred’s dad
much of the biology instruction in a general upper-level books. Chapters in these are short drinks, his family is somewhat dysfunctional, and
science course. Pre-Algebra 2 with Economics (as are the books), ending with a Your Turn to there are other allusions to drugs, alcohol and
completes the pre-algebra instruction, this time Play problem set, followed by complete solu- “hanky panky”). You may wish to skim ahead of
delving into topics such as interest rates, com- tions with explanation. Generally, after every your student and “edit” anything unsatisfactory.
petition, opportunity costs, supply and demand. five chapters, there’s a BRIDGE taking you from So far, I’m giving a thumbs up to this unique
Following the same format as the Fractions, the culmination of the preceding chapters to the (and slightly eccentric) math program. It has
Decimals & Percents and Pre-Algebra 1 and 2, new material. Actually, there are five BRIDGES made math more palatable (and interesting) for
Dr. Schmidt has released Pre-Algebra 0 with – your student has five tries to make it across the my daughter. It has some unusual and novel
Physics (formerly titled Elementary Physics). This BRIDGE. These contain a ten-question review approaches to problem solving (like a simple,
book fits nicely into the Life of Fred sequence of everything learned to that point. Mr. Schmidt foolproof method for factoring trinomials where
between Decimals & Percents and Pre-Algebra recommends that students get at least nine out of the squared term has a coefficient > 1 instead
1. Dr. Schmidt feels that too much time is lost ten right to move on. Answers to these are in the of the guess and check approach employed in
before presenting physics in high school and back of the book. The final BRIDGE has 15 ques- other books). It incorporates critical thinking
this book is designed as an introduction to fill tions (20 in Decimals) and, again, five tries to and a discovery approach to math by its very
that gap. Algebra and Advanced Algebra should pass. This gives a student ample opportunity to nature. It integrates the value of learning in other
each take a little more than half a year. While go back, study the material, and try again with- curricular areas. It teaches math in the context
Geometry takes place during one day in the Life out feeling like they’ve failed. It is built-in reme- of real life – okay, real life uses for math in a
of Fred (a Thursday after his sixth birthday), it is diation, rather than just failing and still going on kind of surreal life. And, who wouldn’t like a
458 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
math book that begins, “Hi! This is going to be LOFPAS Pre-Algebra Set . . . 125.00 119.95 Life of Fred: Real Analysis (AD)
fun,” then follows through on that promise? Visit Includes five texts above (not zillions of prati- Another serious math program for serious math
www.stanleyschmidt.com for other Raves from ce problems books) students presented in the un-serious Life of Fred
Readers or to find out more about the content of 046232 Beginning Algebra Exp. Ed 39.00 way by Dr. Stanley Schmidt. This program is col-
the books – or even to contact the author direct- 050547 Zillions of Practice Problems lege level, to be used only after algebra, geom-
ly. (You can even read some of Mr. Schmidt’s for Beginning Algebra . 29.00 etry, and calculus courses are mastered. Real
8:30 prayers). I’m not sure how Dr. Schmidt can 013147 Advanced Algebra Exp. Ed 39.00 Analysis takes real numbers that were studied in
include his home phone number on his website 046233 Zillions of Practice Problems algebra, and functions and limits that were stud-
and encourage people to email and phone him Advanced Algebra . . . . 29.00 ied in calculus, and asks the student to analyze
with questions, but I have read several testimo- LOFHS1 High School Set 1 . . 136.00 129.95 them using the process of proofs that were stud-
nies to his responsiveness. For a full scope and Includes Advanced Algebra, Beginning ied in geometry. Dr. Schmidt calls these proofs
sequence, visit our website and take a peek at the Algebra and both Zillions of... books “puzzles”, and the idea is not to solve problems
table of contents for each level. 001195 Geometry Exp Edition . 39.00 but to understand concepts. Some will be short
As a teacher, I have obviously enjoyed this 016139 Trigonometry Exp. Ed . . 39.00 and straightforward, while others will take some
course. But my daughter, Janine, has never had LOFHS2 High School Set 2 . . . 78.00 74.50 time to work through. Answers to all 113 puz-
the innate appreciation for math that I do. Let’s Includes Geometry and Trig Expanded zles are included in the back of the book; how-
ask her what she thought (or thinks – we still LOFCPS College Prep Set . . . 339.00 318.00 ever, the idea is not to rush through the book, but
have 14 lessons to go!). Here are her comments Includes 11 books above take enough time to see the real beauty of higher
on Life of Fred Beginning Algebra as serious as it 001125 Calculus Exp Ed. . . . . . . 49.00 level math. All the important concepts that start
needs to be:“I love Life of Fred because of, well, 053600 Statistics Exp Ed. . . . . . 49.00 with mathematician names are covered: Cauchy
Fred! But also because this is the most creative LOFTXT Gr. 5-12 Text Set . . . . . 357.95 sequences, the Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem,
math course I’ve ever seen. When I first looked Includes all texts above, but no Zillions bks Fibonacci sequences, Schwarzschild radii, etc,
at the math course, the thing that made me excit- LOFCMP Gr. 5-12 Complete Set . 499.95 but in a context that the student will enjoy and
ed (besides the story) was not seeing millions of All texts above, plus Zillions books remember. Enjoy, because the text is so enter-
problems. Just a few, thought-provoking and even 001198 Linear Algebra Exp Ed 52.00 taining, and remember, because Dr. Schmidt
funny ones. In the lesson book, you’ll only have 018033 5 Days of Upper Div. Math 19.00 explains complex concepts in such a clear way.
one small page, then you can be done. The Cities 066246 Real Analysis . . . . . . . . 39.00 So if you have a serious math student that can’t
don’t even have that many problems. But they LOFCLG College Set . . . . . . . 208.00 199.00 get enough math, put this one on his desk.
are all worth your time and un-repetitive, and The 3 texts above, plus Calculus and Statistics 066246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.00
most inspire a challenge or are a little puzzle. ~~~~~~~
Mom didn’t think it would be a full-fledged math Five Days of Upper Division Math: Set
course. But the more we’ve worked through it, Theory, Modern Algebra, Abstract Arithmetic, A+ TUTORSOFT MATH
Topology (AD)
I’ve seen that it’s quite a bit harder and requires
more thinking. No wonder it’s been put on For the dedicated math student who wants A+ Interactive Math Software (1-8)
some “gifted” lists. Moving along…..the writing is
to push the envelope, here you go. Join Fred Whether you prefer for your students to learn
HILARIOUS! It’s almost like Stanley Schmidt and at Kittens University for the summer session math via the internet, on the computer using
I have the same sense of humor sometimes. I’ve – at least for the first five days – in which he local software, or with traditional text and work-
read Fractions and most of Begininng Algebra and lectures (from 4am-8am) on, respectively, Set book, and whether you need a full year program
enjoyed both immensely. It’s a ridiculous, bizarre
Theory, Modern Algebra, Abstract Arithmetic, or just supplemental work on a single topic,
little series, which makes me love it all the more!
and Topology. Prerequisites for this course A+ Math software has an option for you. The
My brother likes it so much he showed it to his include more than a passing knowledge of alge- approach is basically a sequential-mastery meth-
college friends….and of course they all laughed. bra as well as a course in Geometry that taught od, rather than spiral or incremental, with con-
The characters are amazing, and the illustrationsand required proofs. Prior algebra instruction cepts presented, practiced, and expanded fully
(especially of Fred) are priceless. Stanley even should have included: in each chapter. The author believes that having
has a little fun subtly (and not so subtly) teasing
¾¾ Union of sets the material presented both audibly and visually
movies, doctors, math books and a whole myriad ¾¾ Math induction helps in understanding and retention. Lessons
of things, and he has never failed at amusing me.¾¾ Associative property are very straightforward with no frills or distract-
Math was my most hated subject. And while I ¾¾ One-to-one functions ing unnecessary graphics, only those needed to
can’t say that I had a complete turnaround and ¾¾ Inverse functions explain or demonstrate concepts.
wake up every morning saying “YAY! I get to do ¾¾ Multiplying matrices 1st and 2nd grade were added after the higher
math today! Wheeeeee!” I can say that Life of Fred level courses and do incorporate more color and
As you can see, this includes most high school
has taken all the dullness out, keeps me captivat- fun illustrations. A cute little frog mascot appears
seniors. However, final prerequisites I would add
ed, and injected a lot of fun. I’d call it an art piece, on some of the screens to aid in answering the
are an appreciation for math, an ability to think
if a math book can be an art piece. An amazing, questions and gives a croak of approval when
outside the book, ability for creative thought, and
amazing series, even more so considering we’re the answer is correct. Worksheets for these levels
a willingness to take a peek at “real” math. I got
talking about a math course.” are a bit more colorful as well. I think this would
this opportunity when I took some upper-level
Well, there you have it – from teacher and definitely appeal to any child who likes to work
university math courses. There is truly a “magic”
student. Who says math can’t be entertaining? at the computer – A+ Math Software makes math
and beauty to math (which Prof. Schmidt alludes
042828 Fractions . . . . . . . . . . . 19.00 learning seem like a game.
to in the introduction to this book) that most
043266 Zillions of Practice Problems In the program options are presented across the
people never get to experience. If your student
Fractions . . . . . . . . . . . 19.00 top of the screen. You can watch and listen to
would like to experience the same, I heartily rec-
042827 Decimals & Percents . . . 19.00 the multimedia lessons, view the suggested les-
ommend this summer session with Fred.
043258 Zillions of Practice Problems son plans, print out or just view the curriculum
Unlike other LOF books, there is no real storyline
Decimals and Percents . 19.00 book (same content as that of the multimedia
outside of Fred’s lectures. There are fun puzzles
054567 Pre-Algebra 0 w/Physics 29.00 lessons), print out worksheets, tests, (and answer
(which look suspiciously like proofs, for the most
043270 Zillions of Practice Problems keys for both) and reference sheets. You can
part) to solve - 139 of them that require thought,
Pre-Algebra 0 w/Physics 19.00 set the program so that the parent has access to
creativity, and, for some, dedication. Some are
046445 Pre-Algebra 1 w/ Biology 29.00 the answers but not the students. The tests and
easily solved, others are going to take some time.
069064 ☼Zillions of Practice Problems worksheets are done in a multiple choice format,
Solutions to all exercises are in the back of the
Pre-Algebra 1 w/Blgy . . 19.00 black and white, with a minimal number of
book. If your student loves math or just wants to
048459 Pre-Algebra 2 w/ Economics 29.00 appropriate graphics (coins, clocks, etc.). I feel
get a glimpse of higher level math, this course is a
070663 ☼Zillions of Practice Problems like this course might work well for students who
great introduction to math beyond calculus.
Pre-Algebra 2 w/Econ . 19.00 continued...
018033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.00
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 459
are distracted by a lot on a page; white space Printed/ Printed 051462 GRADE 6 . . . . . . . . 204.40 184.95
is in the students’ favor with this program. An Text/Wkbk Set Wkbk Students will multiply and divide using
interactive Q & A button is found at the bottom Gr. 1 057675 055498 whole numbers and decimals. They solve
of the page that allows the student to practice Gr. 2 057679 055501 equations and problems using fractions and
the concept and get immediate feedback on the Gr. 3 057683 053941 mixed numbers. Study of geometric formu-
accuracy of their answer. The software includes Gr. 4 057687 053944 las, data analysis and mathematical rea-
everything you need to do the course, including Gr. 5 057691 053947 soning is included. Students will work with
all necessary PDF files. The printed workbook is Gr. 6 057695 053950 percent, ratios, and proportions. Probability
a convenience product that is helpful if you don’t Pre-Alg 057699 053956 and statistics is studied using data analysis
want to print the pages yourself. We are stocking Alg 1 057703 053953 and estimation. Geometry, symmetry and
both the Premium and Standard editions of the spatial relationships are taught.
software. The Premium edition includes addition- 051464 GRADE 7 . . . . . . . . 204.40 184.95
al features such as the ability to lock solutions PRE-ALGEBRA: Seventh grade students study
manuals, an electronic grade book with progress units of measure including time, customary
tracking, and printable certificates of completion. and metric, and converting between custom-
I have never looked at Teaching Textbooks at ary and metric. They study graphs and dia-
the younger grades, but did have an opportuni- grams with focus on bar and line graphs and
ty to look at the algebra. The A+ program has Venn diagrams. Also included are: rounding
the same type of slide-like presentation for the and estimation, order of operations, absolute
lessons and you can purchase the book in print value, prime numbers, comparing decimals,
to follow along with the lessons as they are pre- fractions and percent. Story problems are
sented. The content is comprehensive, and the Starline Press Math (3-10) studied as well as the consumer math topics
pacing is steady and methodical. Starline Press Math is a character-based, indi- sales tax, discount and depreciation, and mark
System requirements: Windows 2000/XP/Vista/ vidualized and independent learning curriculum. up and appreciation. Students also study
Windows 7/8 and 250 MB disk space available Aligned to pre-Common Core California state multiplication, power, and division properties
on the hard drive. NOT Mac-compatible. The standards (please see publisher website for CA of exponents and percent, probability and
CD-based version doesn’t need the internet to run, state standards correlation), each grade level permutations. Seventh grade math includes
but you do need internet access to register and provides self- directed instruction with minimal the study of perimeter, area and volume
activate your software. If you are unsure about teacher supervision. Grades 3-8 complete twelve of polygons, rectangles, squares, triangles,
where to begin in the program, you can visit www. units (booklets) per year, with a suggested 3 week trapezoids, circles and cylinders. Students
aplustutorsoft.com for a free limited placement test. completion timeframe. Grades 9-10 complete 5 also study basic geometry, basic statistics and
We are offering the curriculum in a variety booklets per semester /10 per year. Each grade pre-algebra.
of packages, with or without printed texts and level includes vocabulary, fill in the blank ques- 051441 GRADE 8 . . . . . . . . 204.40 184.95
workbooks to give you options. Print texts and tions, practice problems, chapter reviews, and ALGEBRA I: Eighth grade students continue
workbooks are also available individually. unit tests Consumable booklets are softcover. the study of algebraic concepts. They study
Family Math Packages (see our website) provide Available only in complete sets which include the properties and operations of real num-
access to an online version of the A+ Interactive answer and test keys. ~ Deanne bers, adding positive and negative numbers,
Math curriculum for one year from activation. 051459 GRADE 3 . . . . . . . . 204.40 184.95 and adding decimals and percent. Students
Upon purchase, you will receive activation infor- Review of addition, subtraction and shapes. study mathematical operations of fractions,
mation and you can activate your account at any Place value. Rounding and expanded nota- linear equations, exponents, absolute value
time. If you have children in multiple grades and tion. Multiplication facts include single and and scientific notation. They solve addition,
online math instruction is convenient for you, multi-digits. Division by 2, 3, 4, and 5. subtraction, multiplication and division equa-
this may be your best option. The more children Students also study decimals, fractions, unit tions as well as solving two step equations
signed up under this option, the cheaper per conversions and volume, weight and area, and equations involving parenthesis. Students
child the package becomes. Access is per child geometric shapes, solid objects, data collec- learn to solve equations and rate problems
so if you purchase the package for 3 students, tion and outcome prediction. with variables on both sides. Inequalities,
you will have access to all available grades of 051460 GRADE 4 . . . . . . . . 204.40 184.95 compound inequalities, and inequalities with
the curriculum for three students for one year. If Review of Grade 3. Adding and subtracting absolute values are learned. Students will
one grade level is completed, you may begin a with a number line, decimals to the hun- also study the Cartesian coordinate system,
new grade level. Parent tracking is for one grade dredths place, multiply multi-digit numbers, verifying solutions, slope, graphing lines, and
level at a time, but you can drop back a grade manipulate time and measurement equa- writing equations of lines in slope intercept
level for reinforcement at any time, then return tions, and work with fractions and division. form and transforming to standard form.
to the target grade level (progress outside of the The student completes problems using word Exponents, square roots, polynomials and
target grade level is not tracked, however).Online problems, liquid and dry measures and mas- quadratic equations are taught. Students will
version is Windows & Mac-compatible with a tering metrics. They also learn geometry, learn simplifying rational expressions and
high-speed internet connection. working with rations and probability and solving rational equations as well as adding,
EACH PREMIUM CD + PRINT . how to coordinate and construct graphs. subtracting, multiplying and dividing radi-
WORKBOOK . . . . . 144.99 114.95 051461 GRADE 5 . . . . . . . . 204.40 184.95 cals. Note: this course may be used to meet
EACH PREMIUM CD ONLY . 124.99 99.95 Students engage in standard’s based activi- requirements for High School Algebra.
EACH STANDARD CD ONLY . 99.99 74.95 ties, including place value, decimals, expo- 051457 GRADE 9 . . . . . . . . 174.50 164.95
EACH PRINT TEXT/WKBK SET 59.99 45.95 nents and prime factors. Student increase GEOMETRY: Covers Geometry basics: points
EACH PRINT WORKBOOK . . . 34.99 24.25 their facility with the four math operations and lines, line segments, rays, planes, and
(addition, subtraction, multiplication and lines and points in planes. Students study
PRE MIUM STANDARD division) and apply them to fractions, deci- definitions of angles, degrees, and measur-
w/ Wkbk CD only CD only mals, positive and negative numbers. They ing the size of angles. They are taught to
Gr. 1 057677 055496 055497 learn to identify and add and subtract inte- classify angles by size and relation and how
Gr. 2 057681 055499 055500 gers, use variable and tables, organize and to bisect an angle. Students study parallelo-
Gr. 3 057685 053939 053940 display data with graphs. Students study grams, properties of a trapezoid, ration and
Gr. 4 057689 053942 053943 shapes, lines, points and angles, and learn proportions, and the Pythagorean Theorem.
Gr. 5 057693 053945 053946 to solve perimeter, surface and volume of an Ninth grade students know, derive, and solve
Gr. 6 057697 053948 053949 area. Students will develop strong problem problems involving perimeter, circumfer-
Pre-Alg 057701 053954 053955 solving skills, conceptual understanding and ence, area, volume, lateral area and surface
Alg 1 057705 053951 053952 procedural skills. area of common geometric features. Students
460 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
know the definitions of basic trigonometric colorful, easy to implement, and take an age-ap- Shiller Math Kit 1 Basic (PK-3)
functions defined by the angles of a right propriate amount of time: 15 minutes for four This pared-down set includes Lesson Books
triangle. They also know and are able to use year-olds, 20 minutes for 5 year-olds, 25 minutes 1-3, Answer Guides 1-3, Parent Guide and Vol.
elementary relationships between functions. for 6 year-olds, 30 minutes for 7 and 8 year-olds, 1 CD along with only the custom or hard-to-find
051442 GRADE 10 . . . . . . . 204.40 184.95 and 30-45 minutes for children 9 to 12 years manipulatives. These include: 4” yellow foam
ALGEBRA II: Students add, subtract, multiply old. Each lesson begins by stating the objective, ball, probability bag, geared clock, symmetry
and divide polynomials. They will also work manipulatives needed, the learning style to mirror, set of 14 operator tiles, number card set
with complex fractions, ratios, and propor- which the lesson appeals, and whether the page with wooden tray, colored wooden shape tiles
tions. The basics of quadratic equations, the is consumable. Instruction is scripted and dia- and number tiles. No decimal material is includ-
square root method, and solving absolute grams, drawings, and illustrations are provided ed. Kit includes 5 years of access to downloads.
value equations are also learned. Students for clear teaching of concepts. There is no set This is a good option if you already are well-
learn about linear inequalities including their time per lesson or for the number of lessons per stocked with math manipulatives!
addition and multiplication properties. They day. Each child is different and the child should 057314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299.95 249.95
also study logarithms and antilogarithms and set the pace according to their learning ability
how to work these problems on a calculator. and skills. A Quick Start Guide is printed in the ShillerMath Kit II (4-7)
Pascal’s Triangle and the Binomial Theorem front of the Lesson Book which gives options for Kit II is intended for ages 9-12 and includes
are studied. Students make and interpret use and tips to reduce frustration for the student pre-algebra. The kit includes Lesson Books 4-6
scatter plots, as well as parabola basics and and the parent. with 12 diagnostic tests; Answer Guides for 4-6;
graphing parabolas. The Answer Guides include the pages from the Parent Guide; Volume II audio CD; 3-ring bind-
055691 Consumer Math (9-12)174.50 164.95 Lesson Book with the answers printed in color. er; division table pad, degreed circle pad and
This consumer math course is set up in 10 A ‘Completed Work Sheet’ chart provides space graph worksheet pad; tracking sheets; set of 12
units, one year to complete, for one full for tracking completed lessons, lessons to revis- see-through 3D geometric shapes; 4 geo-shape
high school credit. Topics covered in this it, and minutes worked on each lesson. This is nets in wooden box; decimal fraction chips in
series of workbooks are addition of whole found in books 1-3. A ‘Review Test Scoresheet’ wooden box and free downloads of consumables
numbers/decimals/percents, subtraction with allows space at the back of the Answer Guide for 5 years. There are some additional items you
whole numbers/negative numbers/decimals/ in Books 1-3 to track test scores and lessons to will need that aren’t included in Kit II: scissors,
percents, handling a checking account, mul- be revisited and is provided separately for books paper strips, protractor, kitchen scale, drawing
tiplication, division, fractions, percents, units 4 and up. Additional sheets can be purchased compass, measuring cups and spoons, Base 10
of measure, angles/triangles/quadrilaterals, for additional students or they are included with unit cubes, magnetic compass, calculator, paper
planes & solid shapes, circle concepts, using the consumable downloads available with each money, playing cards, tape measure, crayons,
variables, geometry & formulas, data anal- kit. Please see our website for individual lesson and colored markers.
ysis, mean/median/mode/range, tables & books and answer guides. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
graphs, equations, writing expressions, order A 15-page Parent Guide tells you how to 045765 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299.95 249.95
of operations, reasoning, relevant/irrelevant get started with ShillerMath, how the program
& missing information. works, how to build confidence in your child, Shiller Math Songs
and much more. This booklet even offers an ShillerMath songs are included in each kit or
explanation of parent responsibilities within the can be purchased separately. Each cd includes 25
COMPREHENSIVE PROGRAMS - ELEMENTARY parent-child relationship. original math tunes by Ron Brown of IntelliTunes.
These programs offer all necessary teaching and The goal of this math program is for students to Listen to the songs in conjunction with the lesson
student books for teaching grade-level math speak and write mathematics clearly, accurately while riding in your car, or while the kids are
below Pre-Algebra. and concisely, and to achieve a solid understand- playing. I will say that the tunes are catchy, live-
ing of math concepts. It seems Mr. Shiller had ly and upbeat and I caught myself singing them
SHILLERMATH (PK-7) the right idea as he thought about how children later in the day. They teach concepts such as the
Not just another math program; this one is learn and the best way for them to understand power of ten, counting by 2s, 4s, 5s, and mass
different. ShillerMath is a Montessori-based, math concepts. As children hear the lessons and on Volume I and fractions, negative numbers and
multisensory curriculum for grades PreK to 7th songs, play with manipulatives, and see the con- square roots on the Volume II CD.
which meets all NCTM standards. “What is cepts applied, they can truly learn math in a way EACH VOLUME . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 12.95
Montessori?” you may be asking yourself. It is which would make Dr. Montessori smile. 045784 Volume I 045780 Volume II
a method of educating children that stresses
development of a child’s own initiative and nat- ShillerMath Kit I (PK-3) Shiller Math Fractions Kit (4-7)
ural abilities, and the role of physical activity in Kit I is intended for ages 4-8, and is a com- Shiller Math is a trusted name in math edu-
absorbing abstract concepts and practical skills. plete math program for 5 years of instruction. cation, and they have now composed a kit to
But don’t panic, no Montessori or math knowl- Remember, the child sets the pace, so it can help those who need specific instruction with
edge is required to use this curriculum, and there take more or less than 5 years to complete the fractions. The kit includes the fraction lesson
is little to no preparation for the lessons. contents of this kit. The kit includes Lesson Books book and answer key, parent guide, fractions
ShillerMath incorporates an incremental spiral 1-3, Answer Guides 1-3, Parent Guide, Volume guide book, tracking sheet for completed assign-
approach (which guarantees plenty of practice) I CD, 4” yellow foam ball, nylon bag with string ments, and 2 sets of fraction circles. Each set
into their math program along with a 3-step pre- tie, geared clock, assorted plastic U.S. coins, 8 of fractions circles includes 54 pieces which
sentation of concepts. The three steps are: “This crayon set, 2 standard dice, 1- and 2-cup mea- represent whole, halves, thirds, fourths, fifths,
is…” “Show me…” and “What is…” Parents use surers, safety mirror for symmetry work, 22”x34” sixths, sevenths, eighths, ninths, and tenths.
this process developed by Dr. Maria Montessori cloth work mat, 3-ring binder, 0-9 set of wooden Concepts practiced begin with the basics and
to ensure that the child understands each con- dominoes, #2 pencil, 12” clear plastic ruler, build fraction families, denominator, numerator,
cept. The example given for this in the Parent pan balance for weight comparison, set of 16 addition, subtraction, multiplication, division,
Guide is for teaching two-digit numbers: thousand cubes, set of plastic operation signs, least common denominator and much more. The
¾¾ Step 1: The parent says while pointing to complete number card set w/ wooden tray, base lesson book has 168 lessons that include review
the numbers, “This is 10, this is 11, this ten set, materials bank wooden tray, 8 each of 7 tests (187 pages). The answer key offers answers
is 12.” shape tiles, number tile set, and free downloads to all lessons found in the lesson book. Take time
¾¾ Step 2: The parent leaves all three numbers of consumables for 5 years. Downloads are the out from your regular curriculum to focus on
out and says without pointing, “Show me consumable pages for each lesson, ‘Completed fractions, or use it with your regular curriculum
12; show me 11; show me 10.” Worksheet’ pages, and ‘Review Test’ scoresheets. to reinforce fraction concepts. ~ Donna
¾¾ Step 3: The parent points to one of the CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 057313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124.95 104.95
numbers and says, “What is this?” 045763 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399.95 334.99
The Lesson Books provide lessons which are continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 461
Montessori Flash Cards extra practice for your student as they seek
These flash cards allow students to see units to master the skills they have learned. Some
along with the number. Students can then see drills test for accuracy and contain twenty-five
how to correct errors while memorizing their problems while other drills test both accuracy
facts. For example, if adding 3 and 4 there would and speed and contain fifty problems. The top
be 3 unit cubes printed vertically below the num- of each drill page contains the workbook page
ber 3 and 4 unit cubes printed vertically below number that your student should have completed
the number 4 and a blank box to represent your before they can take the drill. The drills can be
answer. On the reverse side of the card the same taken any time after that workbook page has
problem is printed along with the answer. Below been completed; they don’t necessarily have
the answer, the student will see unit cubes to to be done immediately following. The book is
represent the total. A brief explanation for solv- Liberty Mathematics (Christian Liberty) (K-2) reproducible, so you can copy each drill several
ing the problem is printed on the answer side of The purpose of Liberty Mathematics is to help times to give to your student, and each page is
each card. parents communicate “a small part of God’s perforated for easy removal.
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 7.50 knowledge and wisdom to children.” Since for- Level B is the newest edition to this series
045752 Addition 045754 Multiplication mal lessons are new to the student at this age, (2010). The lessons each day should include
045753 Division 072097 ☼Subtraction it is important to move slowly and carefully. certain components such as counting numbers,
Understanding should be emphasized rather than math facts, lesson goals, drills and tests, and the
ShillerMath Manipulatives quickly finishing workbook pages. Considerable workbook assignment. The student workbook is
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. importance is placed on math games and drills done in shades of gray, black, and red with plen-
045746 Complete Number Card Set outside of the workbook lesson. Suggested activ- ty of concept practice. Chapters build sequen-
w/ Wooden Tray (A.) . . 39.95 ities for each unit are listed in the Teacher’s tially with a review found in each, and speed
This is a set of 108 color-coded cards with Manual. Standard drills involve counting on hun- drills after the 4th chapter. Chapter 1 is a review
digits 1-9, 10-90, 100-900, and 1000-9000. dred charts or working with flashcards. Typical of concepts learned in level A and continues to
The cards lay on top of each other to form games include making up oral story problems or build on the foundation. Concepts covered in
4-digit numbers when doing place value using math counters to illustrate math facts. this level include addition and subtraction up to
work. Printed in red, green and blue which The kindergarten workbook contains 233 pages 4 columns with carrying and borrowing, place
are characteristic of Montessori manipula- printed in shades of black and green. One les- value, telling time, calendars, money, story
tives and comes in a partitioned wooden tray son usually takes up both sides of a page. Time problems, measuring, fractions, multiplying and
with sliding cover. spent on games and drills should at least match dividing up to 5, shapes, balanced equations,
045750 Fraction Circles w/ Tray the time spent on the workbook each day. Brief and working with maps. Games are still used at
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 18.45 instructions are given to the teacher at the top this level and suggested items to have on hand
Wholes through tenths, with different colors of each workbook page, while more complete are dominoes or dot cards, flashcards, coins and
for each fraction circle stored neatly in wood- lesson plans and instructions are provided in bills, ruler with inches and centimeters, teach-
en box with plastic cover. the Teacher’s Manual. Topics covered include ing clock, and miscellaneous manipulatives for
045782 Set of 16 Thousands Cubes identifying and printing 1-10, counting from counting. The test packet includes one cumu-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 18.45 0-100, place value, addition and subtraction lative test for each chapter (8) and the answers.
Die-cut flats which fold easily into a perfect through the family of 10, counting by 1, 2, 5, 010968 Level K Workbook . . 12.75 9.50
10cm x 10cm sturdy cardstock cube. and 10, time, and ordinal numbers. Measuring in 010969 Level K Tchr Manual . . 7.50 5.75
057312 Geo Shapes (12 pcs) (3-7) inches, simple fractions (halves and thirds), and 049622 Level K Flashcards . . . 4.25 3.25
(B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.99 13.95 addition and subtraction story problems are also 026059 Level A Workbook . . 17.00 12.25
This set of blue, transparent, 3-D, geometri- briefly covered. Continual review is integrated 049620 Level A Tchr Manual . 7.50 5.75
cal shapes and includes sphere, hemisphere, into subsequent workbook pages. Compared to 049621 Level A Tests . . . . . . . 5.25 3.95
cone, cylinder, two pyramids (one triangular Horizons K, Liberty Mathematics makes more 042136 Level A Drill Book . . 11.75 8.50
base, one square base), triangular prism, hex- efficient use of space, generally fitting more 005682 Level B Workbook . . 17.00 12.25
agonal prism, cube, and three cuboids. Each practice problems on a page than Horizons. 005685 Level B Tchr Manual . . 7.50 5.75
shape has a removable end for measuring Horizons, however, has more workbook pages 005746 Level B Test . . . . . . . . 5.25 3.95
volume and is approximately 2 inches. This than Liberty. Liberty presents a solid math foun- ~~~~~~~
same set is included in Kit II of Shiller Math dation, although Horizons covers more advanced
(045765). material. Horizons K Book Two ends with prob- MCRUFFY MATH PROGRAM
lems like 72+5 or 69-5, whereas Liberty ends
Complete Number Tile Set (Shiller Math)(PK-3) with problems like 4+5 or 10-6. Horizons covers McRuffy Math (K-3)
108 color-coded number tiles 27 ones, 27 tens, time and measurement in short sections scattered Just like a child’s mind, this manipulative-based
27 hundreds, and 27 thousands. The color-cod- over many lessons, while Liberty treats time and curriculum grows more complex with each
ing matches the colors of the number cards. measurement as main topics concentrated in passing grade. At the kindergarten level, math
045747 (C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 18.95 fewer lessons. lessons are short and sweet. These bite-sized
The 1-10 number line is an important aspect lessons will not overwhelm your child with
of every lesson. It is printed at the top of nearly too much information presented too quickly.
every workbook page in the K and A workbooks. Lessons involve simple hands-on activities, such
In the first few lessons, students use the number as making pattern block designs or modeling
line to learn number recognition. Later on, the addition using base ten materials, which will
B. concept of “adding one” is equated with count- help young learners to make concrete connec-
ing the “number that comes after.” For instance, tions. A greater emphasis is placed on auditory
2 comes after 1 is the same as adding one to 1. math exercises in the first grade. These exercises
Eventually, addition and subtraction are modeled simultaneously help develop listening skills as
by moving up and down the number line. 1+2 = well as mental math skills. By the second grade,
A. 3 is verbalized as going to 1 and adding 2 more. students should be ready to tackle an increased
Working on games and drills outside the work- amount of workbook practice which is provided
book may be especially important if the student for each lesson. The third grade curriculum
becomes accustomed to referencing the number returns to a normal amount of practice, but also
line and using it as a “crutch” when solving implements two new programs, Memory Skills
C. problems. Building and Basic Facts Mastery.
The 129-page drill book for level A contains The curriculum for each grade comes as a
462 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
boxed set which includes a teacher’s manual and MKT1UP K to Gr 1 Upgrade Kit 13.18 7.50 Third Grade Math
a consumable workbook. The teacher’s manual Dice (set of 4), pentominoes (1 set), spin- This is actually the first curriculum I looked at
generally includes a scope and sequence, daily ner (0 to 9), and transparent chips (250). when we decided to carry McRuffy Math, and it
lesson plans, copy masters, and tests. For the CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. is still my favorite. Built into the curriculum is a
second and third grades, workbook answers are MKCT1U Color K to Gr 1 Manipulative Memory Skills Building program which uses short
also provided. Instruction spirals so skills are Upgrade . . . . . . . . . 19.72 11.75 term memory cards and visual memory picture
reviewed and expanded upon when a topic is Base ten rods (20), geoboard (5 x 5 pin), cards. With the visual memory picture cards,
revisited. Lesson plans are highly organized and pentominoes (1 set), spinner (0 to 9), and the student studies the card and tries to copy
simple to use. Each lesson plan provides: 1) transparent counters (250). the shapes and symbols from memory. A short
lesson objectives, 2) a list of required materials CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. term memory card consists of a list of numbers
(including any workbook pages to be complet- with which you can perform one of four different
ed), and 3) teaching instructions that become First Grade Math drills: hear-write, see-write, hear-repeat, and
more detailed and scripted with each grade. All Includes 175 lessons covering counting and see-repeat. This curriculum also includes a Basic
workbooks are printed in black and white with writing numbers to 500, 3-digit addition/sub- Facts Mastery program for multiplication fact up
the exception of the Kindergarten Color Math traction, 2-digit addition with regrouping, telling to 10. It is a combination of hands-on activities
Workbook. As they are not reproducible, extra time to 5 minutes, counting money, estimation, using counters, written timed tests, auditory tests,
workbooks for additional students are available place value to 100s, charts and graphs, prob- and flashcard drills. Fun, geometric puzzles
separately. Some of the curriculum sets also ability, measurement, multiplication by two, involving a geoboard, tangrams, or pentominoes
include either a card set or a resource pack and more. Auditory exercises like skip counting are also included throughout the year. The
which contains other required materials such as backwards or saying two numbers and having curriculum set includes a teacher’s manual,
number cards and charts. the student subtract them are often incorporated workbook, and the third grade math card set.
Manipulative kits are not included with any into lesson plans and can be utilized during free The teacher’s manual also includes workbook
curriculum set and should be purchased sepa- moments. A list of different exercises is provided answers. This curriculum covers 4-digit addi-
rately. For your convenience, we have several in the teacher’s manual. The teacher’s manual tion and subtraction with regrouping, writing
“upgrade” kits available that will let you add also includes unit tests and significantly more and reading Roman numerals in the thousands,
on to your current manipulative kit for the next timed tests than the kindergarten programs. multiplication facts to 12, division facts to 10,
grade. Or, you can opt to get the Super Set which 032707 Curriculum . . . . . . . . 74.95 48.50 money (adding, subtracting), place value to mil-
includes all manipulatives for grades K through 3. 036233 Workbook Only . . . . . 18.95 12.75 lions, fractions (adding, subtracting, multiplying),
Please note that common household materials M1GMMK Manipulative Kit . . . 38.22 27.95 perimeter and area, logic, geometric reasoning,
such as paper, pencil, crayons, scissors, or coins, Base ten rods (20), centimeter cubes (20 - 2 and more in 160 lessons.
are not provided in any manipulative kit but may of 10 colors), Write On/Wipe Off Student 032710 Curriculum . . . . . . . . 74.95 48.50
be required for certain lessons. ~ Anh Clock, dice (set of 4), geoboard (5 x 5 pin), 036241 Workbook Only . . . . . 25.95 16.95
pattern blocks (100), pentominoes (1 set), M23GMK Manipulative Kit . . . 43.16 29.95
Kindergarten Color Math spinner (0 to 9), teddy bear counters (48) and Base ten flats (10), base ten rods (20), centi-
The curriculum set includes a teacher’s man- transparent counters (250). CHOKING meter cubes (20 - 2 of 10 colors), clock face,
ual, a workbook, and a resource packet. The HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. dice (set of 4), Frax Pax Tiles, geoboard (5
teacher’s manual contains 160 lesson plans with M1T2UP Gr 1 to 2 Upgrade . . 22.48 14.95 x 5 pin), pentominoes (1 set), tangrams (2
substantially enhanced teaching instructions for Base ten flats (10), Frax Pax Tiles, and tan- sets), and transparent counters (250). Note
each lesson. It is also easier to identify workbook grams (2 sets). that this is the same manipulative kit used
pages and materials needed for lessons due to CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. in Grade 2.
newly added illustrations. The workbook still CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
has a neat, uncluttered appearance, but there are Second Grade Math
more exercises per workbook page. There are In this grade, daily auditory exercises and math
also more lessons with corresponding workbook journal entries are added to each lesson. A
practice. Bright colors and fun illustrations defi- bigger emphasis is placed on practice. There
nitely make this workbook more appealing than are two workbook pages for every lesson, which
the original. The resource packet includes sev- explains why the student workbook comes in
eral sets of precut cards, laminated game boards, two volumes. However, the importance of
number lines, charts, and posters. Games, developing math reasoning skills in addition to
which practice following directions as well as computational skills is also emphasized through
counting skills, have also been incorporated. the inclusion of story problems. The teacher’s
This program also makes better use of geoboard manual contains 160 lessons and answers to
activities. Reproducing designs on a geoboard is the exercises. This curriculum covers, but is
not only fun, but it also helps develop visual dis- not limited to, 4-digit addition and subtraction
crimination skills. Covering much the same con- with regrouping, Roman numerals, multiplication
tent as Kindergarten Basic Math, this version also facts to 10, division facts to 4, place value to ten
includes measurement using non-standard units, thousands, beginning fractions (to eighths), geo-
fractions (halves), and slightly more advanced metric reasoning, odd/even numbers, and linear
subtraction (12 - 7 vs. 9 - 2) although both kin- measurement. The curriculum set includes the
dergarten programs teach addition up to 18. teacher’s manual and both workbooks.
036225 Curriculum . . . . . . . 124.95 75.95 032709 Curriculum . . . . . . . . 74.95 48.50
036226 Workbook Only . . . . . 39.95 25.95 036238 Workbook 1 Only . . . 20.95 13.95 A.
MKCMMK Manipulative Kit . . . 19.62 15.95 036239 Workbook 2 Only . . . 20.95 13.95
Centimeter cubes (20 - 2 of 10 colors), clock M23GMK Manipulative Kit . . . 43.16 29.95 Manipulative Super Set (K-3)
face, dice (set of 4), pattern blocks (100), Base ten flats (10), base ten rods (20), cen- This complete set for Grades K-3 includes base
tangrams (1 set), teddy bear counters (48). timeter cubes (20 - 2 of 10 colors), Write ten flats (10), base ten rods (20), centimeter
*Please note that a geoboard and base ten On/Wipe Off Student Clock, dice (set of cubes (20 - 2 of 10 colors), write-on/wipe-off stu-
blocks are NOT included in this kit because a 4), Fraction Tiles, geoboard (5 x 5 pin), dent clock, dice (4), fraction tiles, geoboard (5 x
laminated geoboard grid and paper base ten pentominoes (1 set), tangrams (2 sets), and 5 pin), pattern blocks (100), pentominoes (1 set),
blocks are provided in the resource packet as transparent counters (250). This is the same spinner (0 to 9), tangrams (2 sets), teddy bear
alternatives. If you want the actual manip- manipulative kit used for Grade 3. counters (48), and transparent counters (250).
ulative items instead, please see MKCT1U. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. MMMSST (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . 60.70 41.00
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 463
REKENMATHLINE (K-8) K Materials ☼MathLine Concept-Building System (K-8)
Building Number builds early number This series, aligned to NCTM standards, follows
☼RekenMathLines (K-5) sense with a focus on learning 0-20 by a more typical scope and sequence utilizing
The hands-on RekenMathLine is an interesting counting, subitizing, and building number. the RekenMathLines for hands-on applications.
cross between an abacus and a number line. Understanding Operations materials focus Teacher books provide a complete set of repro-
Basically, various numbers of easily slid ridged on early addition and subtraction, introduc- ducible (black and white) student worksheets.
rings are on a stick; one side numbered and ing tens and ones. Both books use either the Lessons include instructional material plus a
one side plain, to quickly check your answers. MathLine or the MathLine+ (for very young practice section, lesson activities, a challenge
Rings are always in groups of five but can be or students having fine motor difficulties). section, and sometimes a warm-up activity.
ten, twenty, or twenty-five to a line (depending 068529 Building Number Workbook Extensions are included on some student pages.
on the student’s skill level). The number of lines 068530 Building Number Teacher Support Teacher books also include an answer key
also varies: from two for beginners, to four, five, 068539 Understanding Operations Workbook (reduced student pages with answers filled in).
or ten for advancing students. 068540 Understanding Operations Tchr Support Student Activity books provide a printed ver-
A variety of lessons (sold separately) have been sion (black & white) of the student worksheets.
developed for the struggling student and for the 1st Grade Materials Teacher books are spiral bound; student books
typical school scope and sequence. These might Building Number Lessons focus on learning are stapled. All levels use the RekenMathLine
be used as a supplement to another program or 0-20 by counting, subitizing, and building Student 100. ~ Janice
(possibly) as a stand-alone program if you care- number with exposure to 100. Understanding EACH STUDENT ACTIVITY . . . . . 2.95
fully provide enough mastery practice as well Operations Lessons are for 1st grade students EACH TEACHER GUIDE . . . . . 14.95 12.75
as pay attention to what skills must be mastered learning early addition and subtraction with B2 (K-1) Level
each year. Some free lessons and videos are a focus on 0-20 and introducing composition 27 Lessons. Teacher books have full color,
available on the MathLine website (howbrite. and decomposition. Both workbooks use the detailed lessons. Worksheets are blackline
com), but we also carry three different series. Of RekenMathLine 100. masters. Covers: introduction to MathLine,
the companion written materials we carry, both 068531 Building Number ML100 I Workbook counting, number recognition, compare and
Building Number and Understanding Operations 068532 Building Number ML100 I Teacher order numbers 0-100, place value to 100,
have a delayed scope and sequence and are 068541 Understanding Operations ML100 I addition/subtraction through two-digit with
to be used in sequence with one another. The Workbook regrouping. This level is aligned to CCSS.
MathLine Concept-Building series follows a more 068542 Und. Operations ML100 I Teacher 068982 B2 (K-1) Student Activity
typical scope and sequence and is aligned to 068987 B2 (K-1) Teacher
state standards. ~ Janice 2nd Grade Materials
068809 RekenMathLine (K-1) . . 5.95 5.75 Building Number Lessons are for 1st – 2nd C2 Level (2-3) Level
Two bars of ten; 8” x 2.5” x 1.25” grade students learning place value with a 28 Lessons - all materials are black and
068810 RekenMathLine+ (PK-1) .13.95 11.95 focus on learning 0-100 by counting, sub- white. Covers: review of B2 level material,
Bulkier two bars of ten; 15” x 5” x 1.25’ itizing, and building number. Understanding even/odd numbers, rounding, money/making
068811 RekenMathLine100 (1-2)25.95 23.50 Operations Lessons focus on double digit change, two-digit addition/subtraction with/
Ten bars of ten; 11.25” x 8.5” x 2” addition and subtraction for numbers 0-100 without regrouping, number patters, multipli-
068812 RekenMathLine 5x20 (3-4) . . 25.95 23.50 with composition and decomposition and cation to fives, measuring, decimals, division
Five bars of 20; 16.5” x 5.7” x 2” introduces multiplication. Both workbooks as repetitive subtraction.
068992 MathLine Student 100 . . 24.95 21.00 use the RekenMathLine 100. 068983 C2 (2-3) Student Activity
Four bars of 25; “five”-spots are marked by 068533 Building Number ML100 II Workbook 068988 C2 (2-3) Teacher
blue and red rings enabling the student to 068534 Building Number ML 100 II Teacher
count by 5s and 10s; 16”x5”x2” For K-5. Support D (3-4) Level
068543 Understanding Operations ML100 II 35 Lessons – all materials black and white.
Workbook Covers: review and extension of number pat-
068544 Understanding Operations ML100 II terns, addition, subtraction facts and fact fami-
Teacher Support lies, place value, addition/subtraction, money/
making change, multiplication/division (to
3rd & 4th Grade Materials nines), long division, measurements, decimals.
Building Number Lessons for ML 5x20 is 068984 D (3-4) Student Activity
☼Building Number on RekenMathLines (K-4) for 3rd and 4th grade students working at 068989 D (3-4) Teacher
This series written for the RekenMathLines a 1st-2nd grade level who need to devel-
aims for struggling student. The term “building op number sense to 100. Understanding E (4-5) Level
number” means learning number sense, number Operations for ML 5x20 I is for 3rd and 33 Lessons – all materials black and white.
recognition, quantity recognition called sub- 4th grade students not ready for multi- Covers: review of previous material, liquid
itizing. These skills are necessary for learning plication and division. The focus is on measurements, prime/composite numbers,
math operations and ultimately for algebraic learning addition and subtraction through estimating, multiply larger numbers, division
reasoning. Follow this with the Understanding double digit composition and decomposi- with remainders, fractions, decimals, per-
Operations series to continue the instruction at tion. Understanding Operations for ML 5x20 cents, probability, algebra (solving addition/
each level. Lessons focus on conceptual and II is for 3rd and 4th grade students who subtractions equations).
procedural methods starting with early addition are ready for multiplication and division. 068985 E (5-6) Student Activity
all the way through long division and partial quo- Lessons include partial products/quotients, 068990 E (5-6) Teacher
tients. Workbooks in both series are collections and long division. All workbooks use the
of colorful worksheets; problems illustrated with RekenMathLine 5x20. F (6+ - remedial) Level
the RekenMathLine. The Teacher Support work- 068527 Building Number ML 5x20 Workbook 39 Lessons – all materials black and white.
books include full-size student pages plus teacher 068528 Building Number ML 5x20 Teacher Covers: reviews all operations, measuring,
support materials (in the back). Teacher material 068535 Understanding Operations ML5x20 I money, prime/composite numbers, fractions,
includes how to introduce the MathLines, spe- Workbook decimals, percents, probability, algebra
cific instructions and extensions for workbook 068536 Understanding Operations ML 5x20 I (solving addition/subtraction/multiplication/
lessons plus some games that can be played with Teacher Support division equations).
the MathLines. Both series have workbooks that 068537 Understanding Operations ML 5x20 II 068986 F (6-8) Student Activity
are 48 pgs with 20 Lessons. ~ Janice Workbook 068991 F (6-8) Teacher
EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . 7.95 6.95 068538 Understanding Operations ML 5x20 II ~~~~~~~
EACH TEACHER SUPPORT . . . . 9.95 8.50 Teacher Support
464 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Mathseeds Online Program (K-3) working through the beginning of each in a guid-
EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . 34.95 24.95 ed fashion then having the student finish inde-
041053 Workbook Grade K pendently. This section may also include some
041038 Workbook Grade 1 fun hands-on type activities for reinforcement.
041050 Workbook Grade 2 “Assess” is a variety of opportunities to informally
041055 Online Program: 12-month assess the student’s grasp of the concept. Also,
subscription . . . . . . . . . 49.95 included in the teacher notes are suggestions for
teaching students with mixed abilities, extension
EnVision Math (2011 Ed) (Pearson) (K-6) activities, and enrichment. Some suggestions
This highly visual math will help your child may be for a group or classroom setting, so you
“envision” math concepts. EnVisionMath is a may have to adapt. Alternate tests for each chap-
series by Scott Foresman-Addison Wesley, origi- ter are found in the back of the teacher edition,
nally printed for classroom, and is now available and the kindergarten level even includes addi-
for homeschool. This is for parents who want to MCP Mathematics (2005 Edition) (K-6) tional reproducibles.
keep pace with what is going on at grade level MCP Math has been around for many years Homeschool Bundles are available for this
in the classroom. Every lesson includes an inter- with the latest revision in 2005 (pre-common program, which include the student edition,
active activity to help build math understanding. core): solid program with a good balance of math teacher edition, and parent guide at a slightly
The student workbooks at K-2 levels of the pro- mechanics and math reasoning, at an affordable lower price. The Parent Guide included in the
gram are large format books with “tear-‘n-take” price. MCP uses a research-based approach that Homeschool Bundles is a brochure that lists the
pages for hands-on learning activities. The 3rd incorporates direct instruction, guided practice, bundle contents, gives an overview of the curric-
through 6th grade levels of the curriculum offer a and independent practice for mastery of the con- ulum, how to use the materials, lesson prepara-
hardcover text with step-by-step instruction and cepts. Students then apply the learned concepts tion, and suggestions for adapting the curriculum
illustrations for interactive learning. I have only using problem-solving strategies. to fit you and your student.
had an opportunity to look at the K-2 student Every level’s Student Edition is a workbook and I have always been a fan of this curriculum with
workbooks. They are brightly colored, and I can’t each lesson is two pages. Graphics are black and its constant review and incorporation of good
imagine any child not loving the cute graphics white with an accent color and offer a worked math thinking skills. For those who don’t want
and visual presentation. example when a new concept is presented. math curriculum that has been rewritten to align
Books are divided into 20 units (16 units at Problem-solving lessons allow an opportunity to common core standards, MCP is a solid math
the kindergarten level), and each unit is broken for students to apply the skills they have learned, choice. ~ Donna
down into daily lessons. At the end of every unit and Chapter Challenge pages provide practice EACH STUDENT BOOK . . . . . 19.97 17.95
is an assessment and review. Units are arranged of new skills. “It’s Algebra” pages are lessons EACH TEACHER BOOK . . . . . 36.97 29.95
topically and some instruction is included at the that will help in preparation for algebra. Chapter EACH H/S BUNDLE . . . . . . . . 51.97 39.95
bottom of the pages (K-2) for things to do at home tests are found at the end of every chapter; and Level Student Teacher Bundle
and an activity. So that students stay fresh with to help keep skills sharp, cumulative assessments K (K) 046042 046043 052314
their concepts, spiral review pages can be printed are included at the end of every chapter in grades A (1) 046028 046030 052308
from the Teacher Edition CD-ROM for repeated 1-6. At the kindergarten level, instruction and B (2) 046031 046032 052309
practice. You may see an occasional reference to stories are found in the teacher edition, so it is C (3) 046033 046034 052310
pearsonsuccessnet.com – homeschool families required to complete the student pages. Minimal D (4) 046035 046036 052311
don’t have access to that online content, but it instruction is found at the bottom of each page E (5) 046038 046039 052312
isn’t necessary for teaching or completing the for completion, but there is no lesson content in F (6) 046040 046041 052313
curriculum. the student workbook. Each two-page lesson cov-
Bundles include the student book, MindPoint® ers one main objective or concept and offers a Purposeful Design Math, 2nd Edition (K-6)
Quiz Show CD-ROM, and Teacher Edition visual model and practice. Both workbook pages This series should be considered a strong math
CD-ROM. The MindPoint® Quiz Show is a are used with direct instruction by the parent/ option: a solid scope and sequence; pacing sim-
CD-ROM with a fun, interactive game that teacher as they explain the model or process and ilar to a Singapore Math approach; well laid-out
students can play to hone their math skills. The identify symbols to teach the lesson. As the levels and colorful student texts; themed chapters and
Teacher Edition CD-ROM has a lot of useful progress (1-6), the student editions include more courses; and an excellent balance between prob-
information and is easy to use. Simply put the instruction, but there will always be the direct lem solving skills (the STAR methodology: Seek,
disc into your computer and it is ready to go. instruction component for use with the first page Think, Act, and Review) and basic algorithms.
You will find 3 tabs along the top for easy of each lesson, found in the teacher edition. The It is not a student-directed series, so the teacher
navigation. Parents and teachers will be able second page for levels 1-6 are for practice of the should be prepared for minimal teacher prep for
to print out center activities, vocabulary cards, concept. You will also find calculator lessons in each lesson (15 minutes or so) and teacher-stu-
an interactive math story, lesson masters, and grades 3-6, for incorporating technology and the dent interaction (foundational at the K-3 level
assessments. They will also find materials for concepts learned. and supplementary at the 4-6 grade levels.)
planning and teaching lessons – a teacher edition Teacher Editions are packed full of useful infor- Claiming Psalm 8 as the series theme, each
in PDF format. System Requirements for the CDs mation and guidance. The front of each book is grade (1-6) centers around a particular aspect
are Windows 2000/XP and Mac OS X 10.3.9 or an uncomplicated explanation for how to use of God’s creation - Life in the Sea; Life in the
higher. I tried both CD-ROMs on a Windows both the student and teacher books. An expla- Air; etc. These Biblical themes illustrate how
7 and had no difficulty opening the content on nation of the four-step lesson plan (used in this math concepts are observable in creation and
either of them. Donna series) and assessments is also included, along how man has applied these concepts. Scriptural
EACH BUNDLE K-2 . . . . . . . 116.97 106.95 with a scope and sequence for grades K through references, allusions and passages are frequent
EACH BUNDLE 3-6 . . . . . . . 116.97 106.95 6. The teacher edition includes small format throughout the student texts. While it is obvious
EACH WORKBOOK K . . . . . . . . 39.95 student pages with answers and the four-step that this series was created for a classroom setting
EACH WORKBOOK 1-2 . . . . . . . 54.95 lesson plan printed in the margins of the pages. (i.e. letter to be sent home to parents), it can be
Bundle Workbook The four-step lesson plan includes: 1) Getting adapted to a home setting as long as the parent/
Kindergarten 062185 062186 Started; 2) Teach; 3) Practice; 4) Assess. “Getting teacher is willing to commit to a student-teacher
1st Grade 062181 062182 Started” includes objectives, vocabulary, mate- interactive approach and recognizes the necessi-
2nd Grade 062183 062184 rials, a mental math warm up (I love this), and ty of choosing some of the offered options rather
3rd Grade 029617 pencil and paper warm up. “Teach” is where the than trying to do everything.
4th Grade 029620 concept or skill is being taught and may use some Cross-curricular applications are definitively
5th Grade 029624 manipulatives or items from around your home, emphasized. To give you an idea, here are
6th Grade 029627 but they aren’t required. “Practice” is using the some examples from Chapter 10 (Measurement)
pages of the lesson in the student workbook and
continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 465
in the Grade 3 - unusual units of measurement in grades K, 5-6) and overhead transparencies is still a chapter emphasis on Biblical worldview
(language arts), relating temperatures and rainfall (CD-ROM versions of these can be digitally and the Life in the Sea theme is still part of the
to geographical regions (social studies), making projected) used to illustrate teaching sequences. First Grade material. Second edition Teacher’s
inch-worms (art), and temperature collage books Blackline masters include drill masters (timed Manuals are even more user-friendly and attrac-
(science) spread over a week or so. There are exercises to be used as often as needed) as well tive (and they were excellent before); reduced
literature selections for each chapter and short as 200 or so reproducible “additional work” color copies of the student pages are found in
segments on each of these selections are includ- sheets for practice, recovery or for enrichment. the TM. Also, the TM format matches the other
ed within the daily lesson plans. You can pick Chapter Reviews, Cumulative Reviews as well Purposeful Design Bible and Science courses.
and choose from these activities rather than try as Chapter Tests are also part of the blackline I’m glad to see this quality update of an excellent
to do them all. master package. Answers to problems from program. ~ Janice
Manipulatives are used throughout the series either the Student Worktexts or Student Texts are
but predominantly in the K-3 books. Instructions found in the Teacher Guide (reduced pages with Grade K
for making some of these manipulatives are answers). Answers to the blackline masters are on Grade K focuses on the many places math
found in the Teacher Guide while others are the backside of each master. can be found. Coverage includes classifying
included in the blackline masters. However, The K-3 softbound Student Worktexts are and sorting; exploring patterns; counting
there are some traditional math manipulatives colorful with well-illustrated worksheets (usually to 100; less/more; reading/writing numbers
used at each level (We have prepared packages two per lesson) that include practice problems, to 30; shapes, solids, and equal parts;
of these). The scope and sequence for this series word problems, and review, as well as occasion- skip-counting; counting money; telling time
is broad. Basic algorithms addition, subtraction, al games and activities. The 4-6 grade hardcover to the half hour; addition/subtraction to 10;
multiplication, and division are covered thor- Student Texts are also colorful but non-consum- and beginning measurement.
oughly. Other topics include patterns, number able. These have more reading and a consistent 063595 Student . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
theory, place value, fractions/decimals (intro- pattern: construct meaning (instruction), check 063596 Teacher w/ CD-ROM . 90.25
duced early), measurement, time, money, geom- understanding (short problem set), practice (more PDMKK2 Manipulative Kit . 129.98 97.00
etry, algebra (also introduced early), probability, extensive problems), and apply (word problems)
statistics, and technology (i.e. calculator and or review. Both worktext types utilize a nice vari- Grade 1
computer activities). ety. There are Chapter Check-Ups as well as an Life in the Seas theme. Coverage includes
This series compares favorably with the Singapore end-of-the chapter Study Guide. Calculator use is addition/subtraction facts to 12; adding/sub-
Math approach although there appears to be taught from Grade 1 and problems occasionally tracting two-digit numbers; number order
less emphasis on mental math. The scope and instruct the student to use a calculator. through 100; ordinal numbers through 10th;
sequence is roughly parallel and similarly paced. We have also assembled Manipulative Kits for place value to hundreds; fractions to ¼; time
This series does not share the rather unique prob- each grade level. Items in these kits are men- to nearest quarter hour; adding money;
lem solving methodology found in the Singapore tioned in the teacher guides as suggestions for plane/solid figures; finding missing addends;
program’s bar modeling but it does have its own demonstrating concepts. Manipulatives aren’t writing number sentences; tally charts, picto-
emphasis on problem solving. The strong Biblical required, but these kits have been assembled graphs, and bar graphs.
themes and emphasis will appeal to many who for the convenience of those who choose to use 063594 Student . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
like the Singapore scope and sequence but prefer manipulatives. There are other items mentioned 063597 Teacher . . . . . . . . . . . 90.25
material from a Christian publisher. in the teacher guides that are not included in our PDM1K2 Manipulative Kit . 151.59 115.00
The Teacher Guides are substantial (especially kits. They are items that may only be used a few Geometric shapes, attribute blocks, geared
at the younger levels), essential, and spiral-bound times or might be something you can skip or may teaching clock, base ten set, dominoes,
(4th grade, however, comes in a binder). There already have at home. Some items are a little student clocks, teddy bear counters, hun-
are two to four pages of detailed lesson plans for more expensive, so substitutions have been made dred number chart, MultiLink Cubes, pattern
each of the 176 daily lessons (170 lessons in the where possible – others have been omitted. If blocks, indoor/outdoor thermometer, color
6th grade) packed with useful information in a you have purchased the manipulative kit for the tiles, play paper money, dry erase marker
friendly, easy-to-use format and contain general previous level of this curriculum, Add-on Kits are board set, 8 dice, mixed plastic coins, com-
information for each chapter (11-14 chapters in available. These kits are just the additional items pact digital scale, write & wipe-# line.
each course). Lesson objectives and an introduc- needed for the next grade level. PDMK1A K-1 Add-on Set . . . . . 54.52 38.00
tion with a materials list are followed by directed Second Edition materials reflect an obvious Includes Gr. 1 manipulatives not included in K kit.
instruction which includes math moments (sug- graphics and appearance update as well as
gested activities or applications that reinforce a complete lesson “re-do.” The courses have Grade 2
the lesson), cross-curricular moments, reduced retained all of their many excellent features but Life in the Seas theme. Coverage includes
student pages (with answers) and suggestions for there are some welcome differences. In general, addition/subtraction facts to 18; multipli-
enrichment activities. Moments with the Master within the colorful and engaging books there is a cation facts (2, 5, 10); relating division to
or Moments with Bible segments provide biblical greater emphasis on skill development, mastery, subtraction and multiplication; symmetry;
applications. Periodic recovery segments provide cumulative review and formative assessment. reading/writing numerals to 9,999; place
review and help for struggling students. Note: The STAR methodology is still foundational but value to thousands; fractions through 1/8;
chapter resources include separate software lists there is a greater emphasis on STEM’s interdis- US customary and metric measurements;
for PCs/Windows and Macs, but these lists may ciplinary approach. Chapter assessments are time to 5-minute intervals; value of coins;
be dated (some have a 1999 copyright; others available in a traditional test format as well as in adding/subtracting coins/dollar bills; cube/
2005 or 2007) and lists are definitely classroom an editable test bank. Lessons include hands-on sphere; writing number sentences; collecting/
geared. The bottom line is that while you might activities, conceptual understanding, problem recording data.
find some valuable gems, I wouldn’t count on solving, application, modeling, reasoning, and 064787 Student . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95
these lists for software suggestions. But then strands of algebra and geometry. The many 064788 Teacher . . . . . . . . . . . 90.25
these suggestions are supplemental to the cours- course resources found on the included CD-ROM PDM2K2 Manipulative Kit . 108.62 82.00
es rather than integral. The Directed Instruction and PowerPoint presentations (editable) have Geometric shapes, attribute blocks, base ten
sequence is the heart of each lesson and while been added to the blackline masters, transpar- place value set, set of 2 student clocks, geo-
not scripted, it is very thorough. “Explain that . . . ency masters, memory masters, and test banks. board, folding meter/yard stick, MultiLink
“; “Demonstrate the . . . “; “Ask students to think Software links have been removed altogether – a Cubes, pattern blocks, indoor/outdoor ther-
about . . .”; or “Direct students to (worksheets).” good call since they are difficult to keep updat- mometer, color tiles, vinyl English/Metric
These follow a general path of concept to con- ed. Cumulative reviews are provided every third ruler, mixed coins set, play paper money,
crete/practical context to abstract explanation. chapter and a comprehensive year-end cumula- Triangle Flash Cards (add, subtract, multiply,
Resources bundled with these Teacher Guides tive review is usable as the next grade’s pre-as- divide), 6 blank counting cubes.
include blackline masters (printed, reproduc- sessment test. Although in this edition, the daily PDM12A Gr. 1-2 Add-On Kit . 27.62 23.00
ible copies in grades 1-4; CD-ROMs of PDFs Moments with the Master has disappeared, there Includes geoboard w/ rubber bands, folding
466 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
meter/yard stick, vinyl English/Metric ruler, reading/writing whole numbers to hundred activity. Lessons are consistent in daily format
Triangle Flash Cards (add, subtract, multiply, billions; reading/writing decimals to thou- but have a progression through a chapter. Lesson
divide), set of 6 blank counting cubes. sandths; greatest common factors, finding components include Listen and Draw (hands
ratios, proportions, and percent; length, on activities), Share and Show (related prob-
Grade 3 capacity, and weight measurements; inter- lems), On Your Own (small set of problems),
Life on the Land theme. Covers adding/ preting statistics; identifying solid figures; Problem Solving/Application (word problems),
subtracting three/four digit numbers with and understanding order of operations; using the and Practice and Homework pages that include
without regrouping; multiplication/division commutative and associative properties in Lesson Check and Spiral Review problems. The
facts 0-9; multiplying/dividing two, three, addition and multiplication. Teacher books lead the student through these
and four-digit numbers with and without 066861 Student . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 lesson components as an interactive dialog and
remainders; geometric patterns; reading/writ- 066862 Teacher . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.25 incorporating activities.
ing numerals through 999,999; identifying There is a progression through the chapters.
whole numbers to hundred thousands and Grade 6 For instance, the 2nd grade chapter on 3 Digit
decimals to hundredths; forming equiva- Theme: In His Image. Coverage includes: Addition and Subtraction has these lessons:
lent fractions; relating fractions to decimals; adding, subtracting, multiplying (three digit draw to represent 3 digit addition; break apart
finding area and perimeter; time to nearest factors), and dividing (three digit divisors) 3-digit addends (separate into hundreds, tens,
minute; adding/subtracting money; mak- whole numbers, decimals, fractions, mixed ones); 3-digit addition, regroup ones; 3-digit
ing change; parallel and intersecting lines; numbers, and with money; rational and real addition, regroup tens; addition, regroup ones &
motion geometry; solving problems using numbers; perimeter, area, and circumference; tens; problem-solving, 3 digit subtraction; 3-digit
variables; graphing ordered pairs; making equivalent and improper fractions; lines, rays, subtraction, regroup tens; 3-digit subtraction,
predictions. angles, triangles, polygons, quadrilaterals, regroup hundreds, subtraction, regroup hundreds
064789 Student . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 and circles as well as solid figures; commu- & tens; regrouping with zeros. A glossary – in
064790 Teacher . . . . . . . . . . . 90.25 tative, associative, and distributive proper- pictures in the early elementary courses – in the
PDM3K2 Manipulative Kit . . 136.36 104.00 ties; computing simple interest; understanding back of both student and teacher books provides
Base ten place set, 2 student clocks, folding mean, median, mode, and range; ordered consistent definitions.
meter/yard stick, color tiles, ruler, play paper pairs and four-quadrant graphing. Engage, Explore, Explain, Elaborate, and
money, mixed coins set, customary Safe-T 066863 Student . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 Evaluate. These are the core elements of this pro-
weights, Triangle Flash Cards (add, subtract, 066864 Teacher . . . . . . . . . . . . 90.25 gram; designed to capture children’s interest, to
multiply, divide), set of 6 blank counting communicate that math is involved in all aspects
cubes, geoboard, MultiLink Cubes, geo- of their lives, to give them the opportunity to
metric shapes, indoor/outdoor thermometer, multi-sensorially delve into math concepts while
Fraction Tower Cube Equivalency set. at the same time systematically practicing and
PDM23A Gr. 2-3 Add-On Kit 49.88 39.50 reviewing what has been learned. The Teacher’s
Includes play money, customary Safe-T and Student Books work together providing
weights, Fraction Tower Cube Equivalency Set. instructional dialog, manipulative-based illustra-
tion of concepts, worked examples, reinforce-
Grade 4 ment games and monitored practice. This is
Theme: The Earth Below. Covers adding/ probably a good place to mention that while it
subtracting whole numbers, decimals, frac- will be very tempting to try to “do” this course
tions, and mixed numbers; multiplying/divid- with just the Student Books since they are avail-
ing three-digit by one-digit numbers with able as a set, there is practically no instruction in
and without remainders; square, prime and them and the teacher will find herself having to
composite numbers; numbers in expand- Go Math! (K-6) supply instructional content (as well as answers)
ed form through millions; reading/writing Opening the cover and flipping through the with minimal cues.
whole numbers to hundred millions; find- first several pages of the student math books in The Planning Guide provides daily lesson
ing equivalent fractions; finding perimeter/ this series may leave you a bit confused. Take plans, a chapter pacing chart, sections on daily
area; comparing money amounts; identifying the 2nd grade for example. The first page is a classroom management as well as differentiated
points, rays, lines, angles, triangles, poly- gorgeous picture of a whale and the next several and specialized instruction; plus a wealth of
gons, and quadrilaterals; writing equations; pages, with equally beautiful photos, talk about math educational philosophy. Please note that
grouping numbers using parentheses; locat- the different kinds of whales and where they are there is mention in the Planning Guide of various
ing an object using ordered pairs; collecting, usually found. There’s even a map on most pages online resources that are not available for home-
organizing, and analyzing data. so you can pinpoint the location. Accompanying schoolers using this material. The publishers
064791 Student . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 questions – Where is the Pacific Ocean on the have selected from the course components the
064792 Teacher . . . . . . . . . . . 90.25 map? – will do nothing to help sort things out. elements they believe make a cost-effective yet
PDM4K2 Manipulative Kit . . 116.51 87.00 Did you just drop into a geography lesson think- complete set of materials for homeschoolers.
The grade 4 kit includes geometric shapes, ing you were in math? Nope! This really is math While this program obviously pays a lot of
base ten place value set, student clocks, – at its newest and cross-curricular best. Perhaps attention to its Es, there is a “C” and an “M” that
geoboard, folding meter/yard stick, MultiLink I should have mentioned the part where the sci- are conspicuously missing. Computational prac-
Cubes, color tiles, play paper money, geom- entist sees a group of 27 fin whales – how many tice is minimal. In fact, daily lessons have sur-
etry ruler combination set w/ compass, mixed tens in the number 27? prisingly few problems with the number of daily
plastic coins, customary Safe-T weights, set “Fun” is integral to this program – something practice and homework problems range from just
of 6 blank counting cubes, pattern blocks, that is often sought in math programs but rarely a handful in the lower grades to averaging 10-20
and Triangle Flash Cards (multiplication, found. Student books are colorful; chapters are in the upper grades. Also missing is any emphasis
division). introduced with interesting trivia-types of infor- on the Memorization of math facts. While some
PDM34A Gr. 3-4 Add-On Kit 11.98 8.95 mation that is somehow always math related. For may applaud this de-emphasis, others might find
Includes pattern blocks and geometry ruler instance, the White House has 412 doors and they would like to add some sort of supplemental
combination set w/ compass. 147 windows; suppose 10 parrot fish are eating workbook and/or fact drill – especially for stu-
at a coral reef . . . . Photos (i.e. parrot fish, White dents who take longer to master concepts.
Grade 5 House) engage the eyes as well as the mind. The consumable, two-volume Student Editions
The Heavens Above theme. Coverage Introductory activities typically include review, are colorful with perforated pages. Lots of space
includes adding/subtracting/multiplying/ games, vocabulary activities, more games – all is provided for students to work problems and
dividing (two digit divisors) whole numbers, under the heading of Show What You Know and complete related writing and drawing activities.
decimals, fractions, and mixed numbers; ending with Write Way, a journal-type writing continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 467
Teacher Editions are a set of large (9.75” x concepts; two and three dimensional shapes; MAKING MATH MEANINGFUL (K-7+)
12”), magazine-size “handbooks” for the teacher; measurement and classify/sort data. In the words of author David Quine, “Making
one handbook for each chapter. These provide 064316 Homeschool Package Math Meaningful is based upon the idea that
reduced copies of student pages (with answers 064323 Student Set people are a special creation of God with abil-
filled in) and instructional information “along 064309 Assessments ities and needs to worship, to create, and to
the sides.” Lessons are scripted with an ongoing reason. With Making Math Meaningful children
teacher-student dialog provided in the sidebars Grade 1 are taught to reason, to understand, and to apply
as are suggestions for differentiated instruction. Covers addition/subtraction concepts and what they learn – not simply parrot back infor-
One of the special facets of this curriculum is strategies; addition/subtraction relationships; mation!” The curriculum stresses understanding
the cross-curricular applications, some of which count/model/compare numbers; two-digit concepts over computational practice.
are found in the Student books and some in the addition/subtraction; measurement; time to This is a complete math program for levels
Teacher’s. half hour; and represent data. K-6. Each Parent-Teacher Guide consists of a
Mid-Chapter Checkpoints and Chapter Review/ 064310 Homeschool Package series of highly organized activities, or lessons.
Tests are provided in the Student Books (answers 064317 Student Set Chapter objectives are clearly stated. Each les-
in Teacher Editions). However, assessment is 064303 Assessments son is separated into “What I am to Say” and
broader than just course tests and crosses over “What I am to Do” sections that the teacher can
into preparation for the High Stakes Assessment Grade 2 easily follow. There are three basic lesson types:
Testing becoming standard in elementary schools. Covers number concepts; numbers to 1,000; Exploring, Naming, and Applying the Concept.
Providing a format that replicates the comput- basic facts and relationships; 2-digit addi- In Exploring, the child investigates a concept.
er-based questions that distinguish those tests, tion/subtraction; 3-digit addition/subtraction; Manipulatives are used in levels K-3 to provide
the black and white Assessment Books provide money/time; length in customary/metric; concrete examples. In Naming, math terminolo-
beginning/middle/end-of-the-year assessments data; and geometry and fraction concepts. gy is introduced. In Applying, the child practices
as well as Performance Tasks for those same 064311 Homeschool Package the concept or skill.
checkpoints. Test-taking strategies are explained 064318 Student Set A suggested teaching schedule is provided, but
throughout. Student Assessment Books provide 064304 Assessments the teacher should move at the student’s pace.
non-reproducible copies of the various assess- Quine recommends that children be taught math
ments while the Teacher Assessment Books Grade 3 during longer periods of time, 1.5-2 hours, for
provide filled-in, reduced-size test pages and Covers addition/subtraction within 1000; 2-3 days a week. This provides sufficient time
scoring rubrics. represent/interpret data; multiplication con- for the teacher to introduce whole concepts and
Providing a problem-solving space for the fre- cepts/facts/strategies; division concepts/facts/ the student to digest the information. If a grade
quent requests for student-generated illustrations, strategies; fraction concepts/compare; time/ level is completed before the school year ends,
the write-on/wipe-off, double-sided MathBoard length, liquid volume/mass; perimeter/area; move to the next level. Otherwise, stop and pick
(12” x 17”) has questions in both English and and two-dimensional shapes. up at the same point for the following year. After
Spanish as well as various “rules” (i.e. inches, 064312 Homeschool Package completing level 6, students should be ready for
centimeters, number line, etc.). This board is 064319 Student Set Algebra I.
used for the Quick Pictures, Problem of the Day, 064305 Assessments Sets for levels K-4 consist of a Parent-Teacher
Share and Show, and Essential Question portions Guide (includes answers to the workbook exer-
of the Lessons. Grade 4 cises) and a Student Workbook. Level 5 has a
Digital Resources are mentioned throughout Covers place value, addition/subtraction to Student Directed Workbook only with answers at
the teacher’s material and to a lesser degree in one million; multiply by 1 and 2 digit num- the end of the workbook. Level 6 has a Student
the student’s books. However, it’s important bers; divide by 1 digit numbers; factors/ Directed Text only with answers at the end of
to note that most of these resources are not multiples/patterns; fraction equivalence/com- the text. Also available is a math manipulative
available with the purchase of the homeschool parison; add/subtract fractions; multiply frac- kit for grades K-3 that includes 50 Unifix Cubes,
packages. The exception to this is the well-do- tions by whole numbers; relate fractions and 100 Counting Chips, and 100 Connecting Links.
ne and entertaining Math on the Spot videos decimals; two-dimensional figures; angles; Other required materials are listed at the begin-
that are accessed via QR codes in the Student relative sizes of measurement units; and ning of each activity and can generally be found
Books. Examples similar to various problems in perimeter/area. around the house.
the Student Books are worked step-by-step by a 064313 Homeschool Package One aspect I liked about the Parent-Teacher
“teacher” sort of real person talking to a muppet 064320 Student Set Guides is every lesson is an activity. Students
sort of student. Unavailable resources include 064306 Assessments cannot be passive about learning math when
interactive teacher’s and student versions of the they are asked to count pennies, dimes, and
text, a Personal Math Trainer (additional prac- Grade 5 dollars (to learn about base 10 place value) or to
tice), animated math models, and some virtual Reviews place value, multiplication/division equally divide a loaf of bread for a family of 8
manipulatives. While some of these sound inter- and expressions. Covers 2-digit division; (to learn about fractions). This program does a
esting, none of them are integral to the program. add/subtract/multiply/divide decimals; add/ great job presenting “real-life” math problems to
Homeschool Packages include the Student subtract/multiply/divide fractions; patterns/ which students can easily relate. For example,
Edition (2 volumes), the Teacher Edition (chapter graphing; measurement conversion; and division problems are presented in the context of
booklets), a Planning Guide, access to Math on geometry/volume. a family’s summer travels across the U.S. and the
the Spot Videos, a bilingual MathBoard, and 064314 Homeschool Package distance they traveled between cities.
both Student and Teacher editions of the Getting 064321 Student Set Although I agree with Quine in emphasizing
Ready for High Stakes Assessment Workbook. 064307 Assessments concepts over computation, my concern is that
There are no “perfect” math programs, but there may be students who need more practice
this one will be a good fit for those wanting a Grade 6 in computation than is provided. Personally, the
well-constructed, attractive, user-friendly math Covers whole numbers/decimals; fractions; more practice I got, the better my computational
program that parallels those used in the public rational numbers; ratios/rates; percents; mea- skills became. If this is the case for your child,
schools. ~ Janice surement conversions, algebraic expressions; you may need to find a suitable computational
EACH STUDENT SET . . . . . . . 33.60 25.20 exponents; equations/inequalities; relation- supplement. Also, there are no written tests or
EACH HOMESCHOOL PKG . 171.05 129.95 ships between variables; area; surface area/ quizzes for this curriculum. The rationale here
EACH ASSESSMENTS . . . . . . . . 6.80 5.00 volume; data displays/measures of center; is that the parent should know whether or not
and variability/data distributions. the child has understood a concept since he/
Grade K 064315 Homeschool Package she interacts so closely with the child in this
Covers count/write numbers to 100; com- 064322 Student Set program. However, for student-directed levels (5
pare numbers to 20; addition/subtraction 064308 Assessments & 6), there are evaluations by the chapter. ~ Anh
468 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Grade K ing & dividing, word problems, computational counting; say for example, 1-ten 1 for elev-
Equal & unequal, making lengths equal, serial problems), ratios, proportions, & percentages en, 1-ten 2 for twelve, 2-ten for twenty, and
order (putting objects in order), making groups (relationships, equivalence, ratios and triangles, 2-ten 5 for twenty-five.
equal, representing objects with symbols (pic- percent as a special ratio), algebraic relationships 5. Use expanded notation (overlapping)
tures and numbers). (order of operations, introducing a variable, place-value cards for recording 10s and 1s
010760 Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.00 36.00 writing equations, introducing negative numbers) 6. Proceed rapidly to hundreds and thou-
010771 Workbook . . . . . . . . 15.00 13.50 and mathematical reasoning. sands; use place-value cards. Provide oppor-
010769 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 45.00 tunities for trading between ones and tens,
Grade 1 tens and hundreds, and hundreds and thou-
Comparison sentences (are two groups the same?), Principles from Patterns - Algebra (7-9) sands with manipulatives.
order sentences (less than, greater than, equal to), Presumably the next step after Making Math 7. Only after the above work, give the tradi-
equalizing sentences (making two groups equal), Meaningful Level 6, this student-directed work- tional English names for quantities 20 to 99
and addition & subtraction sentences. book covers the fundamentals of Algebra. With and then 11 to 19.
010762 Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 45.00 clear conceptual presentations, this is indeed 8. Teach tens-based strategies for addition
010772 Workbook . . . . . . . . 25.00 22.50 written in such a way that the student really can and subtraction facts that have a sum > 10.
teach himself Algebra. Like the rest of the Making Teach informal solutions and mental compu-
Grade 2 Math Meaningful series, the activities require tation before written algorithmic work.
Addition & subtraction (involving numbers the student to frequently reflect on conceptual 10. Teach four-digit addition and subtraction
0-20), place value (tens, ones), addition & sub- understanding. Questions beginning with “what on the abacus; let the children discover the
traction with real objects & symbols (involving happens if/when…” are used throughout. This paper and pencil algorithms.
numbers 0-99), part-whole (solves math sen- workbook consists of 10 chapters covering math 11. Short division precedes long division,
tence, or equation, with missing part or whole), sentences, negative numbers, fundamental prin- which is taught in fourth grade.”
and multiplication & division (grouping, com- ciples, equations with one or two variables, poly- In Level G, students continue to practice arith-
mon fractions). nomials, the quadratic formula, factoring, frac- metic, fractions and decimals, while they begin
010763 Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 45.00 tions involving variables, and the Pythagorean to also explore triangles, area, volume, ratios,
010773 Workbook . . . . . . . 25.00 22.50 theorem. ~ Anh Pythagorean Theorem, tiling, and other new
010770 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 45.00 concepts.
Grade 3 All levels require a lesson manual and work-
Place value (hundreds, tens, ones), addition & sheets, which are included in the starter kits.
subtraction (involving numbers 0-999), multipli- (The worksheets are also available separately
cation & division (writing equations using group- for multiple students.) Lesson manuals contain
ing notation, i.e. 9(3) + 2 = 29, and basic facts), detailed lesson plans with helpful diagrams and
common fractions (identifying fractional parts of teaching notes. Both lesson manuals and work-
a whole, fractions in measurement, introduction sheets are spiral-bound. Add on kits allow you
to mixed numbers), and investigating problems to move forward, buying only what you need in
(word problems). addition to what you already have for the next
010766 Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 45.00 levels. Deluxe Starter kits (and deluxe add-on
010774 Workbook . . . . . . . . 25.00 22.50 kits) are now available, which include everything
in the original kits, plus additional recommended
Making Math Meaningful Math Kit (K-3) books and manipulatives. Please note that if
Manipulatives to use along with the Making you start with a deluxe kit, you will need a dif-
Math Meaningful Sets. ferent upgrade kit to transition to the next level.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. See individual descriptions for more details on
010779 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.00 12.95 kit-specific contents.~ Anh
RIGHTSTART™ MATHEMATICS (K-7) EACH WORKSHEETS (exc noted) 21.75
Grade 4 Based on research comparing the differences 002238 Level A Worksheets . . . 10.75
Place value (up to hundred thousands), addition between Japanese first grades and first grade 024831 Level B Worksheets . . . 16.25
& subtraction (involving numbers 0-999,999), classrooms in the U.S., this curriculum incorpo- 024833 Level C Worksheets
multiplication & division (involving numbers rates certain aspects from Asian math programs 024835 Level D Worksheets
0-99), fractions (greater than, less than, or equal such as non-counting strategies and, for us, 024837 Level E Worksheets
to, and whole sets of fractional parts, i.e. 11 is ¼ an alternative number naming system. In this 051501 Geometric Approach . .
of this number), and problem solving. program, the student is taught to see quantities Worksheets . . . . . . . . . 38.00
010767 Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.00 45.00 in groups of fives and tens. When asked to add
010775 Workbook . . . . . . . . 25.00 22.50 9 + 7, instead of counting 7 up from 9, you Starter Kits:
would take 1 from 7 to make 10 and 6. This CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
Grade 5 program also uses a unique number naming sys- 039343 Level A with AL Abacus
Very large numbers (up to septillions!), mul- tem. Asian words for numbers greater than 10 Standard (K) . . . . . . . . . 163.75
tiplication (up to 5 digits by 3 digits), division implicitly give you a feel for the base ten system. Includes lessons, worksheets, geared clock,
(up to 4 digits divided by 2 digits), fractions & Literally translated, eleven is “ten-one,” twelve is cards for math games, tally sticks, 2 geo-
decimals (equivalent fractions, completing equa- “ten-two,” and so on. RightStart™ students learn boards, colored tiles, abacus tiles, place
tions, computing sums & differences, multiplying to count the “math-way” before they are taught value cards, Standard AL Abacus, geometry
whole numbers and fractions, decimals-tenths the less intuitive words for 11 to 19. reflector, “Yellow is the Sun” CD and Math
and hundredths), and patterns (factors and mul- I can’t summarize this program better than the Card Games DVD (no book).
tiples of a number, describing and extending creator, so let me quote from the manual: 039345 Level B with AL Abacus
sequences). “There are eleven major characteristics. Standard (1) . . . . . . . . . 218.00
010768 Workbook . . . . . . . 50.00 45.00 1. Refer to quantities of up to 3 as a group; Includes lessons, worksheets, math balance,
do not count individually. geared clock, cards for math games, tally
Grade 6 2. Use fingers to show quantities up to 10; sticks, 2 geoboards, wooden cubes, place
Division (review of long and short hand meth- teach 6 to 10 as 5 plus a quantity.… value cards, base ten picture cards, col-
ods), fractions (addition & subtraction with mixed 3. Avoid counting procedures for finding ored tiles, abacus tiles, geometry reflector,
numbers, multiplying and dividing, solving word sums and remainders…. Standard AL Abacus, “Yellow is the Sun” CD
problems), decimals (up to thousandths, parts 4. Once quantities 1 to 10 are known, pro- and Math Card Games DVD (no book).
of a dollar, adding & subtracting, multiply- ceed to 10 as a unit. Use the “math way” of continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 469
039366 Level C with AL Abacus gons, 20 hexagons), mmArc Compass, and Bridge Math Sets
Standard (2) . . . . . . . . . 267.00 Casio Calculator FX-300MS For transitioning from 1st Ed. to 2nd Ed.
Includes lessons, worksheets, transition les-
sons and worksheets, Math Card Games, RightStart™ Arithmetic Packet (K-12) Bridge Math Set RS1 Level A Basic to RS2
cards for math games, Casio calculator, place This packet includes the Activities for the AL If you already have RightStart™ Math Level A
value cards, abacus tiles, drawing set (Safe-T Abacus Manual (11217), Standard AL Abacus Kit (1st Ed.), this kit provides the manipulatives
compass, T-square, 30º-60º Triangle, 45º (4083), and Place Value Cards (25803) – doesn’t you need for Level B 2nd edition. Includes Math
Triangle, 11”x 13” drawing board), 2 fraction include Worksheets for the AL Abacus (6255), Card Games book - 5th edition, base ten picture
charts, colored tiles, geared clock, tangrams, which is referenced in the lessons of the AL cards, fraction charts (2), Goniometer, geomet-
centimeter cubes, Standard AL Abacus. Abacus Manual. Great for learning math basics! ric solids, folding meter stick, Casio calculator
039437 Level D with AL Abacus 053065 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.00 SL-450, plastic coin set, RS geometry panels,
Standard (3) . . . . . . . . . 267.00 math balance, 4-in-1 ruler, centimeter cubes,
Includes lessons, worksheets, transition les- RightStart™ Fraction Kit (4-8) tangrams, drawing board set, and dry erase pen.
sons and worksheets, Math Card Games, Subtitled “Learn fractions in 42 ½ Days,” this kit 016147 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146.75
abacus tiles, thousand cubes, cards for math is great for those just beginning fractions or those
games, colored tiles, Casio calculator 450, struggling with them. 56 games and 17 worksheets Bridge Math RS1 Level B Basic to RS2
drawing set, place value cards, geared clock, are used to help students master addition, sub- For transitioning from first edition B to 2nd edi-
folding meter stick, 4-in-1 ruler, 2 laminated traction, multiplication, and division of fractions, tion C: Math Card Games book, Fraction Charts,
fraction cards, Standard AL Abacus. and introduce percents. This isn’t a conventional Drawing board set, geometric solids, plastic
039439 Level E with AL Abacus approach to learning fractions, but it works well coins, geometry panels, Casio Calculator 450,
Standard (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267.00 with more active learners. tangrams, centimeter cubes, 4-in-1 ruler, folding
Includes lessons, worksheets, transition les- The kit includes the spiral-bound lesson book, meter stick and goniometer.
sons and worksheets, Math Card Games, spiral-bound worksheets, two plastic Fraction CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
cards for math games, drawing set (Safe-T Charts, Basic Number Card Deck, Multiplication 009703 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119.50
compass, T-square, 30º-60º Triangle, 45º Card Deck and Fraction Card Deck. The Lesson
Triangle, 11”x 13” drawing board), 4-in-1 book is divided into 42 ½ daily lessons. Each les- RightStart™ Manipulatives (PK-4)
ruler, centimeter cubes, angle measurer/ son begins with objectives, a list of what you will 004083 AL Abacus Standard . . . 9.95
goniometer, abacus tiles, colored tiles, Casio need, and instructions for teaching. An appendix Larger horizontal abacus (measuring 9.75”
calculator, fraction charts, place value cards, includes seven reproducible pages that need to x7.5”) made from plastic. 10 metal rods, 10
folding meter stick, Standard AL Abacus. be copied for some of the games. The worksheets plastic beads per rod (5 yellow, 5 blue). 1,
049103 Level G Geometric Approach book is non-reproducible and contains 17 work- 10, 100, and 1000 marked on frame.
(5-7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174.50 sheets that are used with specific lessons. Three 059363 AL Abacus - Blue . . . . . 15.75
This kit includes the Level G/Geometric decks of cards are included. The Basic Number 025478 Abacus Tiles . . . . . . . . . 4.00
Approach lessons, worksheets, solutions, Deck includes 132 cards numbered from 0 to 10 Set of 11 cardstock cutouts ready to be folded
RightStart™ Geometry Panels (32 triangles, (12 of each number). The Fraction Deck holds 75 into hundred 10 x 10 squares.
25 squares, 12 pentagons, 20 hexagons), cards with 20 different fractions and 20 matching 025591 Base 10 Picture Cards . 6.00
Casio Calculator FX-300MS, and the contents percent cards. The Multiplication Deck includes 1.5”square which each depict a base ten
of the Geometry set – drawing board, 2 trian- 100 cards from 1x1 to 10x10 (there are dupli- manipulative. Includes 9 cube cards and
gles, MM Arc Compass, 2 sets of tangrams, cates of some cards). The two Fraction Charts are approx. 25 each of flats, rods, and units.
removable tape, T-square, 4 in 1 ruler, cen- made of durable, heavy plastic – one is whole 063099 Lam. Fraction Chart (small) 4.50
timeter cubes, and Goniometer. showing the markings of all the different fraction A set of two 8”x 8” laminated charts printed
While continuing to practice arithmetic, bars, and the other is separated into the different with fraction bars: 1 whole, ½, 1/3, ¼, 1/5,
fractions, and decimals, students explore parts. Directions for using these are included in 1/6, 1/7, 1/8, 1/9 and 1/10. Cut one of them
triangles, area, volume, ratios, Pythagorean the lessons. apart and leave the other one whole for stu-
Theorem, tiling, and other new concepts. If you are already using RightStart™ Mathematics, dent practice with parts and whole concept.
you will notice that there is some overlap; some 018355 Math Balance . . . . . . 19.00 12.95
RightStart™ Add-On Kits of the lessons are pulled from levels D and E and A concrete way to show number relation-
These expand your already existing RightStart™ some games from the Math Card Games Book. ships, operations, and comparisons. The
Starter Kit. For example, if you have already This is a perfect supplement for the student who T-shaped number balance is 9” tall. Each
purchased the Level A Starter Kit and you will might be a little more visual or hands-on and arm is labeled from 1 to 10 from the cen-
be using Level B next, simply purchase the A to needs more fractions practice. ter moving outward. Pegs are located at
B Add-on Kit for items you will need in the next 059202 Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.75 each numbered position for hanging weights.
level. Transition lessons are not included in the 009547 Lesson Book Only . . . . . 21.75 Twenty 10g plastic weights included.
Add-On Kits. 009609 Worksheet Bk Only . . . 8.25 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
039115 A to B Add-On Kit . . . 125.50 007202 Geometric Solids . . . . . 23.75
Level B lessons and worksheets, math bal- RightStart™ Geometry Panels (5-7) Set of 12 wooden geometric solids includes
ance, base ten picture cards, wooden cubes Includes 32 blue triangles, 25 yellow squares, cylinders, prisms, cube, cone, pyramid,
039140 B to C Add-On Kit . . . 174.50 12 green pentagons, and 20 purple hexagons (all sphere, and hemisphere.
Level C lessons and worksheets, math card with 10 cm edges), rubber bands, and instruction 007217 Wooden Cubes . . . . . . . 2.75
games book, centimeter cubes, Casio calcula- book. A refill for the panels found in level G of Set of 20 1” wooden cubes.
tor, tangrams, 2 fraction charts and drawing set RightStart Mathematics or just as a hands-on CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
(Safe-T compass, T-square, 30º-60º Triangle, option for geometric exploration. 059367 Goniometer/Pro Ruler/Angle
45º Triangle, 11”x 13” drawing board) 053066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.00 Measurer (PK-AD) . . . . 10.75
039141 C to D Add-On Kit . . . . 114.50 This handy little tool is used for measuring
Level D lessons and worksheets, 4-in-1 ruler, RightStart™ Geometry Set (5-7) and drawing angles. Simply open the tool
folding meter stick, thousand cubes All neatly packed in a large storage pouch, this and line up the inside edges to the sides of
039290 D to E Add-On Kit . . . . 98.25 set includes a drawing board, 2 triangles, mmArc the angle you want to measure – the mea-
Level E lessons, worksheets, and angle mea- Compass®, 2 sets Tangrams, roll of removable surement, in degrees, can be seen through
surer/goniometer tape, t-square, 4-in-1 Ruler®, Goniometer, and the magnifier. To draw a specific angle, open
049102 E to G Add-On Kit . . . . 152.75 centimeter cubes. Tools to help in learning basic the tool to the desired angle (read the degree
Level G/Geometric Approach lessons, work- geometry and is used in Level G of RightStart™ of angle through the magnifier), and draw on
sheets, and solutions, RightStart™ Geometry Mathematics. the inside edge of the tool.
Panels (32 triangles, 25 squares, 12 penta- 053067 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.50 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
470 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Math Card Games (PK-4) a few other songs used in the RightStart program Conventional Arithmetic with Spunky the
A supplement to RightStart™ Math, the spi- Level A and B. ~ Lisa Donkey (1-2)
ral-bound book describes 300 card games your 007218 Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50 This is a solid, no-frills math program from
child can play using the 6 special card decks 039978 CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 Schoolaid, the publishers of Climbing to Good
(sold separately). Games are divided into eight 007236 Book & CD Combo . . . 8.00 English. Written for 1st and 2nd grade, your
categories: number sense, addition, clocks, mul- students will get the foundation needed to prog-
tiplication, money, subtraction, division, and RightStart™ Mathematics 2nd Edition (K-7) ress in math. This early elementary series was
fractions. The book includes an instructional RightStart™ Mathematics originally written for use in a one-room school-
DVD that shows how to play 14 of the games is a name synonymous house. That indicates less prep time, simple
featured in the book. The DVD is also available with quality math. This presentation, and some independent work for the
separately if you have an earlier version of the new edition of the pro- student; just like what one might find in a setting
book. Please note that book and cards are sepa- gram is no exception. with multiple students and grade levels. Lessons
rate items, but meant to be used together. Many people are scared follow a consistent pattern so that students learn
Card decks are also available individually. The off by the use of the words quickly and can move along without teacher
Addition (Basic) Games cards are a set of 132- “common core,” but don’t help. Each lesson is divided into 3 sections –
3”x 2” cards numbered 0 – 10. Corner Games let that be the case with class preparation, class time, and drill. Class
cards includes 50-1 ½”x 1 ¾” cards with numbers this curriculum. RightStart preparation is the portion to read through the
1 through 10 printed in the corners (no two uses the Common Core night before or items to gather before the lesson.
cards are alike). Fraction Games cards are a set State Standards as a base minimum for their con- Class time is separated in to 3 parts as well –
of 75-2”x3” cards that includes 20 percentage tent – they meet and exceed those requirements. daily practice, part A, and part B. Daily practice
cards that correspond to the fractions. There are This edition is a complete rewrite and includes usually consists of a workbook page or other
100-2”x3” cards in the Multiplication Games set new research and ideas developed over recent activity that can be done independently, Parts A
that correspond to numbers in the multiplication years. and B are lesson presentation and accompanying
table from 1x1 to 10x10. Each level of the new edition uses most of the workbook pages (1 page per part a and b). Drill is
025802 Bk/DVD (no cards) . . . . 27.25 same manipulatives used in the previous edition; done in the form of another page or drill activity
051500 Instructional DVD . . . . 3.25 however, the sequence and use may change. as suggested in the teacher book.
025800 Cards only . . . . . . . . . . 38.00 As a result, there is now one manipulative kit The Teacher’s Edition offers a very thorough
024738 Cards Only (Canadian) . . 38.00 that has everything you need for all levels of explanation of the program in the front of the
041356 Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64.50 the program. Each book bundle contains a book and preparation is fairly easy. You will
024745 Kit (Canadian) . . . . . . . 64.50 spiral-bound lesson book, spiral-bound work- want to make flashcards (these are different
Kits includes Math Card Games book (with sheets, a Yellow is the Sun book, and appendix than the preprinted flashcards available for this
DVD), 6 special card decks, laminated frac- pages for that level. program) that are formatted according to the
tion charts, and AL Abacus Standard. RightStart offers you an easier-to-teach lesson specifications found in the front of the teacher
format. Objectives and Materials are listed in edition, number line or number chart, money
Individual Card Games/Decks the heading area of each lesson. Below the for counting, a clock for time practice, and a
EACH BOXED SET W/INSTRUCTIONS 7.75 heading area, the page is divided into two col- flannel board or wall chart on which “Spunky
007197 Corner Games umns – Activities for Teaching are listed in the the Donkey” will be used as a lesson visual.
007199 Fraction Games left column, and Explanations provide additional The pattern is included in the teacher edition for
007203 Multiplication Games information in the right column. you to copy and use with your lessons. Lessons
EACH CARD DECK ONLY . . . . . 7.00 The appendix pages included in the bundle are laid out in an easy-to-follow format and are
009492 Basic Card Deck are the same appendix pages found in the back scripted for those who need a little more help
009510 Clock Card Deck of the lesson book, but they are already copied with concept explanations. Small format student
009545 Corners Card Deck for your convenience - some printed on heavier pages with answers are included.
009546 Fractions Card Deck cardstock, and some printed multiple times in Student books are consumable and non-repro-
009650 Money Card Deck order to meet the requirements of the lessons. ducible with simple line drawings. Grade 1 cov-
009686 Multiplication (Product) Deck EACH BOOK BUNDLE . . . . . . . . 90.75 ers writing numbers to 1000, single and double
046235 Level A Book Bundle . . digit addition and subtraction without carrying or
Yellow is the Sun (K-1) 046236 Level A Worksheets . . . 16.75 borrowing, addition and subtraction families to
Have you noticed kids learn to count on their 013206 Level B Book Bundle . . . 10, more/less/after/before/between, pennies/nick-
fingers? This rhyming picture book blends the 013213 Level B Worksheets . . . 16.75 els/dimes/quarters, counting by 1s, 2s, 5s, 10s,
finger-counting concept with an abacus to teach 007772 Level C Bk Bundle . . . . 25s, time up to 5 minute increments, fractions of
the numbers 1-10. The pages teach numbers 007773 Level C Worksheets . . . 21.75 ½ and ¼, and measuring inches. Grade 2 reviews
by showing four different illustrations of each 063621 Level D Bk Bundle . . . . first grade concepts listed previously before intro-
number. The top of the page shows a hand (or 063622 Level D Worksheets . . . 21.75 ducing new ones which are labeled as ‘new.’
hands) holding up the appropriate number of 019230 Level E Book Bundle . . . Along with the first grade concepts students will
fingers; next to the hands are vertical lines rep- 019268 Level E Worksheets . . . . 21.75 do addition with up to 4-digit numbers and use
resenting the number. The middle of the page 067227 Level F Book Bundle . . . carrying and subtraction up to 3-digit numbers
contains an illustration of an abacus with the 067228 Level F Worksheets . . . . 21.75 using borrowing, adding and subtracting by end-
appropriate number of beads slid to the left. The 071355 ☼Level G Book Bundle . ings, money up to $10 dollar bills, circle/square/
bottom of the page shows the number written 071356 ☼Level G Worksheets 38.00 triangles/rectangles, great than (>)/less than (<)/
out (with directional arrows for handwriting). A 046285 Manipulative Set 2ED . . 209.50 equal to (=), reading a thermometer, feet and
short rhyme ties it all together. The book begins, The manipulatives set required for the inches, time to one minute, pounds and ounc-
“Yellow is the sun. This is only one.” Quantities RightStart™ 2nd edition mathematics series. es, multiplying and dividing by 2/5/10, Roman
beyond five require two hands to count, so the The set includes an AL abacus, Math Card numerals, working with 1/3, and counting by 3s.
rhymes teach students how to count by adding Games book, place value cards, AL abacus There are also sections in the 2nd grade book
five and another number. For example, “Why is tiles, folding meter stick, geoboards, colored labeled ‘oral’ which are exactly as they sound –
the sky so blue? Seven is five and two.” Numbers 1” tiles, Casio calculator, tangrams, base ten exercises to be done orally. Timed tests are found
11 through 20 are depicted in abbreviated form picture cards, tally sticks, geared clock, six in the back of each student book and are to be
in the back, with illustrations of the abacus’ and card decks, two fraction charts, drawing set, done twice a week.
vertical lines (no hands or rhymes). Music and 4-in-1 Ruler, Goniometer, coins, geometry There are 3 sets of flashcards referenced in the
lyrics for the song “Yellow is the Sun” are includ- reflector, centimeter cubes, math balance, teacher edition lessons. Instructions on how
ed, so you can sing as you count! An audio CD is RightStart geometry panels, geometric solids, to use them is included in each set. Numbers
available which includes “Yellow is the Sun” and Yellow is the Sun CD, and dry erase pen. continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 471
Flashcards are two-sided and measure approx- ways to arrive at it, and it encourages them to ☼Themeville Math (1-5)
imately 4”x5.5.” These are for use beginning develop their own techniques. The “standard” Combine the daily review of Saxon, some of the
with Grade 1 for number recognition, and the approach is not always the best. For example, methodology of a Singapore program, instruc-
sequencing concepts after, before, between, which is easier, to teach borrowing and carrying tional videos, manipulatives to demonstrate les-
more and less. Adding & Subtracting by Endings for a problem like 400 - 298 or to teach the the son concepts, and you have the new program
Flashcards (adding only the ones column) are child to restate the problem as 398 - 298 + 2 or titled Themeville. I really like this straightforward
for use with Grade 2. This concept is more old 400 - 300 + 2? Techniques like these really help program that combines desirable aspects of sev-
fashioned but is a method for quick computation to develop mental dexterity in problem solving. eral different programs. This is titled Themeville
taught at the second grade level. The lesson in After using Miquon with our seven children, we because the lessons let you see the themes
which each card is used is referenced at the can attest that this program has promoted flex- behind the details of the math you are learning.
bottom. The Column Addition Flashcards are ibility in problem solving and teaches them to There are four black & white student worktexts
simply for practice adding 3 single-digit numbers find the best technique for the situation. Ours per level with over 1000 pages of instruction and
and are for use with referenced lessons in grade students now tackle new or difficult problems practice. Written primarily for US homeschoolers
2. Both sets of the second grade flashcards are creatively, even fearlessly! instruction, word problems include US currency
two-sided with the problems printed vertically on Altogether, the six student workbooks contain over and common US names and city names.
one side and horizontally on the reverse. 650 lab sheets. Concepts covered include: count- Comprehensive and easy to implement, it would
This comprehensive math curriculum will fit ing, odd-even, addition, subtraction, multiplication, be a good fit for many homeschool families.
nicely into the budget and cover concepts with division, fractions, equalities, place value, number Each book is divided into daily lessons: 140+
plenty of practice. Word problems aren’t found line and functions, factoring, squaring, simultaneous per grade level. Each daily lesson follows the
in great abundance and you may want to supple- equations, graphing equations, geometric recogni- same format: pre-lesson, video/discussion, and
ment in this area. Let Spunky the Donkey help tion, length, area, volume, series and progressions, lesson. The pre-lesson is a warm-up and reviews
your children with math. ~ Donna grid and arrow games, mapping, clock arithmetic, topics up to this point and includes, in many
EACH STUDENT BOOK . . . . . . . 5.20 sets, and word problems. cases, simple math problems to keep math facts
EACH TEACHER EDITION . . . . . 10.00 We recommend purchasing the Lab Sheet sharp. Video/discussion is a time to watch the
037766 Learning Numbers - Book 1 (1) Annotations. This is the teacher’s guide for all video on the publisher’s website and discuss the
037773 Learning Numbers - Book 2 (1) six workbooks. Because the approach taken new topic. The lesson is where the new concept
037715 Continuing Numbers - Book 1 (2) in the program is so different, it explains the is introduced and practiced through activities.
037765 Continuing Numbers - Book 2 (2) reasoning behind the presentation and provides There is no separate, expensive teacher edition
037869 Grade 1 Teacher’s Edition several suggestions on how to present each for this course. All Parent/Teacher notes are
037873 Grade 2 Teacher’s Edition topic. It also provides preliminary activities for found in a shaded box at the top of the lesson’s
a concrete understanding of the math concepts first page. You will find plenty of practice with
as well as more detailed explanations for many math facts and word problems in this series. Tests
of the workbook pages. While answers are sup- are found directly in the student worktext – one
plied for some of the more “tricky” sheets, most every ten lessons.
worksheets are shown sans answers, so take the Themeville Math does a good job of presenting
time to fill in the answers as you correct work concepts in an orderly manner that makes sense
for your first Miquon student - then you’ll have a to children and works to build a progressively
completed key to use with the next! solid math foundation: concrete, to pictorial, to
The Miquon Math program would be an excel- conceptual. The program incorporates methods
lent start in math to move into any other pro- like modeling using ten-frame, visual models,
gram, but it would lend itself particularly well to and continual review. The student worktext
those intending to use the Singapore approach to doesn’t include an abundance of written instruc-
math in the future. tion (similarly to Kumon workbooks); the video
EACH STUDENT BOOK . . . . 12.95 8.95 lessons and manipulative instruction are intended
Grade 1 Grade 2 to teach the concept. Video lessons are included
001184 Orange 001186 Blue with curriculum purchase: create a user ID and
001185 Red 001187 Green password at the publisher’s website and in 2 to 3
MIQUON MATH LABS (1-3) days you will be e-mailed access. These videos
Math is not just numbers! Using Cuisenaire Grade 3 are an important part of every lesson. If you are
rods, Miquon Math Labs allows children to 001188 Yellow 001189 Purple unsure of where to begin in the series, a place-
model numbers and operations concretely. It 001191 Annotations . . . . . . . 21.95 14.95 ment test available.
uses a hands-on, pattern-building, discovery 023832 6 Student Bks . . . . . . 77.70 48.95 Grade 1 covers counting in groups of 10s, 5s
method that fosters independence and creativity MIQSET 6 St Bks + Annotns . 99.65 60.95 and 1s; place values of 10s and 1s; addition/sub-
in problem solving. The unique page-numbering traction within 20; length measurement; opera-
format of the program allows for flexibility - use Notes to Teachers tions with number line/colored rods; partitioning/
each book straight through, covering a variety Presents the philosophy behind the Miquon comparison of numbers; money; chart of 0-100;
of topics, or use only the pages in each book math method. Interesting reading. Also includes numerals; skip counting; counting forward/back-
relating to a specific topic (easily identified by the helpful appendices on pre-math activities with ward; word problems; ordinal numbers.
alpha-numeric page numbering system). the rods and instructions for making other home- Grade 2 includes review of the first ten les-
Instead of holding off on more difficult math made manipulatives. sons in Level 1; place values of 100s,10s and
topics until later grades, the Miquon approach is 001190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.95 8.50 1s; multiplication/division within 100; even &
unique in teaching all four basic math operations odd numbers; long addition/subtraction; opera-
in Grade 1 - plus fractions, clock arithmetic, First Grade Diary tions with arrays; number line; money; numer-
area, volume and factoring. This builds confi- Lore Rasmussen chronicles the information, als; comparison/rounding of numbers; plane /
dence in children as they see how the basic oper- experiences, and results of using Miquon Math solid figures; perimeter; clock reading; calendar;
ations are intterrelated and takes the “mystery” in her first-grade class. If you’re not convinced graph reading/plotting; word problems.
out of these otherwise-delayed topics. By Grade that this program will make a difference in the Grade 3 includes review of the Levels 1-2 (the
3, children understand different base systems and math reasoning ability of your children, read this. first fifteen lessons); long multiplication/division;
graph algebraic equations! The discoveries, insights and responses displayed long addition / subtraction, area and perime-
These are not typical workbooks that test what a illustrate the power of this method to bring out ter, symmetry, combined operations, number
child already has learned, but lab sheets - teach- the best in budding mathematicians. composition / decomposition with place values;
ing pages. Children are shown that, while there 001192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.95 9.60 words; comparison/rounding of numbers; clock/
is only one correct solution, there are different ~~~~~~~~ calendar reading and working with durations;
472 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
data analysis and histogram; measurement units in Worktext 4-B is simply entitled, “Division”.
(kg – gm, lit – ml); word problems. It reviews division, and then covers every facet
Grade 4 covers review of the Levels 1-3 (the of fourth grade division. Since division skills are
first fifteen lessons); fractions; mixed numbers; being built step-by-step throughout the chapter,
addition/subtraction of fractions; factors; prime there’s really no need for review or testing until
numbers; comparison/rounding of numbers; long the end; but it does make for a long teaching
division; decimals (tenths, hundredths, and addi- unit. Each chapter begins with a short introduc-
tion/subtraction); big numbers; multiplication/ tion. This is where you will find any teacher
division by 10 or 100; time calculations; word instruction for the chapter, including background
problems; area/perimeter. information, strategies and ideas for teaching
Grade 5 includes review of the Levels 1-4 MATH MAMMOTH PROGRAM (1-7) lesson concepts, a summary of lessons by title
(the first fifteen lessons); multiplication/division There’s a whole lot to like about this well-con- (including number of pages for each), and a list
with fractions; addition/subtraction with mixed ceived and inexpensive math program. The main of Helpful Internet Resources for further explo-
numbers; decimals till millionths; finding the features of this program, according to author ration, practice and enrichment. If the chapter
unknown in an expression; multiplication/divi- Maria Miller, are: is on a skill introduced in a previous grade,
sion with decimals; area with fraction/decimal ¾¾ Focus is on conceptual understanding rath- the skill is reviewed before the new material is
units; plotting graphs; units compatibility; word er than rote problem-solving introduced. Lessons each include a complete
problems; exponents; combined operations; ¾¾ Teacher instructions are right in the book; explanation of each skill being taught, numer-
angles; volume. no need to buy a separate teacher book ous examples and models (many visual) to help
Answer Keys for this series provide the com- ¾¾ Clear explanations are written for the student, students understand the concepts behind the
plete solutions to all problems in the worktexts, so the lessons are virtually self-teaching math, and a reasonable number of problems for
including the pre-lesson exercises, lesson exer- ¾¾ Lessons use lots of visual and pattern exer- students to work to ensure comprehension. The
cises, and tests. In cases of simpler problems that cises lessons vary from 1-5 pages each. For planning,
may not require an explanation (like math facts), the author suggests simply dividing the number
¾¾ Curriculum is mastery oriented; it con-
there will just be answers. This book is small-for- of pages in each book by the teaching days rath-
centrates on each specific topic for a long
mat student pages with the answers/solutions. er than planning to teach a lesson a day. This
time studying fewer topics per grade than a
Manipulative Kits are needed to demonstrate would generally mean covering 1-2 pages a day
spiral curricula
the concepts in the lessons. Kits are available depending on grade level. After the last lesson
¾¾ Emphasis on mental math and number sense
for grades 1-3 and 4-5. The following items are in each chapter there are one or two reviews.
included in the 1-3 kit: Play money set; col- ¾¾ Very little teacher preparation is required Chapter tests are contained in the separate Tests
ored rods (Cuisenaire® type), place value foam ¾¾ Content is aligned to Common Core and Cumulative Reviews book, as are cumu-
disks, place value strips for whole numbers and Standards lative reviews (taken upon completion of each
decimals; hundred number chart; area overlays These are all valid claims and sum up this worktext chapter) and a comprehensive test for
(whole number multiplication); vinyl unit rulers approach nicely. It’s linear approach is similar to the grade level. A nice feature is the inclusion of
1-3; geared clock; plastic centimeter cubes; 12” that of the MCP Math program. Topics are intro- grading instructions and scales. If remediation is
ruler; 50 yards of ribbon; Rekenrek parts (Red/ duced, studied in depth, then the student pro- indicated, the author provides a website (www.
White beads and stems). Parents will need to ceeds to the next topic. Visually, it reminds me homeschoolmath.net) for additional math work-
assemble the Rekenrek and do a bit of prep with of Developmental Math because of the extensive sheets by grade level and skill. Worksheets are
the unit rulers and place value strips. A manipu- use of pictorial representations. Users posting randomly generated within your provided param-
lative preparation video on the publisher’s web- online have compared the course to Singapore eters, so each is different.
site will help with preparation. Math, but I don’t really see much similarity. As mentioned briefly before, I find the author’s
The Full Manipulative Kit for Level 4-5 has the While they both emphasize conceptual learning teaching methods very solid, efficient, and effec-
necessary manipulatives for levels 4 and 5 (use if and mental computation skills, Math Mammoth tive. Her goal is to imbue the student with an
you do not have the 1-3 kit manipulatives): play has a much more traditional feel. A distinguish- understanding of the concepts in math rather
money set; place value foam disks; place value ing feature of this program is the author’s amaz- than just how to solve problems and this is evi-
strips for whole numbers and decimals; vinyl unit ing ability to simplify and clarify math processes dent in her instruction. She consistently shares
rulers 4-5; area overlays – (for whole number so children can understand them easily. Even strategies, “tricks” and revealing insights into the
multiplication/ Fractions / Mixed numbers multi- in printed form, this course is the easiest on the mysteries of math, essentially putting a teacher
plication / decimal multiplication); geared clock; budget using a strictly by-grade comparison. And right on the page. An example is in teaching
centimeter plastic cubes ribbon (50 yd); 1 foot for those purchasing the complete program on beginners to add numbers with sums greater
ruler; angle protractor. CD (or download), the savings are even greater. than 10. She tells students that when adding 9
If you already have the 1-3 kit, then you only Imagine getting a complete, masterfully taught to a number, the 9 “really wants to be a ten”,
need the Add-on kit for grades 4-5. It includes math curriculum for grades 1-6 for less than so you should take one from the other number
vinyl unit rulers 4-5; area overlays for fractions $160. I would call that frugal – and smart. to make it a ten, and then add the rest. I have
/ mixed numbers multiplication / decimal mul- Each grade level set consists of four compo- seen few other curriculums (see Miquon Math)
tiplication; ribbon (50 yd); and angle protractor. nents: two student workbooks an (optional) set of that teach students alternate, flexible ways like
Although a relatively new program, this is a Tests and Cumulative Reviews and an Answer this to approach operations. Another feature I
top pick for a solid and thorough approach to Key containing answers to both workbooks and liked in the book was using gridded workspaces
elementary math at an affordable price. Great tests. Currently, we carry the curriculum in print for solving problems. Especially for students
for families on a budget who still want quality format or CD format by the grade level, Grades just starting to use multiple-digit operations,
curriculum! ~ Donna 1-3 and 4-7 combined on CD, and the entire it’s helpful to get them in the habit of keeping
EACH WORKTEXT BUNDLE . . 59.85 58.25 course on CD. The course is also available as a answers neatly aligned in columns. I also like
049521 Level 1 049524 Level 4 download (go to mathmammoth.com) for slightly the scale problems in Grade 4’s multiplication
049522 Level 2 049525 Level 5 less than the CD price. Both download and CD and other chapters. These are much like the
049523 Level 3 have colored student pages. All grade levels ones in CTP’s Balance Math program and very
EACH ANSWER KEY . . . . . . . . 14.85 14.75 of printed materials are now available in your effective for understanding how equations work.
049462 Level 1 049490 Level 4 choice of black and white or color. Currently, There’s also a healthy balance of word problems
049481 Level 2 049495 Level 5 CDs also include the author’s Soft-Pak math, lan- in the lessons with realistic, practical contexts.
049487 Level 3 guage arts and testing software programs. The geometry sections are particularly good, too,
049513 Manipulative Kit - 1-3 49.85 Student Workbooks A and B for each level have with ample hands-on work. The author even
049504 Full Manip Kit - 4-5 . . . 49.85 varying numbers of chapters, each focusing on includes printable manipulatives for constructing
049456 Add-On Manipulative Kit - 4-5 a math topic. These are sometimes very broad. your own geometric solids.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.85 29.25 For example, one very large chapter (68 pages!)
continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 473
Taken as a whole, the curriculum follows a stan- 062823 Grade 7 Test/Review . 9.95 9.25 Math Mammoth Review Workbooks (1-7)
dard scope for elementary level work. Besides MMSET7 Grade 7 Set . . . . . . . 52.80 42.95 Math Mammoth Review Workbooks offer topi-
learning standard math operations, students learn 018891 Grade 7 CD . . . . . . . 42.50 36.25 cal and mixed review pages based on the topics
money, time, measurement, fractions, number and content of each grade level. Along with
theory, place value, geometry, percents, deci- Colored Version: reviews, there are topical tests and a year-end
mals, ratios, proportions, graphing, probability, EACH WORKTEXT 1A-2B . . . . 17.95 15.50 test to make sure there are no gaps. Answers
statistics, and using the calculator. The sequence EACH WRKTXT 3A-B, 4B 6A-B 19.95 17.25 are found in the back of each book. Use these
is a little different in places, but makes sense and EACH WORKTEXT 4A, 5A-B . . 21.95 17.95 for additional practice or for summer review in
is only a factor if you are moving into or out of EACH ANSWER KEY 1-3 . . . . . 14.95 12.95 preparation for the next grade level.
the curriculum. Visit our website and view the EACH ANSWER KEY 4 . . . . . . 15.95 12.95 018894 Grade 1 . . . . . . . . . . 13.45 12.95
table of contents for each book for an exact scope EACH ANSWER KEY 5-6 . . . . . 18.95 16.50 018958 Grade 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95
and sequence. For placement, a diagnostic test EACH TEST/REVIEW 1-4 . . . . . 12.95 11.25 018966 Grade 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95
is available on the Math Mammoth website. Each EACH TEST REVIEW 5-6 . . . . . 13.95 11.95 019047 Grade 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95
grade set includes the student workbooks A & B, 019054 Grade 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95
Answer Key and Tests with Cumulative Review. Grade Wkbk A Wkbk B Ans Key Tests 019058 Grade 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.45
While some cut-out manipulatives appear in the 1 031511 031512 031509 031510 019075 Grade 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.45
book, some others are helpful and recommended 2 042624 042595 042612 042622
by the author. These include: 3 042667 042604 042631 042652
¾¾ A geared student clock (Grades 1-3) 4 062812 062813 062810 062811
¾¾ A ruler with inches and centimeters (Grades 1-3) 5 062816 062817 062814 062815
¾¾ Base ten blocks (optional) 6 062820 062821 062818 062819
¾¾ Measuring tape in feet and meters (Gr. 3) Grade 7
¾¾ Scale in pounds and kilograms (Grade 2) 015577 Answer Key . . . . . . . 27.45 22.25
¾¾ Platform (kitchen) scale which measures in 015581 Test/Review . . . . . . . 15.95 12.95
oz. and grams (Grade 3) 015584 7-A Worktext . . . . . . 23.45 19.25
¾¾ Measuring cups with oz. and milliliters (Gr. 3) 015585 7-B Worktext . . . . . . 28.45 23.25
¾¾ Thermometer in Fahrenheit and Celcius
MM1CLR Grade 1 Package . . 63.80 48.95 RAY’S ARITHMETIC
(optional – Grade 3)
MM2CLR Grade 2 Package . . 64.30 49.25
¾¾ Circle fraction manipulatives (optional – Gr 3) MM3CLR Grade 3 Package . . 67.80 52.50 Ray’s Arithmetic (1-8)
I feel other manipulatives, such as a small set of MM4CLR Grade 4 Package . . 69.80 53.95 In America’s one-room schoolhouses, Ray’s
geometric solids, would be helpful as well, espe- MM5CLR Grade 5 Packge . . . 75.80 57.95 Arithmetic was used alongside the McGuffey
cially in the upper grade levels. We carry most MM6CLR Grade 6 Package . . 72.80 55.75 Readers. These are exact reproductions of the
(if not all) of the above manipulatives. MM7CLR Grade 7 Package . . 95.30 72.95 originals and their small size (4.5” x 7.25”)
If you are on a tight budget, this is one to con- cause one difficulty – they don’t easily lay flat
sider. You will spend considerably less without ☼Math Mammoth Colored Version Skills making copying difficult. But the no-nonsense
compromising on content or quality of instruc- Review Workbooks (1-4) topic coverage provides old-fashioned com-
tion. As a bonus, it will be easy for you to use, EACH WORKBOOK GR. 1 . . . 11.95 10.50 petence so it’s easy to understand why they
require little preparation time, be easy for your EACH WORKBOOK GR. 2-4 . . 12.95 11.25 are recommended by the Well-Trained Mind.
children to understand, and will prepare them EACH ANSWER KEY . . . . . . . . . 7.45 6.75 Primary Arithmetic covers all four basic func-
well for middle-grade math. Workbook Answer Key tions – addition, subtraction, multiplication, &
Black & White Version: Grade 1 072105 072106 division in single digits with word and money
EACH WORKTEXT . . . . . . . . 14.95 12.95 Grade 2 072107 072109 problems. New Intellectual Arithmetic reviews
EACH CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.50 36.25 Grade 3 072110 072111 those four functions with multiple digits adding
EACH ANSWER KEY GR 1-2 . . . 9.95 9.25 Grade 4 072112 072113 fractions and introducing ratio and percent.
EACH ANSWER KEY GR 3-4 . . 10.95 9.95 Practical Arithmetic continues the four functions
EACH ANSWER KEY GR 5-6 . 11.95 10.95 Math Mammoth Blue Series Package CD (1-7) along with fractions, decimals, percents, metrics,
EACH TEST BOOK 1-6 . . . . . . . 7.95 7.35 This topical worktext series and introduces interest, discount, insurance,
EACH SET GR 1-2 . . . . . . . . . 47.80 38.95 is not a full math curricu- taxes, ration, proportions, square and cube
EACH SET GR 3-4 . . . . . . . . . 48.80 39.95 lum, but is intended as sup- roots, measurement, and progressions. Higher
EACH SET GR 5-6 . . . . . . . . . 49.80 40.95 plemental, review or reme- Arithmetic reviews the four functions and con-
054562 Grades 1-3 CD . . . . . 80.00 70.25 dial material. CD includes tinues more advanced work in all the Practical
054563 Grades 4-7 CD . . . . 105.00 89.95 40 workbooks on topics Arithmetic topics including percentage appli-
049670 Comp Program CD . 180.00 151.95 including: addition, subtrac- cations with and without time. The Teacher’s
tion, place value, time, money, measurement Guide, designed to encourage teacher-student
Grade Wkbk A Wkbk B CD (customary and metric), multiplication, division, interaction, provides a scope and sequence as
1 054622 054623 054556 geometry, statistics, probability, fractions, deci- well as general information on math instruction-
2 054626 054627 054557 mals, ratios, proportions, percentages and inte- al stages (i.e. manipulatives, mental, abstract).
3 054630 054631 054558 gers. Answers are included. There are also grade by grade teaching sequences
4 054634 054635 054559 058944 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125.00 102.50 along with a Planning Guide that shows a typical
5 054638 054639 054560 day and suggests weekly lesson plans as well as
6 054642 054643 054561 Math Mammoth All Inclusive Package Blue / providing an assessment chart and test schedule.
Light Blue / Golden / Green CD (1-8) SC ~ Janice
Grade Ans Key Tests Set Includes complete Light 027088 Primary (1-2) . . . . . . . . 8.99 6.95
1 054620 054621 MMSET1 Blue Series (math curriculum 027086 New Intellectual (3-4) . 12.99 10.75
2 054624 054625 MMSET2 for grades 1-6), Blue Series 027087 Practical (5-6) . . . . . . 16.99 13.95
3 054628 054629 MMSET3 (worktexts with lessons and 027089 Primary/Intellectual/Practical
4 054632 054633 MMSET4 problems for various topics Answer Keys . . . . . . . 13.99 10.95
5 054636 054637 MMSET5 in grades 1-7), Golden Series 027084 Higher Arithmetic (7-8)18.99 15.50
6 054640 054641 MMSET6 (grade-level worksheet collec- 027085 Higher Answer Key . . 13.99 10.95
062261 7-A Worktext . . . . . . 14.95 12.95 tions for grades 3-8), and Green Series (worksheet 027090 Test Examples . . . . . . . 13.99 10.95
062262 7-B Worktext . . . . . . 14.95 12.95 collections for various topics in grades 3-8). 027082 Parent-Teacher Guide . 12.99 10.75
062822 Grade 7 Key . . . . . . 12.95 11.95 058943 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249.00 204.25 027083 Set w/ Teacher Guide 105.99 82.95
474 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Classic Curriculum Arithmetic Workbks (1-4) gram works, your role as a parent/teacher, list of unlike denominators, and reducing), decimals in
Back in the 1800’s children completed their suggested manipulatives, and how to assess. You money, place value through thousandths, equiv-
Ray’s Arithmetic work either orally or on chalk- can use the suggested manipulatives or household alent decimals, comparing and ordering, and
boards or personal slates. I’ll bet these kids items, which are: more than 100 counters, chalk- addition and subtraction of decimals; graphing
would have loved to have these babies. Series board/whiteboard or blank paper (your choice), averages, median and mode; problem-solving;
One workbooks teach the skills needed before jumbo-sized craft sticks, rubber bands, handwrit- Venn Diagrams.
beginning Ray’s: writing, counting, combining ing practice pads (optional), 12-month calendar, Levels 1 through 4 are now available in this
sets, comparing numbers to 20. Series Two 100 pennies, 10 dimes, 4 quarters, 2 half dollars, eight-level program. Levels 5 and 6 in 2018, and
requires use of Ray’s Primary Arithmetic and one dollar bill, crayons, 2-4 treats to ‘sell’, 5 game Levels 7 and 8 in 2019. If you want that ‘old
covers addition, subtraction, multiplication, and markers, paperclip, various sized toys, plastic school’ feel to your math program, straight-for-
division through 9 along with time, measure- glasses, plastic fork, measuring cups, empty gallon ward and uncomplicated – give Ray’s for Today
ment, and money problems. Series Three jug, funnel, various templates found at the back a try. It’s easier to use than the original Ray’s
and Four requires Ray’s Intellectual Arithmetic. of the Instructor’s Manual. These are some of the Arithmetic, but gives that same solid math foun-
Series Three continues work in learning the facts items used in both Levels 1 and 2, but a few other dation as the original.
of the times and division tables, working word items are listed at the beginning of each unit. EACH TEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.99 45.95
problems, fractions and mixed numbers. Series There are no formal assessments, but there are EACH INSTRUCTOR MANUAL 29.99 29.50
Four covers basic operations on integers and suggestions to help you out. ‘Cement Mixers’ are EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.99 64.25
fractions, equivalent fractions, least common oral drills that are found at the beginning of each Level Text Manual Set
multiplier, and ratio. Throughout the series there unit (three units in Level 1 and five units in Level Level 1 067702 067700 067701
is a continual emphasis on learning and reciting 2). These are used to ‘cement’ the facts into the Level 2 067705 067703 067704
the fact tables as well as working story problems. minds of young learners. Each unit begins with an ☼Level 3 069640 069638 069639
Workbook pages are black and white with sim- overview, suggested schedule, background, goals, ☼Level 4 070806 070804 070805
ple illustrations in the earlier books. Periodic materials list, and extension activities. Each lesson
reviews and quizzes and a test complete each within the units includes materials needed and
book. Each series is designed to be used in a step-by-step instruction for teaching the concept –
year with each book in the series being used in very easy to follow. The appendix includes scope
one quarter. Except for Series One, all answer and sequence for that level, end-of-year bench-
keys are included. ~ Janice mark checklist, summer skills review, ‘cement
EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . 13.49 10.75 mixers’ checklist, reproducible templates for the
lessons, and answer key.
Series 1 Series 2 Ray’s Arithmetic isn’t one level per grade, and
017858 Workbook 1 017862 neither is Ray’s for Today. You can begin Level 1
017873 Workbook 2 017880 at grade one or two and progressive from there.
017893 Workbook 3 017896 Level 1 includes reading, writing, and counting
017927 Workbook 4 017928 through 100, shapes, one more, one less, group-
ing by ten calendar, addition with up to three
Series 3 Series 4 numbers, number bonds, story problems, money,
017863 Workbook 1 017872 time, temperature, and length. Level 2 includes
017884 Workbook 2 017888 reading, writing, counting, and conceptually
017903 Workbook 3 017905 understanding numbers through 1,000, multipli-
017938 Workbook 4 017949 cation of numbers with products up to 100 and
dividing numbers with dividends up to 100, divi-
Ray’s for Today (1-3) sion fact families 1-10, place value to thousands,
Ray’s for Today puts the methodology and con- graphs, weight, capacity, shapes, story prob-
tent of Ray’s Arithmetic into a format for today’s lems, perimeter, and skip counting by 10s and
homeschool families. Ray’s for Today doesn’t 100s. Level 3 is for students ages 8 and 9 and ROD AND STAFF MATHEMATICS (1-8)
look anything like the little brown, hardcover includes number concepts; arithmetic operations More expensive doesn’t always mean better,
books of Ray’s Arithmetic, but almost all of of addition, subtraction, multiplication, short and this curriculum proves that point. Rod and
the problems from the original texts are includ- division, introduction to order of operations; Staff places a strong emphasis on mastery of math
ed. Ray’s employs a concrete, to pictorial, to money; time; measurement including fractions skills using a very traditional approach in order to
conceptual presentation of math, progressively and metric; geometric constructions; fractions, prepare students for real-life math. They use math
builds on basic math concepts, and provides including comparing and ordering fractions and problems from everyday life, aid in development
good mental and oral math opportunities. For addition and subtraction with like denominators; of mental math skills, and offer continuous
those frustrated with the new math programs that decimals, including ordering and comparing, review built into the lessons.
are on the market today, Ray’s for Today offers decimals in money, and place value to the hun- There are several different components to the
them a solution. dredths place; graphing, circle and line graphs, Rod and Staff Math curriculum. For grades one
The original Ray’s was used in a group setting, using a grid and ordered pairs; problem-solving and two, student workbooks provide information
so the textbooks didn’t include the teaching with multi-step word problems, estimating, and for the student and a place to do their work.
information; it was intended for the teacher to estimating. Level 4 is for ages 9 and 10 and Grades 3-8 present information in hardcover
present the information, but Ray’s for Today has includes fractions, decimals, mixed numbers, texts, and students do their work on their own
added the lesson/teaching information right in commutative, identity, and associative properties paper. The teacher’s manual at each level
the Student Text. There are 170 lessons in each for addition and multiplication; powers of ten, includes copies of student pages, speed drills,
of Level 1 and Level 2 of this series. Both the rounding, estimating, signs of operations, mental practice sheets with answers written in, and
Student Text and Instructor’s Manual are 3-hole math, functions to millions, multiplying 2-digit instructions for each lesson. Practice sheets and/
punched for you to place in your own binders. numbers, long division, and dividing by 2-digit or blacklines provide more practice and may
The Student Text is easy-to-use and students numbers, money, time, measurement (includes be copied for multiple students. Speed drills
are provided space on each page to work – les- customary and metric measure and abbrevia- emphasize accuracy and speed. Flash cards are
son instruction is presented, examples, then an tions); geometric constructions, review of plane incorporated at the first grade level. Beginning in
exercise. Books are printed in black and white and solid figures, regular and irregular figures, tri- 4th grade, chapter tests are in a separate booklet.
with no fancy graphics or pictures. The only angles and angles, circles, area, perimeter, point, Grades 2-8 are broken into 170 lessons each.
illustrations you see are associated to the lesson lines, rays, protractor, diagonals, and tangrams, If you want a good practical math program, Rod
or exercises. fractions (wholes, proper and improper fractions, and Staff covers all the bases.
The Instructor’s Manual explains how the pro- mixed numbers, addition and subtraction with continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 475
Beginning Arithmetic Revision (Grade 1) measures, scale drawings, metric units of length, mula and tables; writing checks; maintaining and
The concepts in grade one are money, mea- comparing fractions, equivalent fractions, reduc- reconciling the account balance; extracting square
sures, place value, and fractions, along with ing fractions, adding and subtracting fractions roots; base twelve and base two numeration; sci-
addition and subtraction. We carry the 3rd edition and mixed numbers, finding perimeter and area entific notation; and statistics.
of this level (also referred to as revised edition), of squares and rectangles, and using picture and 027548 Pupil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95
and the revision includes more variety in art- bar graphs. 027553 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
work, more drill in some areas, and improved 027849 Pupil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 027550 Quizzes & Speed Tests . 4.50
Bible tone. The artwork reflects Bible stories or 027910 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 027551 Tchr Manual, Pt 1 . . . . 11.95
Christian family life rather than an animal theme. 027882 Speed Drills . . . . . . . . . 4.90 027552 Tchr Manual, Pt 2 . . . . 11.95
The ‘zero’ is taught as ‘nothing’ and as a place- 027892 Tchr Manual, Pt 1 . . . . 11.95 APLMTH Complete Package . . 53.16 48.60
holder. Fractions have more teaching – denomi- 027909 Tchr Manual, Pt 2 . . . . 11.95
nator taught first and numerator taught in the last PWARTH Complete Package . . 50.31 46.00
quarter of the year. Place value is taught using
tangible, real-life items. Practice sheets are now Gaining Skill With Arithmetic (Grade 5)
available as a complete set, so you don’t have to Grade 5 reviews and builds upon previous
copy them. These are categorized as ‘strengthen- grades. New concepts include place value to
ers,’ ‘required,’ and ‘challenge.’ Flash cards are hundred billion, decimals to thousandths, fac-
also used at the first grade level (for 2nd and 3rd toring, prime numbers, metric system for basic
ed.) and include vertical addition and subtraction units and prefixes, changing units, multiplying
facts through sums of ten. and dividing fractions, understanding ratio and
027557 Flash Cards . . . . . . . . . 17.80 proportion, finding volume, introduction to lines/
027566 Practice Sheets . . . . . . . 16.50 points/angles, fraction/decimal/percents equiva-
027567 Speed Drills . . . . . . . . . 4.90 lents, and line graphs.
027571 Teacher’s Manual . . . . . 20.95 027750 Pupil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95
027574 Workbook, Part 1 . . . . . 6.95 027786 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 JUMP Math Program (1-8)
027583 Workbook, Part 2 . . . . . 6.95 027764 Speed Drills . . . . . . . . . 4.90 JUMP (Junior Undiscovered Math Prodigy)
BGARTH Complete Package . . . . 74.05 027766 Tchr Manual, Pt 1 . . . . 11.95 Math is a numeracy program. Not sure what
027769 Tchr Manual, Pt 2 . . . . 11.95 that means? Think “literacy” with numbers.
Working Arithmetic (Grade 2) GSARTH Complete Package . . 50.31 46.00 Numeracy, a term coined in the UK, means the
Grade 2 reviews skills taught in grade 1, and ability to reason and to apply simple numerical
also covers addition and subtraction facts for Understanding Mathematics (Grade 6) concepts. Developed in Canada to encourage
11 – 18, carrying and borrowing, a review of Grade 6 reviews previous skills and includes an understanding as well as a love of math,
money/time/measures, and an introduction to greatest common factor, lowest common mul- JUMP Math is also an evidence (research) based
the concepts of a half dollar, quarter hour, and tiple, mental shortcuts in calculation, decimal/ approach. Since its price tag might cause you to
pounds and ounces. The teacher manual is nec- fraction equivalents, multiplying and dividing, assume it’s a supplemental program or to seri-
essary for instructions and directions. discounts, commissions, interest, conversions ously underestimate its scope, it might help to
028107 Blacklines . . . . . . . . . . 10.25 between English and metric measures, time know that there are extensive teacher materials
002355 Blossom & Bee Poster Set 14.95 zones, perimeter and area of triangles and par- available online and they are FREE! Funded by
028123 Tchr Man, Unit 1-2 . . . 7.95 allelograms, circumference and area of circles, charitable donations, the heart-of-the-program
028124 Tchr Man, Unit 3-5 . . . 10.95 measuring angles with a protractor, and con- Teacher Resources (teacher guides, lesson plans,
028125 Workbook, Unit 1 . . . . 5.25 structing circle graphs. blackline masters, mental math, sample quizzes
028128 Workbook, Unit 2 . . . . 3.50 028040 Pupil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 and tests, answer keys and more) are all provided
028130 Workbook, Unit 3 . . . . 5.25 028082 Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 as pdf files. You can print them out or use from
028135 Workbook, Unit 4 . . . . 4.50 028064 Quizzes & Speed Tests . 4.50 your computer. It’s rather simple, too – just set
028159 Workbook, Unit 5 . . . . 4.50 028065 Tchr Manual, Pt 1 . . . . 11.95 up an online account. But be prepared to spend
WKARTH Complete Package . . . 52.15 028066 Tchr Manual, Pt 2 . . . . 11.95 some time familiarizing yourself with the web-
UNDMTH Complete Package 49.88 45.60 site, the program and the Canadian way of label-
Exploring Arithmetic (Grade 3) ing material. Primarily intended to be used by
Grade 3 includes review of addition and subtrac- Mastering Mathematics (Grade 7) teachers in a classroom, the program’s goals are
tion skills from grades 1 and 2 and teaches multi- Grade 7 reviews and extends previous skills, and to lead students through guided discovery, asking
plication and division through 9, fraction meaning, Bible applications enhance the reading problems Socratic questions, providing harder challenges
measure equivalents, money values, telling time, and illustrations. New concepts include non-ter- and activities while all the while being involved
mixed computation, and Roman numerals. minating decimals, profit and loss, compound in immediate assessment and feedback.
027688 Blacklines . . . . . . . . . . 4.50 interest, Bible measures, Celsius/Fahrenheit con- Since so much is available online, you’re
027707 Pupil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 version, histograms, plane and solid geometry, probably wondering what is in these consum-
063734 Worksheets . . . . . . . . . 3.95 algebraic expressions, order of operations, expo- able, semester worktexts – only some bare-
027711 Speed Drills . . . . . . . . . 4.90 nents, square roots and signed numbers. bones instructions and practice exercises. Called
063733 Answer Key . . . . . . . . . 3.50 027789 Pupil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 Practice and Assessment books (AP), they are
027716 Teacher’s Manual . . . . . 15.95 027804 Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 nevertheless an essential part of the teacher-stu-
EXARTH Package . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.30 027790 Quizzes & Speed Tests . 4.50 dent interaction that characterizes the program.
Includes blacklines, pupil, speed drills, and 027799 Tchrs Man, Pt 1 . . . . . . 11.95 Used at the end of the lessons, they provide
teacher’s manual. 027803 Tchrs Man, Pt 2 . . . . . . 11.95 practice as well as the on-going assessment – a
MSTMTH Complete Package . 52.06 47.60 useful diagnostic – that is the basis for the teach-
Progressing With Arithmetic (Grade 4) er-student interaction.
Grade 4 has counting tests, fact review, multi- Applying Mathematics (Grade 8) The detailed lessons plans are keyed to specific
plication and division through 12s, long division, Grade 8 extends previously learned skills and pages in the AP book and are fully correlated
multiplying by two-digit numbers, reading prob- incorporates real-life and Bible applications. New with the CCSS. Sections include Goals, Prior
lem skills that include distance-rate-time, two- concepts include part-year interest; sales and Knowledge Required, Materials, Activity and
step problems, using sketches, and identifying property tax; conversion between Bible, metric, Extensions as well as very specific instruc-
missing information. Other concepts included and English measure; double-line graphs; rectan- tion with worked examples and intermittent
are place value to hundred millions, decimals to gle graphs; Pythagorean rule; surface and volume work. Blackline Masters for each lesson provide
hundredths, Roman numerals through the 300s, of spheres; polynomials; computation with signed reproducible/printable worksheets and activities.
equivalent measures, adding and subtracting numbers and exponents; compound interest for- Lesson structure includes short explanations,
476 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
exercises and bonus questions, and incremental- Beast Academy (2-5) math curriculums? Compared to Saxon Grade
ly increase in challenge. Quizzes are every five The Art of Problem Solving folks present: Beast 3, they cover basically the same topics, though
lessons (on average) with Tests after every 2-3 Academy. Proving that any monster can do each covers a few that the other doesn’t. Saxon
quizzes. An online answer key is available for math, these comically monstrous beasts take you follows a spiral approach and integrates review
grades 3-8 AP books. along with them as they face math challenges whereas this program is very topical and by the
There is no glitz whatsoever in this program both inside and outside the Academy. Described strand with neither tests nor chapter reviews.
– however it is cleanly done and very well-con- as “rigorous, challenging, engaging, and fun” by Saxon is a traditional math course whereas Beast
structed. For those appreciative of or patient with the publisher, I would expect nothing less from a Academy is not. It is innately more conceptual
(depending on your viewpoint) the online atmo- curriculum designed to ready your child for the and interactive because of its unique lesson
sphere, this program is a tremendous value, offer- demands of MATHCOUNTS and post-elementary format. While Saxon is intended to be teach-
ing solid math instruction, good teacher support, AOPS curricula. er-led, Beast Academy is written to the student.
an attractive learning environment (i.e. teach- There are four parts for each grade level though While manipulatives are an integral part of Saxon
er-student interaction), and a standards-based the series is not all available as of this writing. instruction, they would only be used here by
teaching progression. 200 – 215 pgs, pb ~ Janice Each part consists of two books: a Guide and choice as student problem-solving aids (though
a Practice book. Core instruction takes place the characters use “real” objects in the context
Assessment & Practice Books in the Guide which is written in colorful, com- of the lessons). Students are encouraged to think
NOTE: Teacher materials are FREE on the JUMP ic-book style and stars a cast of not-quite-cute and problem solve to a greater degree as you
Math website; set up an account to access them. monsters. Each book is divided topically into might expect in a curriculum from this publish-
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.00 three chapters. er. There is no shortage of practice problems, a
062267 1.1 062275 5.1 Grade 2 chapters are: 2A – Place Value, shortcoming often found in less traditional pro-
062268 1.2 062276 5.2 Comparing, Addition; 2B – Subtraction, grams. The math-oriented student would get the
062269 2.1 062277 6.1 Expressions, Problem Solving; 2C – Measurement, most mileage (and challenge) out of this program.
062270 2.2 062278 6.2 Strategies (+ & -), Odds & Evens; 2D – Big It is probably NOT for the student that needs a lot
062271 3.1 062279 7.1 Numbers, Algorithms (+ & -); Problem Solving. of hand-holding. That said, my child that most
062272 3.2 062280 7.2 [Currently, only 2A and 2B are available. Contact disliked math would have loved this program
062273 4.1 062281 8.1 us for availability.] because of its highly-visual format and contextual
062274 4.2 001033 8.2 Grade 3 chapters are: 3A – Shapes, Skip- presentation of concepts.
Counting, Perimeter and Area; 3B – Beast Academy has its own support website
JUMP at Home Worksheets (1-8) Multiplication, Perfect Squares, Distributive (www.beastacademy.com) which contains free
You might call these worksheet books “kissing Property; 3C – Variables, Division, Measurement; pre-assessments (with solutions), selected print-
cousins” to the JUMP Math program. Employing 3D – Fractions, Estimation, Area. Grade 4 topics able practice pages, coloring pages, and errata.
the same mastery and incremental methodology, are: 4A - Shapes, Multiplication, Exponents; When your little beast is finished with grade 5,
emphasizing continuous assessment, these work- 4B - Counting, Division, Logic; 4C - Factors, he or she can move on to AOPS (or any other
sheets are designed to be used at home (as the Fractions and Integers; 4D - Fractions, Decimals demanding) middle-school math program. Grade
name implies) in a tutoring situation. In fact, there and Probability. These chapters are further divid- Packages include all four Guides and all four
is even some introductory information providing ed into sections (subtopics). For example, Practice Books for each grade level.
help for tutors. Also, rather than being depen- Chapter 1 of Grade 3A: Shapes contains sections EACH GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.00
dent on online teaching resources, these books labeled: Angles, Triangles, Quadrilaterals, and EACH PRACTICE BOOK . . . . . . . 12.00
are stand-alones providing clear explanations of Polyominoes. 5A practices 3D solids, integers, Guide Practice Book
math concepts for both students and tutors. Some expressions and equations. 5B covers statistics, 069161 ☼2A 069162
of the JUMP Math extra resources – mental math factors & multiples and fractions. 5C will teach 016943 ☼2B 016945
and games – are provided in hard copy in these sequences, ratios & rates and decimals. 5D 043675 ☼2C 043677
workbooks as well. Answer keys are available includes square roots and exponents. 000517 3A 000521
for grades 3-8, but only on the Canadian “side” Activity sheets, asides, notes, extensions, and 000530 3B 000531
of the Jump Math website. You will have to set games are often interspersed between the sec- 000534 3C 000540
up an account to access the answer keys. [www. tions. Helpful, red rectangles at the end of some 012975 3D 012979
jumpmath.org>Canada>Publications>Answer pages tell you when to break and do practice BSTAC3 Grade 3 Package . . 108.00 106.00
Keys>Answer Key for AP Book __ (scroll down problems. Stop signs also appear in the cor- 011777 4A 011779
to Jump at Home Answer Key).] ners of some panels. These contain questions 056567 4B 056568
It should be noted that these sets of worksheets for the student to answer before continuing to 012575 4C 012580
do NOT include all the content of the JUMP read. Guides are non-consumable. All written 061272 4D 061273
Math program. There are significant strands that work is done in the corresponding Practice book BSTAC4 Grade 4 Package . . 108.00 106.00
are missing altogether (geometry, statistics and which contains 300-400 practice problems and 001460 5A 001461
advanced probability). Although there is specific puzzles that reinforce the Guides’ instruction. 066171 5B 066172
topical content from the JUMP Math program Practice chapters each begin with a recommend- 023472 5C 023477
repeated in the worksheets, the scope and ed sequence (like a lesson plan) correlating the 048702 5D 048742
sequence of the two programs are not identical. reading (Guide) to practice pages. Problem sets BSTAC5 Grade 5 Package . . 108.00 106.00
Comparing the tables of contents on our website generally begin with a recap of the concepts
from each series will give you an idea of the covered and a model problem with solution.
differences. Roughly, it appears that the JUMP Some problems have a pencil icon next to them
at Home worksheets trail behind the JUMP Math signaling the student to write an explanation in
levels. You might think of JUMP at Home work- addition to their answer. “Very challenging”
sheets as providing review of last year’s content problems are starred. Doubly-starred problems
and preparing the student for the next level. For are, well, beastly. For students requiring a little
instance, JUMP at Home 7 would review JUMP help with these, each has a hint to get them start-
Math 5 & 6, really only covering content through ed. These are found in a separate section in the
JUMP Math Book 6.1. 175 – 200 pgs, pb. ~ back of the book so students won’t be tempted to
Janice use them unless necessary. Complete solutions
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.95 12.95 to all problems in the book are also included.
062558 Grade 1 062562 Grade 5 All pages in the Practice book are perforated, so
062559 Grade 2 062563 Grade 6 you can optionally tear out either problem sets or
062560 Grade 3 062564 Grade 7 solution keys if you desire.
062561 Grade 4 062565 Grade 8 So how does this program compare to other
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 477
able worktext and grades 6-8 is a hardcover text. palm-sized (5”x7”x1.5”) hardback books demand
Student books include the lessons and consist of your respect from the beginning – they’re a
explanations and examples, practice of the new glimpse of life in the past lane. First of all,
concept, “bell boxes” which include important explanations are kept as simple as possible
information about the concept, review exercises requiring the student to take only one step at a
of previously learned concepts, “Check It Out” time. Then, mastery is achieved through prac-
which is used to create more interest and further tice exercises (lots of them). Finally, application
thinking, and an occasional dictation or oral problems relate to real life – or at least real life
exercise at the younger levels. Timed drills are in the 1930s. One of the unique aspects of the
marked with an hourglass symbol found next to series is the role of tests – and there are several
the page number. different types of tests. Improvement Tests pro-
The Teacher Manual at every grade level vide review; the test topics are previously studied
includes a unit overview, teacher tips, oral material not included in the most recent instruc-
review, lesson preparation (very minimal), and tion. In other words, if instruction has been
corresponding student pages for every lesson. on multiplication, the Improvement Test will
Study Time Arithmetic (3-8) Small format student pages with answers are cover addition and subtraction. Problem Tests
For the families that use Conventional Arithmetic included for all student worktext or textbook are word problems. These tests are arranged
with Spunky the Donkey, this is the recommend- pages, timed drills, reviews, and tests. in groups known as Groups A, B, and C, each
ed next step. Study Time Arithmetic is printed in A separate test packet for each grade level consisting of three tests (i.e. A1, A2, A3, etc.).
black & white and takes a no-nonsense, straight- includes 6 unit tests and timed drills that are The problems on Test A1 cover the same range
forward approach to math, using real-world numbered for the specific lessons with which to of difficulty as those found on Tests A2 and A3.
themes from a simpler lifestyle and application. use them. The answers for these are found in the By test A3 the student should have all problems
The content of the curriculum is solid and teacher manual. right on the test. Perhaps the most valuable type
moves at a brisk pace. The lesson sequence is Flashcards are available for grades 3 and 4 and of test in the series is the Diagnostic Tests. These
similar to the Saxon methodology in which each are specific to the lessons at those levels. There tests provide several rows of problems, each of a
lesson presents a different topic and builds on are over 700 cards at each level and are refer- similar sort, with the instructions that if a student
previous lessons. Review is ongoing and found enced in the teacher manual. If you choose not misses an exercise in any row, they need more
in daily lessons, weekly practice pages, weekly to use them, you will need to make your own or practice and should return to the listed Help
check-ups, and unit reviews – students don’t run adapt the lessons for use without them. Pages. These tests are an ingenious method for
the risk of forgetting previously learned concepts. Overall, this is a very nice program to round keeping track of a student’s proficiencies and for
Along with math concepts that you would typi- out your elementary/junior high math education providing extra help if needed. All instruction,
cally expect from your curriculum, students are incorporating practical math skills and applica- exercises, problems, and tests are provided
introduced to math application skills like check- tion. Components of the program are available sequentially as a student works their way through
ing and savings, finding original prices and dis- separately or in a complete kit, which includes a book. All answers are in the back of the book.
counts, record keeping, taxes, and more. When the student worktext or textbook, tests & drills, Each 500 page book includes two years of
learning about money, the curriculum includes and teacher manual (flashcards are not included instruction. Book 1 covers addition, subtraction
both U.S. and Canadian coins. This curriculum in the sets). ~ Donna multiplication, division, and introduces geome-
does a nice job of including word problems to EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 try, fractions, and measurement. Book 2 reviews
develop math thinking skills, but when compared EACH TEXTBOOK . . . . . . . . . . . 19.25 basic operations and covers fractions, decimals
to the scope and sequence of other math pro- EACH TEACHER (exc below) . . . . 27.95 and basic operations with each; measurement;
grams, some topics seem delayed. For example, 004345 Grade 3 Teacher* . . . . . 15.50 consumer and personal applications; percentage;
cubic measure and exponents are introduced at EACH TESTS/DRILLS (exc below) . 1.75 and graphs. Book 3 covers banking interest,
the 7th grade level, and mean/median/mode and 004448 Grade 8* . . . . . . . . . . . 2.40 geometry, installment buying, stocks, bonds,
metric/English conversion are introduced in 8th EACH FLASHCARD SET . . . . . . . 36.95 investments, ratio and proportion, square roots,
grade. If you’re wondering where to go for high 004340 Grade 3 070834 ☼Grade 5 writing and solving equations.
school math after completing this program, one 004342 Grade 4 Originally designed to be very practical in
source suggests Videotext Interactive for Algebra terms of application, now from the vantage point
and Geometry, which means that students are Wkbk Text Tchr Test/Drill of 75+ years, the word problems reflect both
prepared by Study Time Arithmetic to enter a Gr. 3 004491 N/A 004345* 004391 timeless content (i.e. proportions of the U.S.
pre-algebra course. Gr. 4 004496 N/A 004354 004398 flag) and amusingly quaint historical perspective
There are 6 units at every grade level, and every Gr. 5 004501 N/A 004367 004422 - “wonderful machine is more than human” (i.e.
unit is divided into lessons. Each unit should take Gr. 6 N/A 004454 004368 004445 an electric calculating machine). Of course, any
6 weeks to complete and is theme-based – farm, Gr. 7 N/A 004470 004375 004447 problems involving monetary costs are poignant-
stars, blacksmith shop, etc. Poems are found Gr. 8 N/A 004481 004385 004448* ly archaic.
throughout the student book that correspond Since we’re on the subject of money I should
to the theme and can be used as copywork or COMPLETE SETS (minus cards): mention that for the amazing sum of significantly
memorization (an added bonus). The consistency STASG3 Grade 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.25 less than $10 per year, this series represents a
of the lesson presentation makes it easy for the STASG4 Grade 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.50 very economical math education. You’ll have to
parent and the student to know what is expected STASG5 Grade 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.50 be prepared to do without the amenities of work-
of them. Every lesson is 2 pages in length, and STASG6 Grade 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.95 books, worksheets, color, manipulatives, script-
the student is to read the lesson, attempt to do the STASG7 Grade 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.95 ed lessons, etc., but the books are surprisingly
exercises in the lesson, then discuss the lesson STASG8 Grade 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.50 user-friendly and engaging. You certainly won’t
and ask any questions that might need answers be sacrificing strength of instruction or content.
from the parent or just go over the high points ~~~~~~~~ I would probably start the series earlier than 3rd
of the lesson if the student seems to have an grade. A student completing the series should
understanding of the topic. Students complete 4 Strayer-Upton Practical Arithmetics (3-8) be ready for algebra, but since it means changing
lessons per week (except at the end of the unit) Customer requests always get our attention into another scope and sequence, it might be
with an additional practice page in the middle of because some of our favorite products have more comfortable to go into a pre-algebra and
the week and a “weekly check-up” at the end of surfaced that way. It’s easy to see why Practical cover it quickly. ~ Janice
the week. The last week of every unit includes Arithmetics would appeal to those wanting to EACH COURSE . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95 14.95
only 2 or 3 lessons, a 2-page unit review, and keep their schooling experience basic, practical, 022834 Book 1 (3-4)
a unit test. and inexpensive, yet challenging. Originally 022835 Book 2 (5-6)
The student portion in grades 3-5 is a consum- published in 1934 and reprinted in 2007, these 022836 Book 3 (7-8)
478 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
COMPREHENSIVE PROGRAMS - SECONDARY 10.2-10.4 and internet access for the codes and websites which homeschoolers do not currently
These programs offer all needed teaching and links. The All-in-One Student Workbook offers have access to, there is another website, www.
student books and (sometimes optional) materi- consumable formatted pages for daily note tak- interactMath.com which is available to homes-
als for teaching grade-level math for Pre-Algebra ing, guided problem solving, additional practice, choolers and provides students with step-by-step
and above. vocabulary checks and reviews for use with spe- tutorials for problems similar to their homework
cial needs students. The pages offer room to work problems. Each problem regenerates to a new
PRENTICE HALL MATH problems, less clutter, and more white space. problem, so students have unlimited homework
This series allows for some flexibility in the help.
Prentice Hall Middle School Math (6-9) course sequence. Students can choose to do The Student Text includes lessons directed to
If Saxon isn’t your cup of tea, but you need a Course 1 and Course 2, and then they have the the student with examples and exercises. Lessons
very good secular math program – Prentice Hall option of doing Course 3 or Algebra Readiness. begin with a quick “Solve it” puzzle that incor-
can fill that void. This series is written to meet This series offers a strong alternative for those porates review and new topic, followed by key
standards and prepare students for standardized who want classroom equivalent courses and concepts, and explanations of new concepts.
testing. The books are colorful and easy to use content that meets standards. More time is spent Step-by-step practice problems and lesson checks
while the teacher resources give you everything on the concept at the time of presentation, but follow prior to the practice and problem solving
you need to teach the course and a lot of extras. review keeps the material fresh. Overall, this exercise. Lessons also incorporate standardized
Each course bundle includes a Student Text, series is strong enough to prepare students for test prep questions for ACT/SAT tests and mixed
All-in-One Student Workbook, and Teacher high school math with the flexibility in the cours- review. Vocabulary is included, although the
Center CD-ROM. The Student Text not only es you take. ~ Donna audio vocabulary review is part of the unavail-
gives you comprehensive colorful lessons, but EACH BUNDLE . . . . . . . . . . 117.47 107.95 able online component. The student book also
a plethora of resource information. The front 053012 Course 1 (6) references the Math XL websites, which are not
of the book includes web codes (for use at the 053014 Course 2 (7) available in a homeschool setting. Both student
publisher’s website) for easy access to vocab- 053016 Course 3 (8) text and Teacher Edition include a skills hand-
ulary quizzes, chapter tests, chapter projects, 053018 Algebra Readiness book, visual glossary (English and Spanish),
and how to access them; how to use the book; Reference pages, selected answers and index.
diagnostic test; and a problem-solving hand- The Practice and Problem Solving Workbook
book that teaches students how to work through offers adapted lessons that correlate to the student
problems – understand, plan, carryout, and book. Adapted lessons offer more step by step
check. Resources are continued in the back of problem solving support to analyze the exercises
the book with chapter projects, extra practice, and adapted test prep. (They do not include the
skills handbook with exercises, reference tables note taking pages or vocabulary review as refer-
for measurement, math symbols, formulas & enced in the old edition’s workbook) There is
properties, an English/Spanish glossary, select room to solve problems but not excessive or plen-
answers to exercises (mostly odd problems), and tiful. The Practice and Problem Solving Workbook
“Instant Check System” answers. Each chapter Teacher Guide contains reduced student pages
in the student text begins with a short review of with answers. No solutions and no additional
previous concepts and an introduction as to what teaching notes are included.
will be covered in the present chapter. Chapters You’ll find all of the textbook answers and solu-
are broken down into lessons which include tions in the Answers and Solutions CD-ROM.
a list of skills needed for fulfilling the chapter Prentice Hall High School Math (8-12) System requirements for CD-ROM: Windows
content, concept presentation with examples, Saxon is a great program but not a good fit for 2000/XP/7; CD-ROM Drive; 750 MB Hard Drive
highlighted vocabulary, ‘Quick Check’ practice, everyone. If that describes you, then take a look at Space; 256 MB RAM. Macintosh: MAC OS
‘Check Your Understanding,’ homework exercis- this quality math series. The concept presentation 10.2/10.3/10.4; CD-ROM Drive, 750 MB Hard
es, notes for where you can go for help, guided is meaty, it is aligned to standards, and comes Drive Space; 256 MB RAM.
problem solving, web codes for homework video from a secular publisher if you need or prefer The Teaching Resource DVD includes printable
tutors (short lessons on key concepts), test prep that. Now 2011 editions, Homeschool Bundles (and some editable) worksheets, assessments,
& mixed review, and activity labs. Sometimes include a student text, teacher’s edition, Practice answers, homework video tutorials, and ELL
there will be test prep tips, vocabulary builders, and Problem Solving Workbook, Practice and Support. Computer Requirements: Windows 98/
or “Math at Work” which highlights math in Problem Solving Workbook Teacher’s Guide, ME/2000/XP, DVD drive, 100MB disc space,
careers. At the end of each chapter you might Teaching Resources DVD, and Answers and 32 MB RAM. MAC: OSX 10.2/10.3/10.4, DVD
find test-taking strategies, chapter review, chap- Solutions CD-ROM. drive, 100 MB disc space, 32MB RAM (64MB
ter test, and a test prep which will be either read- The two-volume Teacher Edition is what you recommended).
ing comprehension with math reading and word might expect in a classroom edition. It includes The content of this series ranks right up there
problems or a cumulative review. The Teacher a sequence chart, pacing chart, entry level with the Bob Jones and Saxon courses and covers
Center CD-ROM includes an extreme amount of assessments, pacing and assessment guide, small the same topics in a very comprehensive way. If
information and resources and includes 4 discs format student pages with answers, and teach- you are looking for a course that will teach the
for installation and program elements along with ing notes (interactive learning, guided instruc- same content with the same format as courses
guides for installation and use. The resource disc tion and lesson check). Most lessons include for the classroom, this series is solid with a good
includes test forms, answer keys, answer grids, three options for remediation recommendations: amount of teacher support, although you may
progress charts, practice tests for ITBS, NAEP, online at Math XL or PowerGeometry.com (these feel that you are missing out on some of the
and SAT10, project pages, note taking pages, are not available to homeschoolers), reteaching online support that is available in school systems.
activity pages in Spanish, transparencies, and the lessons from the All in One Teaching Resources The sequence for the Prentice Hall High School
list goes on. One very helpful component in the DVD (included) and Practice Problems in the Math series is intertwined and interchange-
teacher materials is a readiness test that lets you All in One Teaching Resources DVD (includ- able with some elements of the Middle School
know if your student is prepared for algebra. The ed). Lesson Resource Charts direct teachers courses. Students using the Prentice Hall Middle
Teacher Center CD-ROM is awesome and easy to to the Answers and Solutions CD-ROM or the School Math Courses can choose to do Course 1
use, but I do have one complaint. The pdf.files All in One Teaching Resource (included) as and Course 2, and then they have the option of
for all of the printable pages and answer keys, well as the online support that is not available doing Course 3 or Algebra Readiness. After that,
etc. don’t have the titles of them listed. They are to homeschoolers. The Lesson resources also students will then do Algebra 1, Geometry, and
labeled with cryptic letters and numbers, so you offer differentiated remediation exercises and Algebra 2. ~ Donna
will need to decipher the code to find the file you standardized test prep (found on the All in EACH BUNDLE . . . . . . . . . . 132.97 111.00
need. System Requirements for the Teacher CD One Teaching Resource). Although the Teacher 052330 Algebra I 052332 Algebra 2
are Windows 98, ME, 2000, XP or Mac OS X, Edition refers frequently to the Math XL and other 052334 Geometry
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 479
ART OF PROBLEM SOLVING (6-12) that all of the material from this series has been and learning techniques and strategies to win.
covered before continuing on to the Intermediate The other MAJOR difference is the amazing,
Art of Problem Solving Introduction (6-10) series. complete solution manual provided in the AOPS
This is an outstanding math program for the Taken together, these constitute a complete cur- curriculum. After working in LOF Calculus with
math-gifted student. It is rigorous and oriented riculum for outstanding math students in grades Stephen, I REALLY appreciate having more than
to the independent problem-solver. The texts 6-10 and one that prepares them for competi- just an answer (honestly, it would be nice to not
are based on the premise that students learn tions such as MATHCOUNTS and the American have to work through the problems myself when
math best by solving problems – lots of prob- Mathematics Competitions. The material is chal- a question arises—call me lazy).
lems – and preferably difficult problems that they lenging and in-depth; this is not a course for the Students beginning this series should have
don’t already know how to solve. Most sections, mathematically faint of heart. If your child loves either completed the Introductory level or, if
therefore, begin by presenting problems and let- math, is genuinely math-gifted, or is interested in coming from another curriculum, have complet-
ting students intuit solutions BEFORE explaining participating in math competitions, you definitely ed Algebra I and Geometry at a minimum. Even
ways to solve them. Even if they find ways to need to give this one serious consideration. then, they should take the diagnostic test for
answer the problems, they should read the rest AOPS Introduction to Algebra and only tackle
of the section to see if their answer is correct Pre-Algebra Intermediate Algebra if indicated. After complet-
and if theirs is the best or most efficient way to 050262 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.00 ing Intermediate Algebra, students can choose to
solve that type of problem. Textual instruction, 050263 Solutions Manual . . . . . 12.00 take either Intermediate Counting & Probability
then, is given in the context of these problems, AOPPRE Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61.00 54.00 or Precalculus next, or do both simultaneously.
explaining how to best approach and solve Both should be completed before beginning
them. Throughout the text there are also special, Introduction to Algebra Calculus. A brief description of courses appears
blue-shaded boxes highlighting key concepts, 003999 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53.00 below; see our website Table of Contents pages
important things to retain (like formulas), warn- 002304 Solutions Manual . . . . . 14.00 for a more complete scope and sequence.
ings for potential problem-solving pitfalls, side INTRAL Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67.00 59.00
notes, and bogus solutions (these demonstrate Intermediate Algebra
misapplications). There are exercises at the end Introduction to Counting & Probability Reviews topics covered in the Introductory
of most sections to see if the student can apply 004624 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.00 Algebra book. Covers advanced topics
what’s been learned. Review problems at the 004623 Solutions Manual . . . . . 10.00 found in Algebra 2 (and advanced ones
end of each chapter test understanding for that INTRCP Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.00 42.00 outside the scope of a standard Algebra
chapter. If a student has trouble with these, he 2 course) plus standard non-trigonometric
should go back and re-read the chapter. Each Introduction to Number Theory Precalculus topics.
chapter ends with a set of Challenge Problems 007602 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.00 051935 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.00
that go beyond the learned material. Successful 007601 Solutions Manual . . . . . 10.00 051934 Solutions Manual . . . . . 12.00
completion of these sets demonstrates a high INTNMT Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52.00 47.00 AOPIAL Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.00 64.00
degree of mastery. A unique feature in this series
is the hints section at the back of the book. These Introduction to Geometry Intermediate Counting & Probability
are intended to give a little help to selected prob- 004640 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51.00 Continues discrete math topics begun in
lems, usually the very difficult ones (marked with 004638 Solutions Manual . . . . . 14.00 Introductory Counting & Probability includ-
stars). In this way, students can get a little push INTGEO Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65.00 57.00 ing topics of interest to future computer
in the right direction, but still have to figure out scientists.
the solution for themselves. The solution man- 051938 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.00
uals do contain complete solutions and expla- 051937 Solutions Manual . . . . . 12.00
nations to all the exercises, review problems AOPICP Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.00 47.00
and challenge problems. It is best for students
not to access these until they have made several Precalculus
attempts to solve the problems first. I particularly Covers complex numbers, vectors, matrices,
like one of the motivating boxes in the text that and trigonometry at a deeper level than a
coaches, “If at first you don’t know how to solve typical high school course.
a problem, don’t just stare at it. Experiment!”. 051941 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.00
That pretty much sums up the philosophy of the Art of Problem Solving Intermediate (9-12) 051940 Solutions Manual . . . . . 12.00
course, encouraging children to take chances, The intermediate series picks up where the PRECLC Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59.00 53.00
become aggressive problem solvers, and attack introductory series leaves off. Please read that
problems with confidence. I wonder how far description (immediately preceding this one) as Calculus
some children would go if they were encouraged it applies to this series as well. Note that all More intense than a normal high school or
this way instead of being spoon fed? AOPS books are intended for high-performing first-year college course, this is a full course
Though this course is used in classroom set- (motivated) math students. These are rigorous in single-variable calculus.
tings, the texts are student-directed, making them texts that require a high level of commitment 051932 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.00
perfect for the independent learner or homes- from students, but the benefits are worth the extra 051931 Solutions Manual . . . . . 10.00
chooler. Students should start the introductory effort. For comparison, this curriculum is more AOPCLC Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.00 49.00
sequence with the Prealgebra book. Afterwards, advanced than Saxon and rather like Life of Fred ~~~~~~~
begin the Introduction to Algebra. Students will on steroids. It is like LOF in that often, teaching
be prepared for both the Introduction to Counting takes place through problem solving, even in the Basic Math Skills (Paradigm Accelerated) (7)
and Probability and Introduction to Number solutions to the problems. These books are huge Paradigm Accelerated Math Curriculum is for
Theory courses after completing the first 11 chap- compared to the LOF volumes which are, even the junior high level and is intended to cover
ters of Algebra. It won’t matter whether they do then, largely devoted to the story of Fred’s life. math skills that will prepare students for algebra
these along with Algebra, put aside Algebra and Math in LOF is taught in that context; we under- 1 and standardized testing. There are 6 chapters
complete the other two or finish Algebra first and stand that Fred needs to calculate the derivative in each level, which means 6 softcover textbooks
then do them. All of them should be completed of a stock market equation in order to invest his and 6 softcover activity books for each level.
prior to the Introduction to Geometry book. If penny while the slope is increasing AND why The textbooks are non-consumable and present
you are coming into this course from another discovering that vertical asymptote resulted in the lesson information, while the activity books
curriculum, you will probably want to take the his becoming a millionaire. Here, the heart (non-reproducible) are the place for students to
Algebra diagnostic test to decide where to enter of the course is the problem-solving. Virtually practice the concepts presented in the textbooks.
this program. Even if your student has finished all of the text is devoted to this. Students are Each text is divided into three sections, and each
Algebra 2 elsewhere, you will want to make sure preparing for problem-solving competitions here section into 5 lessons, for a total of 90 lessons.
480 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
The Teacher Resource Kit (TRK) includes answer tion, divided into chapters, then into lessons.
keys for the activity books, quizzes, chapter tests Important notes about the curriculum and its
and their answer keys, and some special forms – use are found in the front of the book. Students
transcript planner, academic contract, goal charts, will read the lesson in the Student Book and
and more. You will also receive with the TRK a complete the activity page found in the Teacher
free digital download of the same content found Guide (more about that in a bit). That’s how
in the printed TRK. Parents can then copy or print easy it is to use this curriculum. Don’t confuse
the quizzes and tests (or any other forms from the easy-to-use with over-simplified content. After
TRK). The printed TRK is 3-hole punched for your comparing the content of this course with that of
convenience. Bob Jones, Saxon, Alpha Omega etc., Principles
If you are unsure where to begin with this cur- of Mathematics stays with the pack. It covers all
riculum, you can go to pacworks.com and take pertinent topics for algebra preparation. While
the Basic Math Skills diagnostic test. This will there is quite a bit of reading, the language is
help determine if a student should begin with fairly easy to read and comprehend (conversa-
Basic or Intermediate Math Skills. tional). The text is black and white with examples
The Full Course Kit contains 6 text books, 6 and illustrations, so may not appeal to your more
activity books, printed Teacher Resource Kit, and visual learner. Calculator instruction is included,
the code for a free Teacher Resource Kit digital beginning with lesson 4.5, but parent/teacher can
download. Covers identity property, commu- discern the amount of calculator use allowed.
nicative property, single and multiple digits, Lessons that have recommended calculator use MEMORIA PRESS RECOMMENDED COURSES
place value, carrying, borrowing, multiplication, are marked with a calculator symbol.
division, remainders, length, volume, whole The Teacher Guide is a very important part of College of the Redwoods Pre-Algebra (7-10)
numbers, counting , sets, greater and less than, this program. You will find a course schedule, An interesting – and potentially very econom-
patterns, number line, fractions, decimals, con- worksheets for each lesson, answer keys (a mix ical – option for pre-algebra! College of the
versions, money, addition, subtraction, rounding of answers and solutions), quizzes, and tests. Redwoods Pre-algebra Textbook is an easy to use
and estimation, ratios, percent, simple inter- Also included in the worksheets are math prob- course that is well laid out and offers a logical
est, word problems, graphs, negative numbers, lems from historical text books, such as Applied sequence of arithmetic skills necessary for alge-
grouping, operational symbols, associative and Mathematics for Junior High Schools and High bra. The text covers whole numbers, integers,
distributive properties, exponents, square power, Schools and Secondary Arithmetic: Commercial fundamentals of algebra, fractions, decimals,
square roots, cubes, English weight, fractional and Industrial for High, Industrial, Commercial, ratio and proportion, percent and graphing.
measure, interest, shapes, Pythagoras, com- Normal Schools, and Academics and Practical Topics are covered repeatedly to ensure that the
plements and supplements, transverse angles, Algebra: First Year Course. These problems help student remembers how to apply concepts within
solids, surface area, volumes, equations of one students understand the role of math throughout equations using different types of numbers: equa-
unknown, lengths and combining, fractional history, but they are also good thinking math tions with whole numbers, equations with frac-
metrics, English to Metric system, prime, mean, problems. There are two versions of the schedule tions, equations with decimals. The black and
mode, median, range, scientific notation, tem- – two-year and one-year. The two-year schedule white text is almost 600 pages with a softcover
perature conversions, calculation with a scientific is basically one lesson per day using both books and the price is very affordable. Every chapter is
calculator (TI83), weight conversions, unknowns. to equal two years of junior high math. If you chock full of examples for the presenting con-
059888 Full Course Kit . . . . 111.35 99.75 have a student who is really motivated and wants cept. For each example a You Try It section offers
059889 Teacher’s Res Kit . . . 18.95 18.20 to finish both books in one year, there is a sched- the student one practice problem; the answer is
ule for that. In this option, students complete on the same page for these problems. A longer
Principles of Mathematics (7-8) about 2 to 3 lessons per day – depending on the practice exercise is found at the end of each
We don’t often think of math in terms of being length. The Student Workbook is consumable section with answers immediately following. This
presented with a Christian worldview, but Master (not reproducible); pages are perforated with longer exercise may have 30 or more problems
Books and author Katherine A. Loop have done plenty of space for students to show their work in it, but they are divided into smaller sections so
just that. Using a Biblical lens, this comprehen- and answer questions. you could do them as shorter assignments.
sive, two-year, junior high math course will cover The Principles of Mathematics Sets include the The Solutions Manual offers step-by-step solu-
the basics of arithmetic and pre-algebra and thor- student text and the teacher guide. tions for every other problem (all odd-numbered
oughly prepare your student for algebra. Supplies suggested for this course are the problems) found in the textbook. These are solu-
This curriculum is intended to be used for two student textbook and workbook, binder with tions for the exercises at the end of each section,
years for 7th and 8th grades, although advanced notebook paper, abacus, blank index cards, cal- not for the You Try It problems.
6th graders could also complete it. It is designed culator, graph paper, compass, measuring tape This text is also available as a free, online PDF
to be used before the student starts Algebra (in with Metric and US measure, ruler with Metric version (search for College of the Redwoods Pre-
the curriculum of your choice). This curriculum and US measure, and a protractor. Algebra). The PDF document includes both the
would also work well for high schoolers who There is no separation of math and God: this text and the solution manual. Students can read
need a review of basic concepts and beginning text strives to teach students math and its con- from the document and then either print work-
algebra. The table of contents’ topical format nection to God and the Bible. The first 3 sections sheets or copy problems. When you look at the
allows you to use this text as a reference or extra of chapter one are full of information to debunk number of pages found in the PDF documents,
practice for someone who might be struggling. misconceptions about math; explain math from a you may not want to print them out – that is why
There are two books for each level of the Biblical foundation; and expose the spiritual bat- there are also printed books available.
program – a student text and a teacher guide. tle in math: all to lay a solid foundation for study- Memoria Press provides support material. The
The teacher guide also holds all of the student ing math with a Biblical Worldview. I have read Lesson Plans are day-by-day, weekly checklists
worksheets. Book 1 reviews basic arithmetic and a lot of articles and books on the relationship of of material from the text to cover. Quizzes and
teaches problem-solving skills and mental math math and God, but have never seen an actual Tests provides two to four quizzes and a test for
through a Biblical lens. Book 2 is considered the curriculum that incorporates the two. ~ Donna each chapter, plus a semester cumulative test and
pre-algebra portion of the program, so students 065937 Book 1 Student . . . . . 39.99 28.95 a final exam. The Quizzes and Tests Answer Key
need to be competent in basic functions of frac- 065938 Book 1 Tchr Gd/Wkbk 39.99 28.95 provides the quizzes and tests forms with answers
tions, decimals, percent, and basic geometry. 022788 Principles of Mathematics supplied. ~ Janice/Donna
Book 2 assumes the knowledge of content pre- Book 1 Set . . . . . . . . . 79.98 57.95 060248 Textbook . . . . . . . . . . . 28.95
sented in Book 1; so if you aren’t sure where to 065939 Book 2 Student . . . . . 39.99 28.95 062034 Solutions Manual . . . . . 28.95
begin, have your student take the placement tests 065940 Book 2 Tchr Gd/Wkbk 39.99 28.95 056846 Lesson Plans . . . . . . . . 6.00 5.50
available on our website. 023059 Principles of Mathematics 056847 Quizzes & Tests . . . . . 9.95 8.69
The Student Book (textbook) is the instruc- Book 2 Set . . . . . . . . . 79.98 57.95 008490 Answer Key . . . . . . . . 5.00 4.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 481
Prentice Hall Algebra Classics (9-12) tional resources. This comprehensive course A FRESH APPROACH (8-12)
“Classic” seems like a good description for this has 14 chapters – Points/Lines/Planes/Angles,
series that will remind you of your high school Deductive Reasoning, Parallel Lines and Planes, Algebra: A Fresh Approach (8-10)
days (hopefully, in a good way). The series authors Congruent Triangles, Quadrilaterals, Inequalities If you are looking for a different approach to
(Smith, Charles, Dossey, and Bittenger) have in Geometry, Similar Polygons, Right Triangles, Algebra with:
provided coverage that is comprehensive and tra- Circles, Constructions and Loci, Areas of Plane ¾¾ Logically organized introduction of concepts
ditional, as is the progression of topics. Instruction Figures, Areas and Volumes of Solids, Coordinate¾¾ Simple, clear explanations
is clear with worked step-by-step examples and Geometry, and Transformations. The course ¾¾ Student-directed instruction
opportunities for the student to try. emphasizes logic and offers a good amount ¾¾ Non-intimidating text
Chapters focus on specific topics and start with of worked-out examples, hands-on activities, ¾¾ Work space in the text (or to photocopy
an overview of the skills and concepts you will real-world applications, exercises, chapter and and work)
need for the chapter as well as what you will mixed reviews, and a technology strand that ¾¾ Thorough coverage of algebraic concepts
learn. Lessons (6-12 per chapter) include a bit includes calculator and computer applications without “extras” thrown in
of math history, instruction, worked examples for geometry.
¾¾ A discovery approach to learning
and exercises that include practice, test prep Each chapter in the Student Edition begins
Then these texts may be just what you’re looking
applications, critical thinking, mental math and with objectives, an explanation of the concept
for. The author has made clear choices to keep
challenge sections. Mixed review is included being covered, examples, classroom exercis-
the course simple, understandable, self-directed,
with each lesson, and real-life application tidbits es and written exercises. Self-tests are found
and easy to succeed at. Even the font sends a
are scattered throughout. mid-chapter, and algebra and mixed reviews
“you can do it” message. It’s large, bold, crisp
Chapter reviews go lesson-by-lesson and culmi- prepare you for the next lesson. A chapter review
and clear with plenty of white space on each
nate with a chapter assessment. There are peri- and chapter test are found at the end of each
page. There are no side notes or rabbit trails
odic cumulative reviews. A “selected” answer chapter; these are different from those found in
here; everything is direct, on task, and pertinent
key (not solutions) in the back provides answers the Teacher Edition and are not reproducible.
to mastering Algebra. The result of this is a less
for odd-numbered problems in the exercises and The chapter reviews have reference numbers for
overwhelming feel to the text. This approach
mixed reviews as well as all answers for chapter each section, for the lesson in which that concept
would work well both for the student who is an
wrap-ups and cumulative reviews but no answers was presented. Even numbered chapters are fol-
independent learner and the student who doesn’t
for the assessments. There are sidebar references lowed by a section titled, “Preparing for College
particularly enjoy math (the “let’s just get it done”
to worked-out examples available at the Prentice Entrance Exams,” which is a multiple-choice test
type). Some children don’t really care for the
hall website. The help is there, it’s easy to use with questions like those found in some college
(exciting to me!) explanations and nuances of
and, while not elaborate, is helpful. entrance exams. Answers are provided for all
mathematics. They just need to learn it to get to
Memoria Press has chosen the Algebra 1 and mixed reviews, self-tests, “Preparing for College
college or go on to what they’re really interested
Algebra 2 texts for their 9th and 10th grade Entrance Exams,” odd-numbered problems for
in. They need it like a tool to use; not like a
packages respectively. They have created some written exercises, chapter reviews, and cumu-
painting to be studied and enjoyed. These are the
supplemental material: a set of quizzes (1-2 per lative reviews. Additional reference material is
children that will appreciate what Christy Walters
chapter) and chapter tests, a test answer key and included at the end. 740 pg, hc.
(author) has done in this curricula. Her no-non-
suggested lesson plans. 925 pgs. hb ~ Janice The Teacher Edition includes an explanation
sense, straightforward explanations and examples
of course content and it mentions some optional
will help both types of student focus on under-
Algebra 1 support materials that may or may not be avail-
standing how Algebra works and overcoming any
13 Chapters: introduction, integers/rational num- able from the publisher (the Houghton Mifflin
reservations they may have about their ability to
bers, equations, inequalities, exponents/polyno- components sold by Rainbow are those necessary
conquer the subject.
mials, polynomials/factoring, graphs/linear equa- to do the course); organization of the text, and
I appreciate that she has also incorporated
tions, systems of equations, inequalities/absolute how to use the Teacher Edition. Diagnostic Test,
self-discovery here; when a student makes their
values, rational expressions/equations, radical Chapter Tests, and Cumulative Reviews are also
own connections, they understand and retain
expressions/equations, relations/functions, and included in the Teacher Edition and are repro-
them. For example, she doesn’t introduce the
quadratic equations. ducible for classroom or family use. You will
difference between two squares factoring method
034818 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87.30 also find answer keys for the tests and reviews,
as a different way of factoring. She purposely
062378 Quizzes & Tests . . . . 14.95 12.95 scheduling suggestions for minimum, average,
made the decision to allow students to discover
062379 Test Key . . . . . . . . . 16.95 14.95 and maximum course content (broken down into
this unique relationship for themselves. The way
034691 Lesson Plans . . . . . . . . 9.00 7.95 160 days), strategies for teaching, and lesson
she introduces factoring gives them the under-
commentary with teaching suggestions for each
standing and confidence they need to just tackle
Algebra 2 with Trigonometry lesson. Notes for the teacher are included in the
this unique problem like any other factorization
18 Chapters: real numbers/algebra/problem margins of small-format student pages with print-
problem. While there are techniques you can
solving, equations/inequalities, relations/func- ed answers for all pages. 732 pgs, hc.
apply, many students do better if they intuit
tions/graphs, systems of equations/problem solv- The Solution Key offers worked problems
those independently through trial and error. This
ing, polynomials/polynomial equations, ratio- (where necessary) for all exercises, algebra
is especially true of children who don’t do well
nal expressions/equations, powers/roots/com- reviews, self-tests, challenge questions, chapter
remembering a bunch of rules and techniques.
plex numbers, quadratic equations, quadratic reviews, chapter tests, and examinations. Also
They are forever “lost” applying random tech-
functions/transformations, equations of second included are the solutions for additional sections
niques to a problem in an effort to find the “right”
degree, polynomial functions, exponential and found in the back of the student book and solu-
one, but without a clear sense of which one to
logarithmic functions, matrices/determinants, tions for the Handbook for Integrating Coordinate
apply! If I sound like a parent of a math-indiffer-
sequences/series/mathematical induction, count- and Transformational Geometry. 422 pgs, pb.
ent child, well, let’s just say they’re not all “chips
ing/probability, statistics/data analysis, trigono- I think the plus with this geometry curriculum is
off the old block”!
metric functions, and trigonometric identities/ the flexibility. The scheduling allows the course
Mrs. Walters has, indeed, managed to keep it
equations. to be used with average students and those who
simple rather than mysterious, bewildering, and
066217 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.63 83.95 need a challenge. The explanations are clear
perplexing! It would be difficult for a child to
044876 Quizzes & Tests . . . . 14.95 12.95 with plenty of examples and practice to cement
be confused by the direct and understandable
044877 Test Key . . . . . . . . . 16.95 14.95 the concepts. ~ Donna
instruction. Moreover, she takes us through
046633 Solution Key . . . . . . . 68.00 48.95
examples step by step and supplies many prac-
☼Jurgensen Geometry (10) 046637 Student Ed. . . . . . . 140.00 105.00
tice problems that grow gradually more com-
Memoria Press has uses this hearty geometry 046639 Teacher Ed. . . . . . . 235.33 176.50
plex. She concentrates on one skill at a time
course at the 10th grade level. College prep and ~~~~~~~
in progression from simple to complex. Her
comparable content to Prentice Hall and Bob
approach is stranded rather than spiral. Chapters
Jones geometry courses with plenty of addi-
are organized topically with a mixed review at
482 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
the end of each. You will not revisit mastered here; just a direct, front-on approach to learning JACOBS MATH
concepts unless they are needed to solve more math. If you are not familiar with the Algebra
complex problems later. If you allow your child courses, PLEASE READ THE DESCRIPTION Elementary Algebra (Jacobs) (9-10)
to “use” the text, they can write in it; she has ABOVE, as all of the same applies here. If you Now published by Master Books, Harold
left ample space to do so. Otherwise, you could have used the Algebra I course above, you will Jacobs’ Elementary Algebra is the same thor-
photocopy the problem set pages and put them equally enjoy Geometry. ough algebra course it has always been. This
in a notebook. There are also note pages at the In the Geometry book, I like that she begins course is the equivalent of Algebra 1 and cov-
end of each chapter so the student can keep sum- with a mini logic course (much like Jacobs). ers the basic algebraic concepts from a review
mary thoughts or points to remember together. Instead of waiting until introducing geometric of operations and functions through quadratic
Answers to odd-numbered problems are in the theorems to have the student begin doing proofs, equations and number sequences. The chapters
back of the text. Answers to all even problems she immediately introduces them in the context are Fundamental Operations, Functions and
(showing all solution steps) are contained in the of what the student already knows (using algebra- Graphs, Integers, Rational Numbers, Equations
solution guides. There is no separate teacher ic principles). In this way, proofs are not a “new” in One Variable, Equations in Two Variables,
book or manual needed; the text contains all thing used to prove just geometry theorems, Simultaneous Equations, Exponents, Polynomials,
needed instruction. There are also no separate but are familiar to the student as an extension Factoring, Fractions, Square Roots, Quadratic
test books and keys. The Mixed Review prob- and organization of logical thought. Although Equations, Real Numbers, Fractional Equations,
lems at the end of each chapter are to be used for non-Euclidean geometry is an interesting topic in Inequalities and Number Sentences – this is the
testing the understanding of all material in that the Jacobs book, your math-reluctant student will same chapter sequence as found in the previous
chapter. The author has left her email address in appreciate not having to deal with such abstract edition of this text. A midterm and final review
the preface and welcomes all comments and/or concepts here. For a more complete idea of the are included in the text as well.
suggestions. Algebra I was revised in 2016 and scope and sequence of this course (and other Master Books assures us that there have been
features some reorganization of topics and some geometry courses, for comparison), please visit no changes in content – even the problems in
new sections including statistics, probability, sci- our website to view the table of contents. the exercises have remained the same. If you are
entific notation, graphing exponential equations, The thirteen chapters are broken into parts familiar with the older text, one thing you will
rates of change, operations with sets and parent (lessons) with direct instruction followed by prob- miss is some of the cartoons; however, some
graphs. lems. Again, I like the self-discovery incorporat- were kept in the text to add to the readability—
The perfect component to round out this pro- ed into the exercises as well as the short-answer and a bit of humor never hurts. Although Master
gram is a complete set of tests. There is one test questions, which require the student to put prin- Books is a Christian company, this text doesn’t
provided per chapter, and the tests vary from 2 ciples into words. The last part of each chapter is proselytize – there is no Christian content.
to 4 pages in length. Tests in this packet corre- a mixed review including material from previous Lessons in the Student Textbook begin with
spond directly to chapter content, and beginning sections and chapters of the book. While the concepts, and Mr. Jacobs makes sure you under-
with chapter six they include a section of review book is thick (730 pages before the answers to stand the ‘why’ before tackling the ‘how.’ The
problems on each test. Tests are printed on 8 ½ odd-problems section), the larger typeset font is text’s thorough explanation bite-size amounts of
x 11 inch paper with plenty of space for students easy on the eye and the less bulky text per page information make this a very popular program for
to show their work. The tests are not 3-hole helps the instruction seem less intimidating and understandability. There are still four sets of exer-
punched, so the first thing I would do is punch overwhelming. Since this book is intended for cises in each lesson – Set I reviews ideas from
them and put them in a binder. use between Algebra I and Algebra II, there is previous lessons for that continual review; Set II
This course is, indeed, a “fresh” approach. an Appendix devoted to a review of algebraic and Set III practice concepts taught in the lesson
There is no “one size fits all” math curriculum, concepts. This is a great mini-refresher course (Set III exercises are found in the teacher guide
so if your child is having trouble with other tradi- and I am glad to see it all in one place at the – more on this in a bit); Set IV can be optional
tional approaches, you might want to try this one end of the book rather than parceled out in the or be used for extra credit – these offer challenge
on. Unlike some other programs out there, this middle of the geometry course. I found the latter problems that go beyond the lesson. Answers to
one is comprehensive in coverage, not “dumbed approach to be unnecessarily distracting in the Set II exercises can be found in the back of the
down”. While the methods are fresh, the course Jacobs book. student book, which allows the student to self-
is serious in scope and is college preparatory. If Another notable feature of this series is the abil- grade, if you would like.
you compare course content to Saxon, you will ity to work directly in the book or photocopy the The Solutions Manual is just what the title
notice that it does not include topics that are student problem pages rather than recopying the states – this book offers the solutions for all of
normally taught in Geometry (or other branches problems and working on a separate sheet of paper. the exercises and chapter reviews. It does not
of math - like box and whisker plots which are In the geometry course, this goes a step further in offer test solutions.
normally taught in Statistics). Read on for more the inclusion of blank coordinate graphs on prob- The Teacher Guide offers a suggested daily les-
details on the Geometry program! lems that require them. A companion DVD is also son schedule that allows you to finish the course
041936 Algebra I Text . . . . . 64.95 59.95 now included in the back of the book that includes in one academic year – 180 lessons. Worksheets
041937 Algebra I Solutions Guide extra help for chapters 2, 3, 12 and 13. The addi- for the Set III exercises are found in the teacher
(to even # problems) 19.95 18.95 tional guidance on using a protractor, drawing 3-D guide. These are optional for those students who
045971 Algebra I Tests . . . . . 14.95 14.50 shapes and perimeter, area and volume will be an might need more practice. Tests for use at the
A1AFAS Set of 3 above . . . . . 99.85 88.25 asset to most students. end of each chapter are also included. There
041938 Algebra II Text . . . . . 64.95 59.95 I really like this math series and would recom- are four different versions of each test that are
041949 Algebra II Solutions Guide mend it to any student, but particularly for chil- labeled A, B, C, and D. Problems are similar in
(to even # problems) 19.95 18.95 dren who seem confused by other math courses each test and cover the concepts of that chapter.
047185 Algebra II Tests . . . . 14.95 14.50 and for children who are working grade-levels There is some variation in the numbers used in
A2AFAS Set of 3 above . . . . . 99.85 88.25 ahead. It is a good text for the easily-distracted the different tests. The question might say, “Use
and math-phobic student as well – who needs to the property named to write another expression
Geometry: A Fresh Approach (8-12) see things organized clearly and appreciates the equivalent to x(x+8) in test A. However, in test
Another uncluttered, less-cluttered feel of the text. If your child has B, it says, “Use the property named to write
fresh-looking math course had difficulty using other math programs, don’t another expression equivalent to x(x+3) or in Test
from author Christy throw in the towel until you’ve tried “A Fresh C, x(x-6). Tests are one page, front and back,
Walters. Again, I love Approach”. and the number of problems varies by chapter.
that the book is addressed 047186 Geometry (hc) . . . . . 64.95 59.95 A midyear and final exam are also included (just
to the student, has plen- 014513 Geometry Solutions Guide one version of each): 80 problems each and 4
ty of workspace for prob- (to even # problems) 19.95 18.95 pages in length. Answers to the tests are included
lem-solving, and uses a 050517 Geometry Tests . . . . 14.95 14.50 in the back of the teacher guide – not solutions,
no-nonsense approach. GMAFAS Set of 3 above . . . . . 99.85 88.25 just answers.
There is nothing “cute” ~~~~~~~ continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 483
Harold Jacobs’ math courses have a long-stand- prove properties of geometric figures. The DVDs glossary, answers to selected problems, indices,
ing reputation for thorough explanations and it is correspond to chapters 1-15 of the text, and there and a skills handbook. The skills handbook is a
nice to see them back on the market! ~ Donna are five discs in the set. Students using this DVD reference section for basic skills such as problem
010028 Student Textbook . . . 99.99 69.95 set also have access to free homework help, via solving strategies, the four basic functions, frac-
010026 Teacher Guide . . . . . 34.99 24.95 e-mail, from Dr. Callahan. tions/decimals/percents, line and circle graphs,
010027 Solutions Manual . . . 34.99 24.95 The Teacher Guide suggests that students will and spreadsheets.
022783 Curriculum Set . . . . 169.97 121.95 need a notebook and graph paper for use with The Solutions Manual contains all worked out
067714 3 Book / 6 Volume DVD the course, and the Dr. Callahan DVD (Disc 1, problems, step-by-step, for the exercise sets, oral
Set . . . . . . . . . . . . 265.96 182.95 introduction) suggests that you will need a pro- practice sets, chapter reviews, chapter tests, and
tractor, compass, straight edge, and calculator for the final review and examination that are found
Elementary Algebra DVD Instruction (9-12) the course. Dr. Callahan’s suggestion is that, at in the student text. A Thumb Drive is also avail-
With the same quality presentation, you have minimum, you should have a scientific calculator able for this course, see description after Algebra
come to expect from Cassidy Callahan, from with SIN and COSIN, but if you are going on in 2 desc.
AskDr.Callahan.com, DVDs have minor edits math, a graphing calculator (TI89) is preferred. 033416 Student Text . . . . . . .63.30 62.95
to align them with the new printing of Jacob’s For thorough preparation for the ACT, SAT, and 033404 Solutions Manual . . . 63.30 62.95
Elementary Algebra from Master Books. Each future math courses, this geometry course has the
set of DVDs provides approximately 12 hours of bases covered. ~ Donna Foerster Algebra 2 and Trigonometry (10-12)
lesson lectures that parallel the respective texts. 041980 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99.99 71.95 It’s here – the recommended sequel to the
Concepts are illustrated and problems (like those 038671 Teacher Guide . . . . . 29.99 22.50 Jacobs math series. Paul Foerster taught math
in the text) are worked on a white or black board 041979 Solutions Manual . . . 34.99 24.95 beginning in 1961 and puts his teaching exper-
behind the lecturer. There is an occasional use 067717 Book Set . . . . . . . . 164.97 117.95 tise to work in this text which is designed as a
of illustrative videos which provides a break from 038664 DVD Instruction . . . . 95.99 69.95 course in intermediate and advanced algebra
the teaching environment. Solutions for assign- 067718 3 Book / 5 Volume DVD and trigonometry. After completing algebra 1
ment problems are not worked on the DVDs. Set . . . . . . . . . . . . 260.96 179.95 and geometry, this book is the next step before
Content is compatible with any 3rd edition calculus. The presentation emphasizes the role
Jacob’s Algebra. FOERSTER MATH of algebra and trigonometry as the foundation for
041977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95.99 69.95 Paul Foerster is a name synonymous with calculus and should take a student 1 ½ to 2 years
math. He has not only taught math, he has a for completion.
Jacobs Geometry: Seeing, Doing, Understanding degree in chemical engineering and a Masters The text is divided into 15 chapters, beginning
(9-12) in mathematics along with the honor of the with a brief review. Chapters 1-8 cover topics
Now in third edition and being published by Presidential Award for Excellence in Mathematics that are considered intermediate algebra, 9-12
Master Books, this newest edition of Jacobs Teaching. He has written the successful Algebra are advanced algebra, and 13-15 cover trigo-
Geometry: Seeing, Doing, and Understanding 2 and Trigonometry course that is to be used nometry. Chapters include functions & relations,
preserves all the features that have made his text following Harold Jacobs Elementary Algebra linear functions, systems of linear equations
so popular with educators in the past. Like pre- and Geometry: Seeing, Doing, Understanding. & inequalities, quadratic functions & complex
vious editions, this text stresses logic and deduc- Paul Foerster has also written his own Algebra numbers, exponential & logarithmic functions,
tive reasoning but does not take a “discovery” 1, which is the same great quality as his other rational algebraic functions, irrational algebra-
approach. This is an excellent geometry course math courses. ic functions, quadratic relations & systems,
with clear explanations of geometric concepts higher-degree functions & complex numbers,
that include practice with proofs (informal and Algebra I (Foerster) (9-12) sequences & series, probability/data analysis/
paragraph). This text is a one year, high-school algebra functions of a random variable, trigonometric &
The full color Student Text offers a thorough course that the author used in his own class- circular functions, properties of trigonometric &
study of Euclidean geometry beginning with room. The first part of the book leads up to the circular functions, and triangle problems.
an introduction to geometry then topics builds Quadratic Formula by mid-year; this is a break The appendices offer additional topics that are
incrementally – nature of deductive reasoning, from a more traditional sequence. As a result, sometimes part of Advanced Algebra but don’t
lines & angles, congruence, inequalities, paral- students are able to work more realistic word fit into the flow of the text. The topics are opera-
lel lines, quadrilaterals, transformations, area, problems using decimals. The second part of tions with matrices, mathematical induction, and
similarity, right triangle, circles, concurrence the book covers expressions with two variables, exploration of functions. Explanations, exercises,
theorems, regular polygons and the circle, geo- harder factoring problems, algebraic fractions, and activities are provided for each topic and
metric solids, and non-Euclidean Geometries. radical equations, and inequalities. This book is you can choose to present them as part of your
Each chapter ends with review and a midterm in its third edition and now includes a chapter program. Helpful reference tables, a glossary,
and final review. For every lesson, there are three on probability, scattered date, and linear func- and a skills handbook provide additional helps.
sets of exercises – all three practice the concepts tions, which wasn’t included in the previous There are chapter reviews, cumulative reviews,
presented, but the third set may offer a bit more edition. Chapters, in order, are: expressions and chapter tests, and a final exam found in the text.
challenge. Each exercise assumes knowledge equations, operations with negative numbers, Note that these are different from those found in
gained in previous lessons in order to construct distributing: axioms and other properties, harder the test booklet. An answer key is found at the
proofs. An appendix containing a glossary, all equations, some operations with polynomials back of the book for odd-numbered problems in
presented theorems, postulates, and formulas, and radicals, quadratic equations, expressions exercises and cumulative reviews, all problems
and selected answers to exercises is most helpful. and equations containing two variables, linear in the chapter reviews, and select problems for
A Teacher Guide includes a weekly lesson functions/scattered data/probability, properties appendices exercises, but not for chapter tests or
schedule with space to record the due date and and exponents, more operations with polyno- the final exam.
grade, chapter tests, mid-term and final exam, mials, rational algebraic expressions, radical Each chapter begins with a statement of the
and test answer keys. The Teacher Guide also algebraic expressions, inequalities, functions, chapter’s content and is broken into lessons.
includes reference pages that include a glossary, and advanced topics. Each chapter begins with Lessons include instruction, objectives, exam-
formulas, and postulates & theorems as presented an introduction to the topic, a visual example, ples, and practice exercises. Throughout the
by chapter. an objective for that section, and exercises. Some lessons the student will find blue boxes that
The Solutions Manual is a big plus for this chapters include oral practice, but all examples contain definitions of important vocabulary and
course! This book offers solutions (not just are shown in a step-by-step fashion for thorough terms. Problems titled “Do These Quickly” pro-
answers) for all exercises in each chapter, as well understanding. The chapter wraps up with a vide opportunity for review of previous concepts,
as chapter reviews and midterm and final review. chapter review and test, and a final review and and discovery exercises expose students to new
DVD Instruction is a wonderful tutorial taught examination rounds out the text. The back of the concepts before they are presented as a lesson.
by Dr. Dale Callahan. Using examples and illus- book includes reference materials such as a table Calculators and/or a computer are recommended
trations, students will learn to write proofs and of square roots, table of trigonometric functions, for use at appropriate times.
484 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
The Solutions Manual offers answers to all prob- Although a mentoring approach to assessment solutions) for select problems are found at the
lems found in the text (with the exception of the is encouraged, the Mr. Chandler does provide back along with a glossary and other reference
simplest problems or problems that have more suggestions for material that can be used as self- materials, supplementary problems and reviews
than one possible way to solve them as in linear tests or assessments. ~ Janice for basic skills. The Student Workbook offers
equations with 3 variables), along with step-by- EACH THUMB DRIVE . . . . . . . . 79.00 one page of additional practice for each lesson.
step solutions for most problems. A Thumb Drive 064431 Foerster’s Algebra 1 The Teacher Edition includes a planning guide,
is also available for this course, see below. Text is Algebra I: Expressions, Equations, and lessons plans, small-format student text pages
This thorough course does an excellent job of Applications by Paul Foerster (Prentice Hall with teacher notes in the surrounding margins,
preparing students for calculus and college level Classics edition). The odd-numbered prob- overview and objectives with tips and ways to
math. If you were to compare this course to lems have answers given at the back of the reinforce and extend the lesson, correlation to
Saxon Advanced Math, the only thing not includ- book (use these for homework). Lessons are NCTM Standards, and answers to the workbook
ed in this course is the interwoven geometry useful with older editions of the text. activities. Student workbook pages are shown in
included in the Saxon course. ~ Donna 064430 Foerster’s Algebra 2 the bottom margin in the teacher edition, just
027247 Student Text . . . . . . .63.30 62.95 Text is Algebra and Trigonometry: Functions below the corresponding text pages so you know
001580 Solutions Manual . . . 67.30 66.95 and Applications by Paul Foerster (Prentice when to assign them. Other answer keys (not
Hall Classics edition). Mr. Chandler notes solutions) that are available in the teacher edition
Math Without Borders Home Study Companions that trigonometry is rarely taught as a sepa- are those for odd numbered problems in the text
(8-12) rate course anymore but rather paired with and a few select even numbered problems, sup-
Pair a well-loved high school math series either Algebra 2 or Precalculus. Paul Foerster plementary problems, tests, and activities found
(Foerster’s) with video instruction and you have includes it in both courses. Math Without on the Teacher Resource Library CD-ROM.
a winning combination. Math Without Borders Borders strongly suggests that taking both Suggestions for instruction with manipulatives is
Home Study Companions provide an element courses (don’t skip the Precalculus course) also included in the teacher notes.
of confidence; the conviction that a challenging is recommended because work leading up The books are divided into chapters and chapters
high school math course is completely manage- to calculus is foundational for later math into lessons so that you are completing approx-
able. Why? You have a teacher in your corner. courses and mathematically based profes- imately one lesson per day to equal a one-year
One who calmly and clarifyingly teaches math. sions. Lessons are useful with older editions course. Each lesson is formatted similarly and
Packaged on practical thumb drives, the videos of the text. begins with the presentation of information, exam-
(mp4 format compatible with both Macs & PCs) 064432 Foerster’s Calculus ples, and practice exercises. Calculator practice
provide electronic whiteboard presentations to Text is Calculus: Concepts and Applications, is included in many lessons, and small boxes of
accompany the textbook lessons plus worked 2nd ed. by Paul Foerster (copyright 2005). information or optional activities are included to
solutions to selected assigned problems. Lessons are useful with older editions of the enhance the topic. Each chapter is concluded with
I remember hearing of math courses authored text. a chapter review which is multiple choice (for stan-
by Paul Foerster in the early 2000s. Considered 064433 Foerster’s Precalculus dardized test practice) and supplementary problems
an excellent choice for college prep math, they Precalculus – text is Precalculus with found at the back of the student text which requires
were nevertheless not readily available. And, you Trigonometry: Concepts and Applications, pencil and paper work can be used for review or
were on your own with them. Many of us need 3rd ed. by Paul Foerster (copyright 2012). assessment purposes.
good support material to bolster homeschooler’s Lessons are useful with older editions of the Unfortunately, there are parts of this program
confidence and there just wasn’t much available. text. mentioned in the teacher edition that aren’t
Sometimes, it was even hard to get an answer 064434 Geometry: Guided Inquiry w/ book available to homeschool families. The Teacher
key. David Chandler and Math Without Borders Text is Geometry: A Guided Inquiry by Resource Library isn’t available and is referenced
changes all that. These excellent courses (plus Chakerian, Crabill, and Stein. (several in the teacher edition as having additional activi-
geometry from another author) provide a quality, publishers and different printings but all ties and the tests. The Skill Track Software is also
college-prep, high school scope and sequence with identical content). Demonstration files unavailable and is used to assess the mastery of
and they are do-able in a homeschool setting – from the lessons require a free program – each chapter and lesson of the book. If you aren’t
even if mom is a mathophobe. Geogebra - (available as download). worried about tests or additional activities, you
The videos are a substitution for class atten- won’t miss these items.
dance. The idea is to read the day’s lesson, then I put the pre-algebra and geometry next to BJU
watch the video. Use half of the lesson problems and Saxon and found some differences. BJU
as a daily assignment; using the remainder if Pre-algebra jumps in using integers at chapter
additional practice is needed. The Math Without 1; while AGS doesn’t even address integers
Borders videos include explanatory videos plus until chapter 7. AGS spends more focused time
worked problem solutions for either select prob- on graphing where the other courses integrate
lems or the even problems. These solutions can graphing with other concepts. BJU and Saxon
be used to get over a roadblock. Many of the both include instruction on polynomials – AGS
thumb drives include a Resources File which doesn’t address the topic. AGS does a very thor-
provides spreadsheets and material referred to in ough review of basic functions (add, subtract,
the lessons. multiply, divide) using positive numbers only
The videos (i.e. content of thumb drives) should with whole numbers, decimals, fractions, and
be saved onto your computer as soon as possible; percents for the first 6 chapters. AGS, BJU, and
do not continue to use them from the thumb Saxon Geometry cover most of the same topics
drive for the duration of the course. They are AGS High School Math (Pearson) (9-12) including axioms, postulates, and theorems, but
nontransferable and can only be used on one This series by AGS comes from a secular publish- BJU and Saxon appear to have more practice and
computer although you can make a single copy er for our patrons who prefer or need curriculum explanation.
as a back-up. Video lessons were filmed 2007- with no Christian content. Each bundle includes EACH BUNDLE . . . . . . . . . . 128.97 110.95
2008 although Geometry was updated in 2014 student text, student workbook, and Teacher’s EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . 21.97 19.95
and Trigonometry in 2017. Each drive includes edition. The Student Text offers a “How to” at the 052292 Algebra I Homeschool Bundle
material on how to set up the course, what texts beginning so you know how to use the book and 052293 Algebra I Workbook
to use and how to use them, as well as links for how to study effectively. There is a section that 052294 Algebra II Homeschool Bundle
obtaining suggested free software downloads. includes skills and concepts to be covered at that 052295 Algebra II Workbook
Some courses include printable PDF material. level. “Chapter Features” includes a variety of 052302 Geometry Homeschool Bundle
The drive material lists several software items – helpful information and exercises that support the 052303 Geometry Workbook
freely available online – that are used in some lesson content. “Problem Solving Strategies” help 052304 Pre-Algebra Homeschool Bundle
optional lessons. you use math in every day life. Answer keys (not 052305 Pre-Algebra Workbook
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 485
students review the course notes that summarize GEOABC Modules A-C . . . . 329.85 294.00
and recap the concepts and terminology present- GEOMBC Modules B-C . . . . 219.90 184.05
ed. They then work the exercises in the student GEODEF Modules D-F . . . . 329.85 279.00
worktext. Rather unique to this program is the GEO5MD Modules B-F . . . . 549.75 429.05
checking of this work by the student, using the GEOA2E Modules A-E . . . . . . 549.75 469.00
provided solution manual. In this way, the child Due to the delay on Module F, this package
realizes and corrects his own mistakes, learning will be the temporary “complete set” until
the correct procedure to follow. Solutions are F is available. Purchasers will be able to
shown in detail. If needed, he can review the purchase Module F when released for $90
video also. You gauge the student’s performance or will be eligible to receive trigonometry
VideoText Interactive Courses (9-12) via quizzes taken at the end of each lesson. An content after they have completed Module E
This instructional system is the best I’ve seen “A” and “B” quiz are provided so that you can if F is not yet available.
for students to learn and grasp algebra and review and retest if necessary. Tests (again “A” GEOALL All 6 Modules A-F 659.70 529.00
geometry. The computer-generated graphics and and “B” forms) are provided for each Unit as GEO6WT Worktexts A-F . . . . . . 119.70
animation on the DVDs visually bring home the well. The instructor’s guide contains solutions to GEO6PT Progress Tests A-F . . . . 119.70
concepts presented in a way that won’t soon be all quizzes and tests. Worktext Progress Test
forgotten. It would be difficult for any child to A sampler DVD (available for free at www. 041311 Module A 041325
fail using this system. It is systematic, incremen- videotext.com/samplerform.htm) contains lessons 041312 Module B 041326
tal, and reinforced with course notes, exercises, in both Algebra and Geometry, along with 041313 Module C 041327
quizzes and tests. The emphasis is on conceptu- a presentation about VideoText methodology, 041314 Module D 041328
al learning so students will be able to apply their endorsements from users, and all of the corre- 041315 Module E 041329
knowledge regardless of problem presentation. sponding print material (in PDF format), so you 041316 Module F* 041330
Although it is meant to be used along with an can “try before you buy”. It also contains a scope (*Module F items not yet available)
instructor, if I had to choose a math curriculum and sequence for each course detailing contents
to be used by an independent learner, this would of each of the modules. The Algebra course is a PROGRAMS - OTHER
be it, hands-down. complete course containing pre-Algebra instruc- While offering some instruction, these programs
The cornerstone of the program is the video tion and the equivalent of both Algebra 1 and include less teaching material or do not cover
instruction. These presentations are very pro- 2; two years of instruction. In fact, Dr. Clark the full range of grade-level skills that the com-
fessionally done. Instruction is clear and audio recommends students take a CLEP or college prehensive programs offer.
is excellent. Every presenter speaks distinctly entrance exam upon completing the Algebra
and at a moderate pace. One of the instructors course to place out of a college algebra refresher Math Lessons for a Living Education (PK-6)
and the author of the program is Tom Clark, a course. The Geometry course includes a signif- What is a living education? Living education is
math teacher with 30+ years of experience in the icant amount of Trigonometry instruction and the real-life application of the things you learn.
classroom and as a district math supervisor. His may serve as both Geometry and Pre-Calculus When this approach is applied to math, it is not
expertise at reaching and teaching children really courses. taught in a vacuum; rather, mathematical con-
comes through in the presentations. Animated The complete courses consist of 6 modules, cepts are integrated into everyday situations. This
graphics complement the audio, showing step- A thru F. Each Module consists of one or more is the Charlotte Mason approach to education,
by-step explanation. It would be very difficult to Units of instruction, containing various numbers and Angela ODell, author of this curriculum,
duplicate this quality on a board with a live pre- of lessons (about three months worth of course has captured the spirit of the methodology in this
senter, especially in the case of 3-D graphics like work per module). Modules are contained in easy-to-use series. Math is taught through the
conic sections and x, y, z axes. Relationships separate boxes which contain video lessons on adventures of a brother and sister, Charlie and
are arranged, rearranged and moved to a coordi- DVD, course notes, student WorkTexts, Solution Charlotte, and their family. Books are designed
nate plane with ease, bringing home the thought Manuals, Progress Tests and Instructor’s Guides. to be consumable but are not reproducible, and
process and solution steps in a way that would Additional student materials are also available answer keys are downloadable with the link
be difficult to achieve without this technology. below for each module or in complete packs. provided in each book. Levels are designed to be
For students who aren’t math-oriented, the bite- EACH SINGLE MODULE . . . . . . . 109.95 one-year courses and each has 36 lessons. Books
sized increments of instruction make the learning EACH WORKTEXT . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 feature a suggested daily schedule at the beginning
process easy to digest. In school site trial tests, EACH PROGRESS TEST . . . . . . . . 19.95 with a grid for completion and grading built in.
students in classrooms using the VideoText pro- Although the books are titled as “levels,” the levels
gram easily outscored students using convention- ALGEBRA are loosely based on grade. Even if you haven’t
al textbook and instructor methods. Another plus 041281 Module A 041284 Module D used the earlier levels of this series, you can jump
is the ability for students to play back previous 041282 Module B 041285 Module E in at an appropriate skill level/topical area for your
instruction for review. This eliminates the poten- 041283 Module C 041286 Module F child. If you are unsure about where to begin, we
tial for mistakes made due to misunderstandings ALGABC Modules A-C . . . . . 329.85 294.00 offer a placement test on our website.
or faulty memory. It also saves you, the math ALGEBC Modules B-C . . . . . 219.90 184.05 There are no fancy manipulatives for this
teacher, from repeating instruction over and over ALG5MD Modules B-F . . . . . 549.75 449.05 series - paper versions are printed in the back
if a child is having a difficult time assimilating it. ALGDEF Modules D-F . . . . . 329.85 294.00 of each book, and you’ll use household or other
Even if you are very math oriented, if you have ALGALL All 6 Modules A-F 659.70 559.00 commonly-found items such as: contact paper,
a student who is not, your teaching may not be ALG6WT Worktexts A-F . . . . . . 119.70 construction paper, large index cards, brass fas-
reaching your child at a level basic enough for ALG6PT Progress Tests A-F . . 119.70 teners, crayons, markers, colored pencils, glue,
them to comprehend. These courses are great hole punch & reinforcers, flashcard rings, plastic
at thoroughly laying a foundation then building Worktext Progress Test storage box, stickers for flashcards, pictures from
carefully upon it. 041304 Module A 041318 old magazines, poster board, 100 counting items
In this system, students first watch the video 041305 Module B 041319 (your choice), three containers for making the
(without taking notes – those are provided). 041306 Module C 041320 Place Value Village, and snack-size/1-quart/1-
While the instructions suggest repeatedly pausing 041307 Module D 041321 gallon resealable bags. In Books 2 and 3, you
the video to discuss and answer posed questions, 041308 Module E 041322 will also need a 12” ruler, indoor/outdoor ther-
I did not find this applicable to many of the 041309 Module F 041323 mometer, coins for money lessons, and $1 bills.
lessons I watched. You will probably want to Book 4 requires poster board, a box of business
watch the first several presentations along with GEOMETRY size envelopes, folder for charts, small counting
your student to determine whether this will be a 041287 Module A 041290 Module D items, and modeling clay. To get started, simply
necessary step in your lessons. Videos are 5-10 041288 Module B 041291 Module E cut out the manipulatives found in the back of
minutes in length. After watching the video, 041289 Module C 041292 Module F your book and prepare them before the first les-
486 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
son. Whether you are using the Charlotte Mason teacher’s manual contains teaching suggestions
approach or just attracted to the simplicity of the and the answers. These books are reproducible
course, this series provides a solid introduction to for family use and range in length from 240-380+
math. Non-reproducible, over 300 perforated pgs pages.
each, sc. ~ Donna 013092 Beginning 1 . . . . . . . . . 32.99
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 27.95 013097 Beginning 2 . . . . . . . . . 34.99
037144 Book 1 EACH BOOK A-B . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99
Charlie and Charlotte visit their grandparents 018306 Level A (K)
farm and learn numbers, shapes, place value, 018308 Level B (1)
adding and subtracting. Along the way, the EACH BOOK C-F . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.99
children also learn about gardening, baby 001760 Level C (2) 026718 Level F (5)
farm animals, nature, family and love. In the CRITICAL THINKING PRESS 013133 Level D (3) 025350 Level G (6)
first 30 lessons children will learn numbers 001439 Level E (4)
0-9, place value, rectangles, circles, addi- Mathematical Reasoning (PK-8)
tion, subtraction, skip counting with 2, 5, At such an early age, mathematical reasoning ☼Understanding Pre-Algebra (6-8)
and 10, telling time with minutes and hours, begins with simple activities such as distinguish- For those using Mathematical Reasoning by
and more. The last 6 lessons of the book are ing between even or odd amounts and learning Critical Thinking Company, here is the next step
review. the ordinal numbers. This series is correlated to after finishing level G. Released in 2018, this
050290 Book 2 the NCTM standards and accordingly incorpo- course uses the same approach to help students
Book 2 follows the adventures of Charlie and rates topics such as patterns, number concepts/ apply reasoning and skill for higher level math.
Charlotte once they have returned home from number lines, graphs, fractions, probability, Understanding Pre-Algebra helps lay the founda-
their grandparent’s farm. Using the same geometry, and problem solving, as well as basic tion that will build confidence before going on
format as Book 1, Book 2 content teaches operations. The full color activity sheets should to Algebra I.
addition and subtraction (including carrying especially appeal to the younger student. Not This book is standards-based and topics are orga-
& borrowing), numbers to 100, simple frac- only are the illustrations eye-catching, but they nized logically. There are 15 chapters – Family of
tions, word problems, skip counting, inches/ do an excellent job of demonstrating mathemat- Numbers, Working with Integers, Working with
feet, perimeter, dollars/cents, temperature, ical representations and relationships. Although Rational Numbers, Ratio/Proportion/Percent,
graphs, pounds/ounces, liquid measure, and manipulatives are not required, a link to a virtual Percent Applications, Algebraic Expressions,
a bit about the seasons, geography, and love manipulative website is provided in case addi- Equations and Solving Word Problems,
of family. tional concrete level reinforcement is needed. Inequalities and Applications, Understanding
051791 Book 3 A wide variety of exercises and activities are Square Roots and Irrational Numbers, Two-
In Book 3, join Charlie, Charlotte, their utilized to keep your child both interested and Dimensional Geometry, Understanding Volume
baby sister Ella, and their parents as they motivated. For instance, Thinker Doodles and and Surface Area, Graphing on the Coordinate
prepare and go on a mission trip to Peru. Mind Benders activities from parent company Plane, Transformations and Congruency,
Children will review concepts from Book 2 Critical Thinking are scattered throughout. Understanding Functions, and Probability and
and learn addition and subtraction up to 4 Beginning 1 focuses on numbers 1-5 while Statistics. This is a reproducible, consumable
digits, rounding to 10s, 100s, and 1000s, Beginning 2 focuses on 0-10, and they are workbook with plenty of white space for working
multiplication and division up to 10s, area of intended for use with 3 and 4 year olds. The problems.
rectangles and squares, place value through concepts are presented in a spiral fashion, so One of the program’s strengths is the abundance
millions, more measurement, solving for students will see the concept repeated at differ- of word problems. These are taught using charts
unknowns, greater/less than, and Roman ent intervals throughout the book. In most cases, and tables, which offer visuals to help students
numerals. children who finish these first two books should interpret the problem. Chapters are divided into
006285 Book 4 be ready to tackle kindergarten math. concepts (each is typically 2 pages); cover one
In Book 4 the family travels through the Books A through F are for grades kindergarten concept a day in order to work through the book
United States. The twins and friends learn through 5th grade, and can be used as core math in one school year. Each concept begins with an
about landmarks, Americas heroes, and work curriculum. We also like to recommend them explanation or definition; colored sample boxes
in their garden as they review concepts from as a critical thinking supplement for any math offer visual instruction or explanation, followed
Book 3 and do further work with larger program that is light in that particular area. These by an exercise or practice. Every chapter is fin-
numbers, metric measurement, decimals, books incorporate the same spiral approach ished out with a Chapter Review, which could be
operations with equivalent fractions, and found in the Beginning books. Level G has been used as a test. Chapter Reviews aren’t cumulative
more. Math Fact Reviews are incorporated added for 6th grade and goes beyond drill and but a review of that chapter only.
into the lessons so that students won’t forget practice. It incorporates discussion-based prob- Some helpful resources included are a glossary
foundational math information. lem solving to prepare students for the reasoning of important math vocabulary, a list of formulas,
003719 Book 5 required for upper-level math. table of square roots, and answers to the exer-
Book 5 reviews known concepts and teaches Book 2 of the original series, Mathematical cises with explanations for some of the more
multiplying and dividing with 10/100/1000, Reasoning Through Verbal Analysis, can be used difficult problems. A two-part final exam is also
2-digit divisors, division w/ remainders as after the series as a supplement to your math included, which covers all material in the book.
fractions, factoring, common factors, greatest curriculum. A more analytical or math reasoning Prepare your student for high school math and
common factor, reducing fractions, proper & approach is needed for higher level math and standardized testing with the logical, thorough
improper fractions, least common multiple, this book will help fill that need. This book can approach found in Understanding Pre-Algebra.
finding a common denominator, adding & also be used as a reference and resource tool to 442 pgs, pb. ~ Donna
subtracting fractions w/ uncommon denomi- fill in gaps. Since the book is nicely organized 031017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.99
nators, working w/ mixed numbers, multiply by “strands” (topics), and, additionally, into sub-
fractions, dividing fractions, multiplying & topics, you can easily find problem solving exer-
dividing decimals, and counting back money. cises to help repair any deficiency detected or
038674 Book 6 an alternate way of teaching a concept (useful if
069719 Book 6 Teacher Guide39.99 27.95 your child has developed a case of “math block”
032564 Student/Teacher Set . 79.98 57.95 to understanding a particular concept). Topics
Continue the adventure with fractions, dec- cover the entire realm of elementary math:
imals, percentages, basic geometry, maps, understanding numbers, counting, sequencing,
graphs, charts, units of measure, averaging, geometry, basic arithmetic operations, mea-
rounding, Roman Numerals (only 22 lessons surement, numerical comparisons (greater than,
at this level). less than, equal to), and tables and graphs. The
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 487
Understanding Algebra I (Mathematical Core Standards for Math (Houghton Mifflin final test, which covers all of the chapters. The
Reasoning) (7-9) Harcourt) (K-6) Spectrum series was revised and updated in
The word ‘Algebra’ can strike fear into Now this series is something any homeschool- 2006, and Spectrum Math now features pre-alge-
the hearts of many, but the Critical Thinking ing parent may use even though it is Common bra and algebra content, and introductory con-
Company has done their part to calm your math Core. Harcourt has provided two-page lessons tent on geometry and probability. Most books
nerves and prepare students for higher level math that cover every content standard per grade are over 150 pages.
in Understanding Algebra. The newest member level in the Common Core State Standards for The latest in the Spectrum Math series for grades
of the Mathematical Reasoning line is a full one Mathematics. The first page introduces the con- 6 through 8 is intended to help students improve
year algebra course for students at the junior high cept with step-by-step instruction and modeling and strengthen their math skills in specific areas.
and high school level in a consumable format. each sequence – perfect for checking a stu- Algebra focuses on factors, fractions, functions,
The information in this worktext is a user-friend- dent’s understanding through open-ended prac- graphing, proportion, percent, interest, equa-
ly format and presented in a step-by-step fashion. tice items. The second page includes multiple tions, inequalities, and rational numbers. Data
The text makes a connection between the arith- choice practice items as well as problem-solving Analysis and Probability spends time on order of
metic of the elementary years to the algebra they items. Each book starts with a brief explanation operations, measures of central tendency, calcu-
need to succeed in high school math. Twelve and overview of the CCSS standards. Lessons lating probability, ratios, interpreting graphs, and
chapters begin with the basics and build upon are organized by content standard and could problem solving. Geometry strengthens skills in
each other – Our number system, Evaluating be done in a start to finish order – or standard areas of points, lines, rays, angles, circles and
Expressions and Solving Equations, From by standard if you want to coordinate with your solid figures, volume, triangles, polygons, perim-
Words to Algebra/Translating and Solving Word primary math program. The consumable books eter, and area. Measurement offers practice with
Problems, From Words to Algebra/More Word (newsprint) include an answer key with reduced customary and metric measurement, percents
Problems, Inequalities, Polynomials, Factoring, student pages in the back. Also in the back of and rates, angles, ratios and proportion, and vol-
Working with Radicals, Linear Functions, each book is a complete list of the CCSS for the ume. These books are about 120 pages in length
Systems of Equations and Inequalities, Other grade level. These lessons would be easy to do with the answer keys in the back along with a
Types of Functions, and Working with Algebraic each day as a “daily warm up” or even as your scoring record chart which allows you to log the
Fractions. practice work if you’re using a more relaxed student’s test scores. In addition to the pre and
The author begins the book with a simple expla- math program. Regardless of what you think post test found in each chapter, a mid-test and
nation of “What is Algebra,” and then jumps right about Common Core, this series will ensure your final test will allow you to check the student’s
in. Each chapter is 20 to 30 pages in length and kids are measuring up to these standards, which cumulative progress. In true Spectrum fashion,
broken into topics. Each topic or lesson offers is a good way to prepare for any standardized these additions to the series will help prepare
the student explanations and examples in a very tests you may be required to take. 265 pgs, pb your students for standardized testing or can be
visual fashion. Colored charts, illustrations, and ~ Janice used for additional practice. ~ Donna
graphs are incorporated for clarity of explana- EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.99 17.95 EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 6.95
tions. Within the lessons, students will be asked 032211 Grade K 032160 Grade 4 003827 Grade 5
questions to assure they know the concept being 032152 Grade 1 032161 Grade 5 003828 Grade 6
presented and a ‘more practice’ section rounds 032153 Grade 2 032169 Grade 6 026237 Algebra (6-8)
out the lesson. Sets of ‘Enrichment Problems’ 032159 Grade 3 026256 Data Analysis & Probability (6-8)
are scattered throughout the chapters to offer 026387 Geometry (6-8)
additional practice in higher-order thinking using Spectrum Math (Carson-Dellosa) (5-8) 026459 Measurement (6-8)
plenty of word problems. There are no chapter More than a practice book, each grade level
tests in this book, so you would need to assess features comprehensive coverage of the basic Spectrum Math 2015 (Carson-Dellosa) (K-8)
your student’s understanding of the concepts by skills. Books are two-toned, have a no-nonsense The 2015 edition of the Spectrum Math series
other means – grades from the practice sets and appearance, and emphasize skill development states that it is “Correlated to the Current State
exercises might be your best tool for assessment. and practice, “without complex terminology or Standards.” This means that significant changes
New for the 2017 edition are chapter reviews abstract symbolism.” This uncluttered approach were made to bring it into alignment with the
and a final exam. helps students focus on mastering the fundamen- CCSS (which most states align to). Although the
A glossary that includes algebra vocabulary and tals. There are lots of nice features in this series: general format and structure of the books remain
an answer key are found at the back of the book. each contains a scope and sequence chart for the same, the topics differ significantly at the mid-
These are answers and not solutions. A helpful the entire program, has basic facts tests that can dle school levels and reflect more advanced alge-
reference page is included. Students will learn be used for drill, and includes an assignment bra and geometry content as well as increased
about the history of math as they learn math record sheet for you to use in making specific content in data, probability, and statistics. Each
strategies to help them with algebra and beyond. page assignments. They also have a form for chapter starts with a pretest (Check What You
378 pgs. pb. Reproducible for home and single recording student test scores, which also pro- Know) and ends with a posttest (Check What
classroom use. ~ Donna vides an immediate assessment of the grade You Learned). Lessons within each chapter cover
060818 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 as “excellent,” “very good,” “good,” “fair,” or a progression of skills. Instruction is minimal but
“poor,” and include a complete answer key at examples precede each worksheet. To give you
Understanding Geometry (7-9) the back of the book. All of the pages are perfo- an idea of the differences in this edition, previ-
Geometry isn’t treated rated, so you can tear out student sheets, or the ously the 7th grade book started with chapters
with the intensity in mid- key, easily. Chapters each begin with a pre-test on whole numbers, fractions, decimals, percents,
dle school, in many cases, to help identify problem areas, or determine if and calculating interest but the new edition starts
for high school success your child can “place out” of that chapter and try with rational numbers, expressions, equations,
in the subject. This book the next one. The pre-test comes in two parts; and inequalities. Both cover ratios and propor-
follows the National Math one is purely computational, while the other tions but terminology and content are different.
Standards and presents an is a problem-solving pre-test which uses the The previous edition had sections on both English
introduction to the basics requisite skills in realistic, everyday problems. (customary) and metric measurement while those
of geometry. Students The lessons begin with developmental exercises topics are not covered in the 2015 edition. Both
won’t just learn the prop- that introduce each new skill. Visual aids or editions have sections on probability, statistics,
erties of geometry, but will learn the reasoning models are used to demonstrate the concept on and geometry but the content of each is different
behind the properties and learn the basics of these pages. Several pages of exercises follow, and the newer edition is more advanced. There is
geometric proofs and coordinate geometry. A providing ample practice. Again, these include also a greater emphasis on problem solving and
glossary is included in this 256-page book that both computational pages and problem-solving word problems in the newer edition. In general, I
can be used as a text in junior high and it is pages. Chapters end with a test. Also included would say the 7th grade book is roughly one year
reproducible for family or classroom use. are a mid-book test (about halfway through the ahead of the previous edition. These workbooks
052042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.99 course to test all previously-learned skills), and a are 160 pages in length.
488 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
The topic specific workbooks (124 pages each) It does seem like it would help a child to take Developmental Math (K-12)
that are available for the 6th through 8th grade charge of his own learning and help himself to I would have loved using this math program
levels have also had changes based on the newer understanding rather than being spoon-fed each as a child! It is an extremely sound, logically
standards. Every chapter still has a pretest and bite. For Kumon math earlier than Grade 1, see presented math program that is virtually self-in-
posttest, along with a mid-year test and final test. the Kumon section in Early Learning. structional (once your child can read). Best of
The Algebra workbook has added chapters on EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . 7.95 5.95 all, children can progress at their own pace,
expressions and equations and systems of equa- 027926 Grade 1 Addition according to their ability, instead of having
tions and has removed chapters on probability 027996 Grade 1 Subtraction to “put in” the requisite nine years of math
and graphs and algebra and geometry. Chapters 047539 Grade 1 Geometry & Measurement before beginning higher-level math (algebra and
in the Data Analysis/Probability workbook have 047545 Grade 1 Word Problems beyond). Not only is it great for a naturally inde-
completely changed to probability models, cal- 027930 Grade 2 Addition pendent learner, but it would teach any child to
culating probability and compound events, sta- 028011 Grade 2 Subtraction take responsibility for his learning, and greatly
tistical thinking, measures of central tendency 047540 Grade 2 Geometry & Measurement improve thinking skills as well. Extensively
& measures of variability, displaying data, and 047546 Grade 2 Word Problems field tested, Dr. George L. Saad and team made
scatter plots & bivariate data. The Geometry 027925 Grade 3 Addition & Subtraction sure that children could progress through the 16
workbook is basically the same as the previous 027987 Grade 3 Multiplication levels of worktexts essentially unaided. Where
edition, but all of the angle and triangle concepts 027961 Grade 3 Division confusion was found, additional instruction was
have been combined into one chapter, which 047541 Grade 3 Geometry & Measurement added until the program was a finely-tuned math
is titled Triangle, Properties, & Relationships. ~ 047547 Grade 3 Word Problems tutor! Many homeschooling mothers-of-many
Janice/Donna 027995 Grade 4 Multiplication are stretched to the max with multiple levels
EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . 11.99 7.95 027962 Grade 4 Division of school to teach, toddlers to watch, babies to
001658 Grade K 001610 Grade 5 047542 Grade 4 Geometry & Measurement bubble, and teens needing driving practice (not
001440 Grade 1 001628 Grade 6 047548 Grade 4 Word Problems to mention husbands that need occasional atten-
001452 Grade 2 001634 Grade 7 027956 Grade 4 Decimals & Fractions tion!). This is a math course you can feel good
001462 Grade 3 001656 Grade 8 027960 Grade 5 Decimals & Fractions about using with no regrets about neglecting
001473 Grade 4 047543 Grade 5 Geometry & Measurement critical skills. Presentations are extremely clear,
025119 Algebra (6-8) 047549 Grade 5 Word Problems with very desirable progression of instruction
025135 Data Analysis/Probability (6-8) 027973 Grade 6 Fractions from the concrete level to the abstract, then
025154 Geometry (6-8) 047544 Grade 6 Geometry & Measurement mastery through practice, and, finally, applica-
047550 Grade 6 Word Problems tion with problem solving using word problems.
Kumon Math Workbooks (1-6) Each skill is taught in bite-sized pieces and built
A math program based on the Kumon method. Kumon Algebra Workbooks (6-8) upon slowly so as not to “lose” the child’s under-
Basically, the earmarks of this system are: Continuing in the methodology and add- standing. In fact, presentation is so well done,
¾¾ Concepts introduced in small, incremen t a l ing to the scope and sequence of the Kumon that children are able to deduce math principles
steps, allowing children to master Math Workbooks, these two workbooks provide from working through the exercises, in much the
them without confusion review and practice of pre-algebra and algebra same way as the Miquon lab sheets. There are
¾¾ Single topic books rather than mixed basic skills. The workbooks feature step-by-step no manipulatives used. Rather, pictures are sub-
strands. Children concentrate just on instruction, a logical progression of concepts, stituted for live objects (this may hamper some
addition, for example, before moving to then repetition to reinforce them. Word problems extremely kinesthetic children who need to touch
subtraction are added for each skill set. Skills are taught (with and feel to understand). Also, some concepts
¾¾ Concepts are taught by discovery examples) and then practiced and reviewed. normally taught in math programs are not taught
method than being spelled out Each level starts with reviews of the concepts in Developmental Math because they do not real-
The series is meant to be self-directed. Students from the previous level and then adds new ly fit into the normal progression of skills. These
take charge of their own learning on every level. material. Concepts are introduced gradually and concepts are time (including calendar time),
They complete pages, check their work, record build upon one another. A complete answer key temperature, weights and measurement. The
their scores, and determine whether to move on is included.192 pgs, pb. ~ Janice levels are ungraded, and students should be able
or review. The pace almost guarantees success. EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . 14.95 10.95 to complete about three levels per school year.
Children should work a “few” pages a day; 057113 Pre-Algebra Each level book is divided into units, which
assignments should take about 20 minutes to Covers fractions, decimals, percents, expo- culminate with a unit test to assure mastery. A
complete. Pages are marked with the skill level nents, order of operations, positive/nega- diagnostic test is taken after students complete
required at top and the points each question is tivenumbers, and algebraic expressions. each level also. Placement of your child in the
valued at (a very young child will need some 026903 Algebra program depends on his/her skill level. Students
help totaling points). Very short instruction (or Covers solving equations, simultaneous lin- should be placed at the level of skill that they’re
an example) is given on a few pages. For exam- ear equations, inequalities, graphs, linear already familiar with, but have not totally mas-
ple, there is a short explanation when children functions, and word problems. tered. Specific guidelines for placement are
begin to subtract a 2-digit number from a 3-digit available if you’re in doubt. Alternatively, you
number where borrowing is needed. However, Kumon Middle School Geometry (6-8) could use the Developmental Math Test Pack, a
the child is given every opportunity to intuit this EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . 14.95 10.95 series of 5 diagnostic tests, to accurately pinpoint
beforehand. By the time he reaches this page, 072031 Intro to Geometry Workbook your child’s current level. Each 8-page place-
he has already been subtracting double-digit 072030 Geometry Workbook ment test covers three levels. Placement Test A,
numbers for many pages. Some of these would for example, covers Levels 2-4, while Placement
require borrowing, but, since they are able to Test E assesses Levels 14-16.
subtract, say, 7 from 12, the Kumon method Skills covered by level are as follows:
wants the child to see a pattern when increasing Level 1 - Number concepts and symbols
to 7 from 22, 7 from 32, etc. This does remind Level 2 - Addition concept, basic facts 1-9
me of the approach used in Miquon as well. Level 3 - Subtraction concept, basic facts 1-9
Besides these very infrequent helps there are Level 4 - Tens concept, addition & subtraction
just some small prompts for children to look for of tens
patterns in their answers, and words of encour- Level 5 - 2-digit numbers, addition & subtrac-
agement. Pages are pleasing to the eye; they are tion without regrouping
colored, clean, and problems are well-spaced. Level 6 - Addition with regrouping
The Kumon method has been used successfully Level 7 - Subtraction with regrouping
with children around the world for over 50 years. Level 8 - Multiplication concept and facts
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 489
Level 9 - Division concept and facts On Core Mathematics (Houghton Mifflin Student Edition Worktext:
Level 10 - Hundreds concept, three-digit addi- Harcourt) (K-12) EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . . 6.53 4.90
tion & subtraction Common Core Standards are still the current 018634 Grade K 018675 Grade 3
Level 11 - Three-digit multiplication & division standard in measuring student success with core 018655 Grade 1 018680 Grade 4
Level 12 - Thousands concept; all operations subjects. This math series is written to supple- 018659 Grade 2 018704 Grade 5
Level 13 - Decimal and metric system ment your math curriculum to ensure that your EACH BOOK BELOW . . . . . . . 10.00 7.50
Level 14 - Fractions student meets the standards for math. 018709 Grade 6 018721 Grade 8
Level 15 - Fractions; advanced skills Each level contains lessons with content for all 018718 Grade 7 018752 Geometry
Level 16 - Ratio, proportion, percent, Common Core Standards. The Common Core 018751 Algebra 1 018760 Algebra 2
probability, number theory, graphs Standards for practice cover 8 different areas – ~~~~~~~
Level 17 - Algebra I make sense of problems and persevere in solv-
Level 18 - Algebra II ing them, reason abstractly and quantitatively, McGraw-Hill’s Math (1-8)
Level 19 - Geometry I construct viable arguments and critique the rea- This program is most like the Spectrum Math
Level 20 - Geometry II soning of others, model with mathematics, use program. It is a solid program with more com-
Upon completion of level 16, your child should appropriate tools strategically, attend to preci- plete instruction than Spectrum, albeit with
be ready for Algebra ½ or Pre-Algebra. Parent sion, look for and make use of structure, and look fewer pages. By comparison, at the 6th grade
guides at levels 1-9 contain general suggestions for and express regularity in repeated reasoning. level, McGraw has 156 pages compared to the
for the parent’s role in the course, a brief over- The content standards for K-6 are counting & 187 in Spectrum. I suspect the difference is due
view of skills taught in previous levels showing cardinality, operations & algebraic thinking, to the format rather than the scope. Spectrum
the current level in context of the program, a number & operations in base 10, measurement books have a pre-test for each chapter whereas
lesson-by-lesson explanation of skills presented, & data, geometry, number & operations in frac- this series has one for the book. Because more
and answers to exercises. Teacher guides at tions, ratios & proportional relationships, number space is devoted to instruction, there are cor-
levels 10-16 are copies of student worktexts with systems, expressions & equations, and statistics respondingly fewer problems per page. Books
answers shown. A program overview booklet & probability. You’ll notice that these skills are are notably more colorful than their Spectrum
showing level by level progress, is available for foundational to the application and mastery counterparts and the pages more visually appeal-
those who want to sample before deciding. of higher levels of math. The Teacher Edition ing; text is crisp and pages look clean. Font is
Have you been waiting for the upper levels of contains lesson background for all Common grade appropriate. Published in 2011, these are
Developmental Math – they have finally arrived. Core topics, and teacher support for all lessons. aligned with math Common Core Standards. If
Levels 17-20 are for your students who are ready Common Core Standards for each lesson are you’ve escaped hearing about this latest edu-
to move on to algebra and geometry using the noted, small format student pages are included cational catch-phrase, it refers to educational
same format as the lower levels of this series. with answers along with objectives, essential standards which have been adopted by MOST of
Students in 7th and 8th grade should have com- questions, vocabulary, materials list, and prereq- the 50 states (only five states and three territories
pleted levels 13-16 in order to prepare for these uisites to that particular lesson or topic. These have not as of early May, 2012). So, you can
levels which should then be done in sequence. lessons offer flexibility for incorporation into your bank on standardized tests incorporating these
Levels 17 and 18 are Algebra I and II, Levels 19 weekly curriculum, and the number of lessons standards in testing. Series is transitioning to the
and 20 are Geometry I and II. varies from level to level. The Student Workbook 2nd edition, copyright 2018, which is aligned
008493 Program Overview . . . FREE is black and white and each lesson is two pages to national standards. Contact us for availability.
EACH WORKTEXT 1-16 . . . . 10.00 8.45 in length. Each lesson begins with an explana- The pre-test in each book will determine wheth-
EACH WORKTEXT 17-20 . . . . 15.00 13.50 tion and model of the concept and is followed er you can skip chapters or not. The book is
EACH EDUCATOR GUIDE 1-9 5.00 3.95 by practice for the concept. Assessments to self-instructional with fairly complete teaching
EACH TEACHER ED 10-16 . . . 10.00 8.45 complement the On Core Mathematics program. of each concept, followed by an example, then
EACH SOLUTION MAN 17-20 15.00 13.50 There is an assessment for every lesson in the practice exercises. Teaching material includes
EACH SET LEVEL 1-9 . . . . . . . 15.00 10.95 student books. Each assessment is three to five colorful visual aids as needed. Each chapter
EACH SET LEVEL 10-16 . . . . . 20.00 15.50 questions in length (1 page), and includes both culminates with a Unit Test and the book ends
EACH SET LEVEL 17-20 . . . . . 30.00 24.95 fill-in-the-bubble multiple choice questions and with a comprehensive Test followed by a glos-
Lvl Worktxt Guide Set at least one word problem. Each assessment is sary (dictionary at lower levels) and answer key.
1 011070 003220 LV1SET labeled for the corresponding standard, and the Pages are perforated for easy removal.
2 010122 003221 LV2SET answer key is found at the back of the book. The I would say these are on par with the Spectrum
3 020514 003222 LV3SET purchaser is given permission for copying if using series; while not a complete math curriculum in
4 011071 010967 LV4SET On Core Mathematics as a program. Be sure the traditional sense, they may be used in place
5 011072 010965 LV5SET you don’t miss anything and there are no gaps in of one coupled with additional hands-on teach-
6 011073 003223 LV6SET your math education. Cover the Common Core ing (at lower levels) or with additional practice
7 011074 013198 LV7SET Standards, no matter what math curriculum you where needed (at upper levels). They also make
8 011075 013199 LV8SET might be using. ~ Donna excellent practice, review, and reinforcement
9 011076 020936 LV9SET EACH SET K-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.20 24.95 books to use with a program that is less tradition-
Teacher EACH SET 6-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . 36.50 27.50 al (like Miquon or Singapore math). Certainly,
Lvl Worktxt Guide Set EACH SET Alg. 1 - Geometry . 36.50 27.50 if you are concerned about state testing require-
10 011077 020937 LV10ST ments, these would assure you that your child is
11 019355 020938 LV11ST 050952 Grade K 050949 Grade 6 learning according to almost every state’s stan-
12 021069 020939 LV12ST 050944 Grade 1 050950 Grade 7 dards. Each book includes a 10-week summer
13 021277 021086 LV13ST 050945 Grade 2 050951 Grade 8 study plan, too, so your child could use these to
14 021087 021088 LV14ST 050946 Grade 3 050942 Algebra 1 get a head start on math for the next year. For
15 021276 021089 LV15ST 050947 Grade 4 050943 Algebra 2 the motivated child, doing so may allow them
16 021275 021090 LV16ST 050948 Grade 5 051102 Geometry to move ahead a grade level or at least progress
Solution more rapidly through their coursework during the
Lvl Worktxt Manual Set school year.
17 026974 026975 LV17ST Student Assessment Guide: EACH BOOK GR. 1-2 . . . . . . . 12.00 9.95
18 053576 053574 LV18ST EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.47 34.85 EACH BOOK GR 3-8 . . . . . . . 14.00 10.95
19 053579 053577 LV19ST 002013 Grade K 002000 Grade 4 053246 Grade 1 053250 Grade 5
20 053582 053580 LV20ST 001977 Grade 1 002006 Grade 5 053247 Grade 2 034883 Grade 6
037736 Test Pack . . . . . . . . . 10.00 8.95 001980 Grade 2 002008 Grade 6 053248 Grade 3 034897 Grade 7
001993 Grade 3 053249 Grade 4 034898 Grade 8
490 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
☼Learn Math Fast (1-12) adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing Key To ___ (McGraw-Hill) (4-12)
Looking for a streamlined curriculum with negative and positive numbers. 164 pgs. The Key To... series
targeted goals spanning from beginning math to 068314 Volume III (6-8) . . . . . . 45.00 is a very self-instruction-
High School Geometry? The title’s fast highlights Introduction to Pre-Algebra; solving for X al, unintimidating, pro-
this 7-volume 2nd edition curriculum’s goal: to and in terms of Y; order of operations; ratios; grammed learning series.
develop students who can quickly produce auto- slopes; graphs; slopes; exponents and vari- Covering seven basic top-
matic, confident responses to math problems. ables. 193 pgs. ics, students can work
This mastery-based program presents math con- 068576 Volume IV (1-8) . . . . . . 49.00 through these horizontal-
cepts in a sequential manner. Topically arranged, Basic Geometry: basic shapes; area; special ly or vertically. They are
each of these un-graded levels handles multiple triangles; circumference; diameter; volume; ideal for “homework” or a
concepts and can be used by multiple ages as a Pythagorean Theorem; hypotenuse; the 3-4-5 more topical approach to
supplement or stand-alone. More mastery-based, triangle; and basic metric system. Requires the subject. Presentation
this program can help shore up math skills or the Geometry Kit. 147 pgs. is done in a simple, friendly manner, incremen-
help struggling learners who are behind in lev- 068310 Geometry Kit for Vol 4 (1-8) tally, and with examples to follow as needed.
els. No matter your student’s grade, the author . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.00 Workbooks are thin and consumable. Answer
recommends starting at Level 1. However, free See complete description above. keys are recommended. Order by the book or
placement tests are available from the publisher’s 068315 Volume V (9-11) . . . . . 49.00 in sets.
website to either complete online or print. (http:// Algebraic terms; exponents and terms; laws We like this series because it encourages chil-
learnmathfastbooks.com/placement-test-i.html) of Algebra; distributive law of multiplication; dren to tackle these subject areas in as much
Level 1 contains 4 instruction pages for using the factoring and prime factorization; polynomi- depth as they can, rather than working strictly
overall program with different aged learners. No als; quadratic equations. 255 pgs. within the confines of an age-graded math pro-
teacher guide is available; answers and detailed 068316 Volume VI (11-12) gram. Starting in 4th or 5th grade, I purchased
solutions (which vary based on level) are includ- (2nd edition) . . . . . . . . 59.00 a complete set of student workbooks for each
ed in the back of each book. Applications of Algebra: how to build alge- child. Book 1 in each topic was put on the
Each softcover book includes detailed lessons braic equations to solve story problems; school book shelf. When Key to... was assigned,
written in a conversational—and sometimes solutions problems; mixture problems; prob- my children were free to work on whatever topic
humorous—style at a 3rd-4th grade reading ability; and systems of equations. 232 pgs. they chose, and they worked as much as they
level. At the lower levels, topics are introduced 068317 Volume VII (11-12) . . . 59.00 wanted. As soon as Book 1 in any subject was
using a few different methods including tips and High school geometry: congruent angles; arc completed, it was replaced by Book 2. My oldest
shortcuts and using U.S. coins as manipulatives. length; proofs; theorems; postulates; supple- daughter sometimes got so involved that she just
Concepts are taught, a practice worksheet fol- mentary and complementary angles; Sine; kept going!
lows, and then there is a timed test. Students Cosine; Tangent. 384 pgs. **********************************************
practice until they feel confident on the concept 068311 Smart Cards for Volume VII Key to Algebra (5-12)
and complete the test before moving on to the (10-12) . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.00 EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . . 5.80
next concept. At higher levels, students are Covers all postulates and theorems in Volume 7. EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . . . 8.76
taught the concept and complete a worksheet, 068309 Big, Big, Bookmark (1-8) 006655 Book 1: Operations on Integers
with the possibility of repeated practice through 8.5” x 11” . . . . . . . . . . 8.00 006656 Book 2: Varbls, Terms, Expressns
free worksheets. All levels include chapter tests 006657 Book 3: Equations
and a final review test. Geometry, Vol VII, ☼MathWise (3-9) 006658 Book 4: Polynomials
requires a manipulative kit. Sometimes a little more practice is all that is 006659 Book 5: Rational Numbers
Students can write in the book but it is designed needed to hone specific math skills. This series 006660 Book 6: Mult, Div, Rational Expr
as a non-consumable and unlimited downloads offers just that: topical practice, review, and extra 006661 Book 7: Add, Sub, Rational Expr
of worksheets are available at the publisher’s web practice. Peter Wise is a math teacher and author 012834 Book 8: Graphs
site with the included code. of this series that takes a fresh approach to help- 012835 Book 9: Systems of Equations
Supplemental materials include a water- and ing students understand. The basics are intended 012836 Book 10:Square Roots/Quad Equatns
tear-proof, 8.5x11” Big, Big Bookmark which for any grade level that might include them and 004601 Answers and Notes for Books 1-4
serves as a reference guide of main math con- are explained in a comic-style format. The books 007111 Answers and Notes for Books 5-7
cepts for all books. For Geometry (2nd ed), the vary in length and are divided into one and two- 012837 Answers and Notes for Books 8-10
Smart Cards include four 3”x 6 1/2” postulate page topical practices. Special features include ALGCMP Set (all wkbks & ans) 84.28 82.00
cards; 5 smart cards to review rules for angles, tips and tricks (memory aids), speech bubbles ALGWKB Workbooks only . . . . 58.00 56.00
triangles, quadrilaterals, polygons and circles; with teaching insights, step-by-step procedures, 004164 Reproducible Tests . . . . 23.48
a form to make a cube; and a pencil. The simplified terminology to introduce concepts, (not included in complete sets)
Geometry Kit (contained in a zippered vinyl and occasional concept quizzes. Each book **********************************************
pouch with 3-hole punch) is a simple, helpful set goes from simple to more complex explanations Key to Geometry (4-12)
that includes 15 1-inch foam squares; a 1-inch and challenge problems are included to stretch EACH WORKBOOK 1-6 . . . . . . . 5.80
plastic ball; protractor and two kinesthetic cards students. Every topic includes explanations, sam- EACH WORKBOOK 7-8 . . . . . . . 14.64
which help teach Pi; a square foot paper; a for- ples, practice, and answer keys (not solutions) EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . . . 8.76
mula card; a square, rectangle, and one each of are found at the back of the book. There is plenty 002677 Book 1: Lines and Segments
an equilateral, right triangle, and isosceles trian- of room for students to work right in the book, 006662 Book 2: Circles
gle cards with helpful reminders printed on one and these are reproducible for a single classroom 006663 Book 3: Constructions
side. Books range from 148-348 pgs, pb. ~ Ruth or family. This series is affordable, practical, and 006664 Book 4: Perpendiculars
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs a great option for students struggling with specific 006665 Book 5: Squares and Rectangles
068312 Volume I (1-3) . . . . . . . 45.00 concepts, needing more practice, or getting a 002017 Book 6: Angles
Adding and subtracting with single & double jumpstart on new concepts. ~ Donna 002018 Book 7: Perp, Paral, Tang, Circles
digits; multiplying and dividing up to 3 digits; EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 10.95 9.95 002019 Book 8: Triangles and Polygons
adding, multiplying and dividing by decimal 068399 Algebra Book 1 002020 Answers and Notes for Books 1-3
numbers; dividing with remainders; place 068400 Decimals 002021 Answers and Notes for Books 4-6
value; US measurements. 282 pgs. 068401 Fractions Book 1 . . . . 8.95 7.95 002022 Answers and Notes for Book 7
068313 Volume II (4-5) . . . . . . 45.00 068402 Fractions Book 2 002023 Answers and Notes for Book 8
Adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing 068403 Integers GEOCMP Complete set . . . . 99.12 97.00
fractions and mixed numbers; decimals and 068404 Percents GEOWKB Workbooks only . . 64.08 62.00
percentages; cross canceling; mixed numbers 069002 Number Sense . . . . . 12.95 10.95 **********************************************
and improper fractions; using math symbols; 069001 Linear Equations . . . . 11.95 10.50 continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 491
Key to Decimals (4-12) Ultimate Math Survival Guide (4-8) aspects of whole numbers, fractions, decimals,
EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . . 5.80 For students who need more practice and review, percents, geometry, integers, charts and graphs,
EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . . . 8.76 these books cover all the basics before moving word problems, and review. An answer key
002678 Book 1: Concepts on to algebra. Using the same simple to under- is included in Books 1 and 2. Consumable,
004598 Book 2: Add, Sub, Multiplication stand format found in the Mastering Essential approximately 144 pgs.
004599 Book 3: Division Math Skills Series, students will gain confidence Topical book lessons have 4 key parts. They
004600 Book 4: Using Decimals as they master math essentials. Follow the five begin with a review exercise covering previously
004602 Answers and Notes for Books 1-4 steps outlined in the front of each book for math learned concepts. Helpful hints introduce the
DECCMP Complete set . . . . 31.96 30.99 success – Step 1: complete the review exercise new material, then two sample problems are to
DECWKB Workbooks only . . 23.20 22.95 and show your work; Step 2: introduce the new be worked by the adult and the student, then
020915 Reproducible Tests . . 17.60 material using “Helpful Hints”; Step 3: work the students do problems on their own for practice.
(not included in complete sets) two sample problems together (student & parent/ The last item of each lesson is one word problem
********************************************** teacher), then the student works independently; for students to solve. There are usually about 10
Key to Fractions (4-12) Step 4: go through the “Problem Solving” section practice problems except in the problem solving
EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . . 5.80 and explain key words and strategies, then let book which may have fewer. Each book ends
EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . . . 8.76 the student solve the problem; Step 5: correct the with a Final Review and a Final Test over the
002679 Book 1: Fraction Concepts work using solutions in the back of each book. content of that specific book.
006055 Book 2: Multiplication, Division Ultimate Math Survival Guide, Part 1 includes The instructional DVDs which accompany
006056 Book 3: Addition, Subtraction whole numbers, integers, fractions, decimals, these books feature the author, Richard Fisher,
004597 Book 4: Mixed Numbers and percents. Ultimate Math Survival Guide, “America’s Math Teacher,” and can be pur-
004603 Answers and Notes for Books 1-4 Part 2 includes geometry, problem solving, chased separately or with the books. They
FRACMP Complete set . . . . 31.96 30.99 graphs, and pre-algebra topics. Each section in include thorough explanations and demonstra-
FRAWKB Workbooks only . . 23.20 22.95 each book end with review and a test to check tions on a white board of the concept or concepts
020916 Reproducible Tests . . 17.60 proficiency. Each book is 240+ pages and would for each lesson. There is over 6 hours of instruc-
(not included in complete sets) work well for test prep, a summer refresher or tion on each of the DVDs, and they are intended
********************************************** extra practice and review. ~ Donna to accompany the Mastering Essential Math Skills
Key to Measurement (4-12) EACH GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . .32.95 26.95 books. The format of the DVDs remind me a bit
EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . 5.80 065872 Part 1 065873 Part 2 of the Saxon DIVE CDS, but these are written on
EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . . 8.76 white board using a black marker and Mr. Fisher
004158 Book 1: English Units of Length Mastering Essential Math (4-12) uses red at times to make it easier to follow his
004159 Book 2: Measuring Length and This math system, designed explanations. His instruction consists of the
Perimeter Using English Units by math teacher Richard information found in the “Helpful Hints” sections
004161 Book 3: Finding Area and Volume Fisher over a 20-year period, of the book with elaboration. These DVDs are
Using English Units will bring to light any “holes” instruction only and you will need the corre-
004162 Book 4: English Units for Weight or deficiencies in math skills. sponding book for each student. - Linda / Donna
, Capacity, Temperature, and Time Each lesson is presented on a 040619 Book 1 only (4-5) . . . 27.95 21.95
007794 Answers and Notes, books 1-4 single page and is designed 045527 Book 1 w/ DVD . . . . 43.95 34.95
MSRCMP Complete Set . . . . 31.96 30.99 to be doable in 20 minutes. 040620 Book 2 only (6-12) . . 27.95 21.95
MSRWKB Workbooks only . . 23.20 22.95 There are two “groups” of 045529 Book 2 w/ DVD . . . . 43.95 34.95
********************************************** books in the series: one roughly leveled series of EACH TOPICAL BOOK (exc) . 22.95 19.95
Key to Metric Measurement (4-12) two books that incorporates multiple topics, and 026679 Fractions
EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . . 5.80 a topical series designed for grades 4-12. These 026684 Geometry
EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . . . 8.76 books aren’t colorful, but they have an unintim- 026685 Pre-Algebra . . . . . . . 27.95 21.95
003636 Book 1: Metric Units of Length idating look that may make math practice more 045530 Pre-Alg Bk & DVD . . 43.95 35.95
003637 Book 2: Measuring Length and inviting. Book 1, Book 2 and Pre-Algebra also 026695 Problem Solving
Perimeter Using Metric Units include access to online video tutorials. For addi- 026635 Decimals & Percents
003638 Book 3: Finding Area and Volume tional audio-visual instruction, the books are also 026737 Whole Numbers & Integers
Using Metric Units available with DVDs.
003639 Book 4: Metric Units for Mass, Book 1 and Book 2 offer five parts to each sin- E-Z MATH (BARRON’S EDUCATIONAL)
Capacity, Temperature, and Time gle-page lesson: speed drills, review exercises,
003635 Answers and Notes teacher tips, new material, and a word problem, E-Z Arithmetic (5-12)
MTMCMP Complete Set . . . . 31.96 30.99 all of which fits into the 20-minute time frame. A comprehensive review of arithmetic. This
MTMWKB Workbooks only . 23.20 22.95 Students first complete the review exercises. book probably contains everything you ever
********************************************** These are generally only four problems per day wanted to know about addition, subtraction,
Key to Percents (4-12) that provide reinforcement of previously-learned multiplication, division, fractions, decimals, per-
EACH WORKBOOK . . . . . . . . . . 5.80 math skills. Speed drills come next. These are cent, and measurement. Starting with a history
EACH ANSWERS & NOTES . . . . . 8.76 always fact wheels with the center blank. You of numbers and counting, this book assumes
006666 Book 1: Concepts supply the “wild” addend or factor, based on nothing. It’s also pretty easy to read for a math
006667 Book 2: Percents and Fractions your child’s particular need for practice with book. Although you’re probably familiar with
006668 Book 3: Percents and Decimals certain fact families. New material is introduced most of this material, detailed information and
007112 Answers and Notes for Books 1-3 next, along with “helpful hints” and examples. instruction is included for all topics. Worked
PERCMP Complete set . . . . . . 26.16 25.25 You should work the two sample problems examples are clearly explained. If you’re in a
PERWKB Workbooks only . . . . 17.40 16.95 with your child. Then, they complete the daily hurry and need a quick review, use the diagnos-
020917 Reproducible Tests . . . . 17.60 exercises (usually about ten) and word prob- tic pretest to pinpoint areas that need improve-
(not included in complete sets) lem. Each book contains a “How to Use This ment. Includes 150 practice sets, a posttest, and
********************************************** Book” section, which makes it easy to use, and an answer key. 450 pgs. ~ Anh
Key to Complete Sets all solutions to exercises are included. Book 1 021550 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 13.75
KEYCMP Complete Set . . . . 337.40 321.95 chapters include whole numbers; fractions; deci-
Complete set of all Key-To workbooks & keys. mals; ratios, proportions and percents; geometry; E-Z Math (9-AD)
KEYWKB Set of Workbooks 232.28 219.95 number theory and algebra; integers; charts and This book has some overlapping content with
A complete set of all Key-To workbooks. graphs; probability and statistics; word problems E-Z Arithmetic. There’s a short review of the
********************************************** and final review, all in 160 pages. Book 2 is four basic operations in chapter one, but then
divided into sections that cover more advanced it jumps right into fractions, decimals, per-
492 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
cents, beginning algebra, factoring, equations, MATH POWER BASICS (6-12) Despite what the title reads, these are not just
geometry, tables and graphs, word problems, A basic skills curriculum dedicated to total con- books of problems. They are fully instructional
and probability and statistics. Explanations of cept mastery and designed for students having texts that cover all of the major topics in their
concepts and terminology are clear and to the difficulty with traditional courses. Lessons are strands. They just teach via problems – first a
point. Algebraic processes, such as graphing a self-instructional and fairly lengthy, roughly 10 question is posed (in a gray-shaded box), then it
linear equation or solving a quadratic equation, student pages per lesson. Instruction is clear is answered, with complete explanation. If you
are systematically broken down and presented as (written at a fourth grade reading level), doesn’t already know the answer, just skip that one. This
step-by-step procedures. Steps in worked exam- assume prior knowledge, and explanations tend makes for very efficient review. For the student
ples are correspondingly numbered for clarity. to be more procedural than conceptual. Student intimidated by “regular” texts, these have enough
Each chapter includes a pretest, a posttest, and pages include instruction, drill, practice prob- “asides” in the margins to make them “marginally
numerous practice sets. The answer key also lems, and word problems. Activities develop acceptable.” A student who shuns your instruc-
provides solutions for more difficult practice problem-solving skills and usually involve “real” tion may have an easier time learning from these
problems. 230 pgs. ~ Anh world applications, such as planning a party, than from typical math texts. Written to the
021556 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.95 comparison shopping, and balancing a budget. user, they are totally self-study. No looking up
or checking answers here! They are right with
E-Z Pre-Algebra (8-10) Basic Math: the question! Instead of teaching a concept,
This E-Z book reviews fractions, integers, 033179 Student Book . . . . . . 26.00 19.95 then supplying a set of practice problems, each
ratios, proportions, equations, inequalities, statis- 033178 Student Wkbk & Key 16.00 12.50 question is different in some way and has its own
tics, probability, algebraic terms, powers, square 033180 Teacher’s Guide . . . . . 7.00 5.95 explanation or solution. This doesn’t mean there
roots, etc. E-Z Pre-Algebra provides a terrific 033181 Test Pack w/ Ans Key 21.00 15.95 isn’t practice for each concept; just that there
review to help attain higher grades and prepares 041171 Set of 4 Above . . . . . 61.00 45.95 is not repetitive practice. Though a thousand
students to meet the Common Core Standards problems may seem like a lot, for comparative
in algebra. Information is presented in bite-size Algebra: purposes, the Saxon Algebra book has about four
pieces along with examples for further clarity 033166 Student Book . . . . . . 29.00 21.95 times that – more if you include tests. Written by
on the topic. Review questions and exercises 033165 Student Wkbk & Key 16.00 12.50 the author of some of The Complete Idiot’s Guide
are also found in every chapter, and answers 033168 Teacher’s Guide . . . . . 7.00 5.95 to…. math tomes, these will drive concepts home
are found at the back of the book. 289 pages. 033169 Test Pack w/ Ans Key 21.00 15.95 without burning students out.
~ Donna 041168 Set of 4 Above . . . . . 61.00 45.95 EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 21.95 15.50
055137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.95 053167 Basic Math & Pre-Algebra
Geometry: 044787 Algebra 044789 Geometry
E-Z Algebra (9-12) 033195 Student Book . . . . . . 26.00 19.95 044788 Calculus
Uses a storyline approach, putting skills in 033194 Student Wkbk & Key 16.00 12.50 044790 Statistics . . . . . . . . . 22.95 15.95
meaningful topics as concepts are “discovered” 033196 Teacher’s Guide . . . . . 7.00 5.95
to solve real problems (albeit in an imaginary 033197 Test Pack w/ Ans Key 21.00 15.95 ☼Egghead’s Guides to Math (7-AD)
land). Covers: rules of behavior for numbers, 041176 Set of 4 Above . . . . . 61.00 45.95 Help your visual learn-
equations, negative numbers and integers, frac- er master concepts that
tions and rational numbers, exponents, roots and Consumer Math: will help them through
real numbers, algebraic expressions, functions, Covers making change, comparison shopping, their math curriculum
graphs, systems of two equations, quadratic budgeting, loans, interest, and credit as well as and standardized testing.
equations, circles, ellipses, parabolas, polyno- banking, taxes, and insurance. For every concept, this
mials, exponential functions and logarithms, 040029 Student Book . . . . . . 26.00 19.95 series offers explanations
simultaneous equations and matrices, series, per- 040031 Student Wkbk & Key 16.00 12.50 accompanied by real-life
mutations, combinations, the binomial formula, 040030 Teacher Guide . . . . . . 7.00 5.95 examples and a plethora
proofs by mathematical induction, and imaginary 040032 Test Pack w/ Key . . . 21.00 15.95 of visuals. The publish-
numbers. 041174 Set of 4 Above . . . . . 61.00 45.95 er recommends working
005020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 13.75 through book chapters in order, allowing your
Humongous Books of Math Problems (6-AD) understanding to build. Mr. Egghead will be pres-
E-Z Algebra 2 (10-12) If you’re after size, these books will not dis- ent every step of the way with stories and pictures
Prepare for a better understanding and higher appoint. They are, indeed, humongous. So, to represent the concept being taught. Every chap-
grades in Algebra 2. Separate chapters focus on besides doorstops, what are they good for? Why ter presents several concepts. After each concept
linear functions, polynomial operations, func- would anyone want a book with 1,000 problems presentation, examples and visuals, there are prac-
tions and relations, absolute value functions, in it, anyway? Here’s the short answer: tice questions. At each chapter’s end, all concepts
quadratic functions, complex numbers, poly- • Saxon isn’t your native language presented are reviewed. Full solutions are offered
nomial functions, radical functions, rational • You need more hand-holding than your for all problems. A great supplement and prepara-
functions, exponential functions, logarithmic Saxon book provides when working prob- tion for any student! Pages vary, pb. ~ Donna
functions, trigonometric functions, graphs, & lems EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 10.95
equations, sequences & series, and statistics. • You feel that working more problems would 067550 Algebra
Explanations and examples are found throughout help you improve Variables, expressions, equations, exponents,
each chapter, and exercises are also included for • You want a math book with a sense of roots, polynomials and polynomial equa-
practice of the concept. Presented in a self-study humor tions, absolute value, inequalities, systems
fashion, answers are found at the back of the • You’ve already taken a course in this math of equations, and word problems. 268 pgs.
book for quick checking. 590 pages. subject, and failed 067551 Calculus
055136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 13.75 • You want to review the math you took with Algebra review, graphing, functions, trig-
another book onometry, limits, differentiation, applying
E-Z Geometry (9-12) • You’ve gone through Algebra and never differentiation, integration, and definite inte-
This book presents geometry in a clear and heard of matrix Algebra or synthetic division grals. 265 pgs.
logical way. Introduction of concepts is fairly • There are times when you “just don’t get 067552 Geometry
standard, including the building of theorems, it” and would like an alternate instructional Plane geometry: lines and points, angles,
postulates and proofs. Ample illustrations and resource to turn to quadrilaterals, triangles, similar and congru-
examples, including many drawings and dia- • You like friendly, more informal, books with ent triangles, special right triangles, circles,
grams, are included to help facilitate learning. explanatory “note bubbles” and skull-and- polygons, irregular and multiple figures.
Solutions to exercises are provided. crossbones (signifying difficult problems) in Solids: cubes, rectangular solids, and cylin-
005024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 13.75 the margins ders. 410 pgs.
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 493
Top Line Math (Houghton Mifflin Harcourt)(9-AD) tice. There is also more general real-world appli- ASSESSMENTS / TEST PREPARATION
An inexpensive and well-organized way to cation in this series as well as a greater test-taking
provide targeted instruction in specific math skill preparation emphasis. Parents can use this series Essential Math Skills: Over 250 Activities to
sets. Start with a diagnostic test to determine to reteach just one area or use it for general Develop Deep Understanding (PK-3)
exactly where students need work; then work instruction or test preparation (GED or standard- Building a solid foundation with basic math
through however many of these small but com- ized). Student Worktexts are typically 70 pgs, pb skills is so important; children will continue to
prehensive worktexts are needed. Sounds simple, and have an accent color. Teacher Guides are 45 build on them for the rest of their math lives.
doesn’t it – and it really is – with plenty of teach- pgs, pb and hole-punched. ~ Janice Making sure that the essentials are solid can be
er support along the way. A great solution for EACH STUDENT . . . . . . . . . . 10.73 5.95 done with extra practice and activities and this
helping a student catch up on specific skills or for EACH TEACHER . . . . . . . . . . . 12.07 7.50 book provides over 250 suggestions that can help
general preparation of high school math or GED Student Teacher from kindergarten to third grade.
tests. An added bonus is the real-life application Data Analysis & Problty 060948 060949 The book is divided by grade level, so you
of the problems and instructions. Data, Tables, & Graphs 060950 060951 know which activities will be appropriate. The
The Diagnostic Test is a five-page assessment Decimals 060952 060953 first page of each grade level offers a list of items
resembling standardized tests. There are four Fractions 060955 060956 to be used with the activities. These are items
problems relating to the content of each of the Geometry 060957 060958 that you may already have in your home but
worktexts. A score of less than three correct Mathematical Reason 060960 060961 feel free to substitute. At the Pre-kindergarten
answers for these indicates a need for further Measurement 060962 060963 level, the book suggests about 30 items: vinyl
work in that area. The Diagnostic Teacher Guide Number Concepts 060965 060964 non-skid spots, beanbags, abacus, ball, buttons,
provides instruction for administering the diag- Pre-Algebra 060966 060967 hot glue, index cards, number cubes, counters,
nostic, an answer/solution key, and a correlation Ratios & Percents 060968 060969 paper cups, manipulatives, letter tiles, blocks,
sheet (so you’ll know what problems pertain 060954 Diagnostic Test . . . . . .7.07 4.50 plastic containers, erasers, puzzle pieces, string,
to what worktext). There is also a reproducible 060959 Information Booklet . . . 1.50 pencils, ribbons, calendar, stickers, interlock-
answer sheet for the diagnostic that the student ing cubes, pen tops, old keys, two containers,
can use to make scoring easier. Practice Makes Perfect: Basic Math (9-AD) marbles, crackers, pictures of animals, dish,
The Student Worktexts cover basic arithmetic You’ve made it to high school and math is still cardboard rectangle and tape or chalk. In the first
skill sets as well as pre-algebra and general math a challenge for you. A little review and practice activity you are asked to put vinyl non-skid spots
skills. Each worktext has 3-5 units each with is all you need for the math basics to click, and on the floor and children are asked to follow
4-6 lessons. Books start with a pre-test and end now you’re ready to move on to the next math directions to go ___ steps forward or back. If you
with a post-test (designed to build student confi- level. The Practice makes Perfect: Basic Math don’t have the non-skid spots, for example, you
dence by seeing improvement). Lessons provide offers over 500 exercises in the areas of number can substitute sidewalk chalk and do the activity
instruction, worked examples and a preliminary sense, calculation, algebraic reasoning, geomet- outside or use tape to put a pattern on your floor
On Your Own problem; then practice laced with ric relationships, and statistical thinking. Basic or even cut shapes out of construction paper
lots of real-world applications. Special sections math skills are imperative for passing the GED and tape them on the floor. The idea is that they
highlight test-taking strategies (helpful since test and/or preparing for community college, and have a trail to follow and count. The supply list
prep seems a sub-goal of this series). Units are this book reviews the basics – multiplication, is similar at each level with some variation and
introduced with real-life applications. An over- division, negative numbers, square roots, frac- additional items needed at the higher grades.
view of lessons highlights what will be learned tions, and more. 184 pages of clear explanations, The front of the book offers instruction for the
and how that relates to what the student already examples, and practice provide help for the parent/teacher for incorporating activities into
knows. A review of each unit keeps the learning struggling student and prep for standardized test- your curriculum and information on standards
fresh. A number of helpful references are provid- ing. The book is not reproducible and the answer met. The appendices include reproducible pages
ed at the back of each book – a Glossary and a key is found at the back. pb. ~ Donna that consist of a skills inventory (great for keep-
Math Toolkit. The Math Toolkit for the Fractions 058551 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.00 13.50 ing track of your child’s math progress), rubrics
book includes a list of equivalent fractions and and pages needed for some of the activities.
decimals, benchmark fractions, rules for frac- Math Skills for the Workforce (11-AD) These same pages are found in pdf format on
tions, estimation, key operation words, and a Want your student to fine tune math skills the resource cd in the back of the book. The
multiplication chart showing 15 x 15. before heading into the workforce? This series activities in this 168-page book add a multi-sen-
The Teacher Guides are both inexpensive and from Steck-Vaughn aims to help students under- sory aspect to learning the foundational material
truly useful (and I don’t say that often). In addition stand and practice math skills and problem-solv- needed in math and would be a great addition for
to the expected answer/solutions key and learning ing techniques and then apply them in the work- your kinesthetic learners. ~ Donna
objectives/tips, etc. there is guided instruction for place. Since the focus is mastering skills, each 057284 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 19.95
each lesson that provides a script for talking the book begins and ends with skills inventory tests
student through the learning process including the and each of the 6-7 units contains application Critical Thinking: Test-Taking Practice with
examples and On Your Own problems. There is problems and several reviews as well as a unit Math (3-6)
one TG page for each two-page student lesson and review. Each one-page lesson (labeled and orga- This unique series will help children prepare for
student pages are referenced rather than provided nized by problem type) outlines the steps needed standardized testing. Each book provides 3 levels
as reduced copies. Instruction is written to the stu- to accurately solve problems and provides sam- of tests, each with 100 questions and aligned to
dent in the Worktext but not repeated in the TG. ple problems with solutions. Each book includes Common Core Standards. Using side bar notes
The TG content builds on the Worktext instruction a glossary and answers/explanations for each and instruction, Test A provides students with
in a question/answer type of dialog. Additional problem. All workbooks except for Fractions detailed guidance regarding how to solve the
notes in the TG include those for English Language include a few pages of displayable charts to help problem; Test B provide continued supportive
Learners, different learning styles, and references recall key math facts, formulas and symbols. notes, but with less depth of details; and Test
to using the Math Toolkit. There are references Consumable, perforated, and non-reproducible. C provides no instruction or helps for solving
in the TG to downloadable/printable worksheets Useful for math review or as a portion of a con- the problems. All 3 tests provide practice in the
available at the publisher website but I suspect sumer math type course. One note: though the same skill sets but different problems are used. A
some changes in their availability as I was unable publisher recommended grade is 11+, the math How to Use the Book section is included as are
to find them on the parent-company website. skills in this series are generally covered by 8th the answers with explanations. A Bubble Answer
There are some reproducible reference worksheets grade. Approx. 200 pp, sc. ~ Ruth Template is available in the back of the book.
in the back of the TG itself. EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.80 18.95 Reproducible for single classroom use. 112 pgs,
While this series has some similarities to the Key 059783 Decimals & Percents sc. ~ Deanne
to series, there are some significant differences as 059784 Fractions EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.95
well. There is more instruction to the student in 059785 Measurement, Geometry & Algebra 060523 Math 3 060525 Math 5
this series but perhaps slightly less actual prac- 059786 Whole Numbers 060524 Math 4 060526 Math 6
494 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Algebra Test Prep and Review (7-AD) HANDBOOKS / REFERENCES Illustrated Elementary Math Dictionary (3-6)
The quality of Critical Thinking Press is now in A full-color desk reference from Usborne, this
a test preparation product. Algebra Test Prep and ☼Everything Parent’s Guide to Common Core math dictionary provides not only definitions, but
Review is arranged topically, so you only review Math (K-8) also concrete, illustrated examples which are just
the concepts you need or want. Important topics Struggling to help your children with their math as important, especially during the elementary
from algebra 1 and algebra 2 are set up in units homework because it looks strange to you? You grades. Similar concepts are grouped togeth-
and each unit is rounded out with a summary can show them how you know to do it, but it er so you can easily review one whole topic.
of those topics and a practice quiz. Units cover conflicts with how they are learning at school. Alternatively, you can easily find a specific word
algebra basics and include factoring, radicals, Avoid confusion and arm yourself with the or phrase via the index. Topics covered include
exponents, graphing, linear equations, quadratic basics of CC math. Some of it is conceptual, but numbers, fractions, decimals, percentages, pro-
equations, inequalities, functions, conics, loga- there is a different language as well that can be portion, estimating, arithmetic calculations, alge-
rithms, determinants, matrices, and more. Each confusing. Learn what is covered in the grade bra, 2-D and 3-D shapes, symmetry, angles,
topic is defined and clear examples given, along levels, multiple ways to look at math problems, measurement, perimeter, area, volume, data,
with a thorough explanation of any information the rationale for the CC standards, and what you charts, graphs, averages, chance, probability,
connected to that topic. There are no exercises really want to know – how to help your child and much more. 135 pgs. ~ Anh
for practice, just the quizzes at the end of each with their homework and prepare for exams. sc, 021713 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 11.69
unit. The pages are perforated for easier copying 304pp. ~ Sara
for family, classroom and repeated review of EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 11.95 Visual Math Dictionary (5-9)
topics. Use this great test prep product for help 067968 Grades K-5 067967 Grades 6-8 I’ve never been strong in math but this handy
with homework, review, or extra practice on key reference book makes things simpler with con-
algebraic concepts. ~ Donna Usborne First Illustrated Math Dictionary (1-5) cise descriptions of terms and clear tables, charts,
060812 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.99 This brightly illustrated dictionary clearly and diagrams to help students understand. About
defines over 500 key terms and concepts, guid- half the book is an actual dictionary, with over
ing children through the fifth grade through 600 terms (from abacus to zero) that are defined
essential math concepts. But it’s not your typical and accompanied by a graphic, diagram, or
dictionary! Students are taught how to work out example. Want to know what standard deviation
concepts in straight-forward methods. For exam- means? Need to figure out what an isosceles trap-
ple, how do you add/subtract when you don’t ezoid looks like? Forget which one’s the y-inter-
know the starting number? How do you count cept? Just consult this book and all your questions
by twos, threes, or fives? Terms are organized will be answered! The second half of the book
by theme rather than following an alphabetical includes even more useful information and refer-
order: Understanding Numbers, Using Numbers, ences such as a multiplication table, conversion
Understanding Shapes and Space, Measuring, tables, clarification of formulas, explanations of
and Data. This format allows students to read symbols, and descriptions of a variety of math
through and build their knowledge. Students can concepts. Keep this book in reach during your
☼High School Algebra / Geometry Unlocked use Word Finder (a glossary) to find an exact math studies as a great reference and aid! 130
(9-12) term they need. Internet links offer math games pgs, pb. ~ Rachel
Students who need a concise and up-to- and practice. 6.875” x 9.75”, reinforced softcov- 042363 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 10.50
date preparation for the algebra and geometry er, 136 pp. ~ Ruth
problems confronting them on the ACT® or 059700 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 11.69 Usborne Illustrated Dictionary of Math (7-AD)
SAT® exams will benefit from the instruction Sometimes a clear diagram
provided within this math series. Each text in ☼How to Be Good at Math (2-5) or picture can make all the
this three-volume series presents straightforward DK has published a great guide for children who difference, especially in the
reviews of the core content and techniques that need visual examples and extra help with math. study of math. After looking
are often included in the college prep exams. This book offers step-by-step explanations and at several similar products,
Students are also provided with multiple strate- colorful graphics to aid children in grades 2-5. this one stands out among the
gies for approaching and solving problems, along Get additional explanation for numbers, calcu- rest because of its high-quali-
with over 100 practice questions and explana- lating, measurement geometry, statistics, and ty graphics. This colorful ref-
tions that mimic the type that they will encounter Algebra. Students will be taken through examples erence is packed with over
on the ACT® or SAT®. 380 pgs, pb. ~ Mike and then given the opportunity to solve a few 500 math terms, 300 dia-
EACH TEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 10.95 problems. Tips are given to make math concepts grams, and 100 worked examples. Alike topics
067770 High School Algebra 1 Unlocked more understandable. 320 pgs, pb. ~ Donna are grouped together into 4 main sections (num-
Covers mathematical properties and termi- 045952 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 13.95 bers; algebra; shape, space and measures; and
nology, exponents and sequences, polyno- handling data) and extensively cross-referenced
mial expressions, quadratic equations and ☼Math is Awesome: 101 Incredible Things at the bottom of each spread. 128 pgs.
inequalities, systems of equations, functions Every Kid Should Know (2-8) 028443 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 11.69
and intervals, graphing and absolute value, Want to transform your child’s attitude toward
and other related concepts. math? Just hand him this book and let him thumb Charts / Guides
067771 High School Algebra 2 Unlocked through the world of fascinating math applica-
Covers complex numbers and polynomials, tions that will silence the lament, “when will I Math Charts (PK-AD)
modeling situations using equations and ever need this?” Egyptian pyramids that line up Colorful wall charts are helpful in a learning
graphs, radical and rational equations and to a constellation, a metric standard that is based space for quick reference of those functions used
inequalities, trigonometric functions, log- on a precise measurement of the earth’s circum- over and over. These are a nice size at 17.5”x
arithms and logarithmic functions, using ference, or even the simple, no-brainer that it’s 22” and made of heavy cardstock. The charts
statistics to interpret data, and frequency and easier to remember long numbers if we divide have colorful backgrounds and graphics, with
probability distributions. them into groups of 3 or 4 digits. Packed with clear explanations and examples. There is infor-
067772 High School Geometry Unlocked facts presented within high energy graphics, and mation on the back of each poster which you can
Covers translation, reflection, rotation and hugely applicable to all aspects of life, this book use to explain the concepts. ~ Sara
symmetry, congruence and theorems, rela- will be a welcome addition (pun intended) to EACH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 2.75
tions between 2-D and 3-D figures, trigo- any [boring] math curriculum. Or, hide it away, 039715 Comparing Basic Fractions
nometry, circles, angles and arcs, the alge- bringing out a new math fact every time you need 039904 Mean, Median, Mode
bra-geometry connection, along with volume to answer THAT question. 128 pgs, pb. ~ Janice 039991 Plane Geometric Shapes
and surface area. 067250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 7.50 040001 Solid Geometric Shapes
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 495
☼Math Thinking Mats (K-5) Adhesive Desk Reference Stickers (PK-5) Math Flippers (8-12)
Each of these books pro- Decorate your desktop with these colorful math Flippers are handy reference tools with stag-
vides 20 colorful, write- reference stickers! Each self-stick desk prompt gered, titled cards that let you flip immediately to
on/wipe-off mats featuring measures 3.5” x 4” and allows for easy peeling the information you need. All the math flippers
activities with simple, easy- and repositioning. ~ Anh display math rules, word symbols, equations,
to-follow directions and EACH STICKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 and how-to’s.
coordinating game cards/ 052281 Colors, Shapes, Money (PK-3) EACH FLIPPER . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 8.50
pieces to practice import- Shows 10 basic shapes and colors as well as 005534 Algebra 1 002570 Math
ant math concepts. Durable five U.S. coins and the dollar bill. 005536 Algebra 2 005522 Pre-Algebra
mats are perforated for easy 052282 Equivalent Values (PK-2) 005540 Geometry 1
removal and double-sided Displays 6 simple fractions (1/2, 1/3, ¼, 1/5,
glossy. These reinforcement math games cor- 1/8, 1/10) plus their corresponding decimal, GENERAL INSTRUCTION
relate to current state standards, focus on grade percentage, and pie graph equivalents.
level skills and are color-coded for ease of use. 052283 Hundred Chart (PK-3) Resource Books
For example, one mat in the Grade 1 book A mini-100-number chart in a 10x10 grid.
features a brightly colored picnic basket and 058627 Counting 1-120 (1-3) Family Math (PK-8)
blanket, with blank squares up above arranged This 4” x 3.5” chart contains numbers 1-120 Designed as a resource book for parents to
to write a typical plus or minus equation. in a grid-like structure with the fives and tens reinforce math concepts at home, this flagship
Accompanying pieces include ants and a + and bolded for easy reference. book concentrates on hands-on learning and
– sign. Students place ants on the blanket and 052286 Multiplication Chart (2-5) applying math skills in everyday life for the K-6
basket and an operation symbol, and then write The 1-12 times tables in a 12 x 12 array. grade set. Families learn together and work up
in the corresponding numerals in the squares to some excitement for math in the “real world”.
solve the equation. They would be great to use Math CCSS Quick Studies (K-12) Math topics include word problems, logical rea-
alongside any math curriculum for practicing key Straightforward and easy to use, these multi-col- soning, measurement, geometry, spatial thinking,
concepts or to place in a learning center. 40 pgs, ored laminated foldout charts are a handy way probability, statistics, calculators, estimation and
reinforced sc. ~ Ruth to reinforce math concepts for middle school more. Includes many games and reproducible
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.99 13.95 students. Each grade specific chart folds out, pro- charts and a list of required skills for each grade
035500 Grade K 035436 Grade 3 viding 6 pages of simple explanations, tips, and level K-6. Family Math II follows the same
035398 Grade 1 035446 Grade 4 examples to assist children in understanding topics format and targets the same grade range as the
035429 Grade 2 035481 Grade 5 found in the Math CC Standards. 3-hole punched original book, providing additional activities on
for storage in a binder. ~ Deanne the same range of topics.
Math Learning Charts (2-6) EACH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95 5.95 Family Math for Young Children specifically
The majority of these brightly colored charts 025694 1st Grade 008830 6th Grade targets the four- to eight-year olds with many
are geared towards younger children. These are 025696 2nd Grade 008832 7th Grade hands-on exploration activities to acquaint chil-
great for kids who may not be quite ready for the 025701 3rd Grade 008834 8th Grade dren with number and math concepts. Intended
more extensive nature of Ready References. The 025712 4th Grade 013209 Gr. 6-8 for home use, the emphasis is on comparing
charts are 17” x 22” in size and have supplemen- 008827 5th Grade 013201 Algebra 1 via enjoyable discovery-based exercises. Each
tary information and tips on back. ~ Enh 012964 Integrated Math 2 (High School) activity page includes: concepts covered (This is
EACH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 2.75 About), materials needed, preparation, activity
023372 Angles 023383 Multiplcation ☼Math Teaching Poster Set (3-AD) instructions, and tips for you as teacher.
023373 Area/Perimeter 023388 Volume This poster set can adorn your walls and serve Family Math: The Middle School Years directs
as reminders for your math students. Each poster instruction to the 5th-8th grader. Activities
Math Charts (2-6) measures 17”x 21.5”, and includes colorful dia- still use an investigative approach, but require
These useful charts measure 17” x 21” and are grams and illustrations along with vocabulary, a deeper level of thought as children analyze,
made of durable cardstock, printed in full-color definitions and samples. Sets include a teacher record and draw conclusions about mathemat-
with kid-friendly illustrations. The back of each guide with four reproducible activity pages, ical situations. The book is divided into two
chart includes additional reproducible activities. answer keys, and additional teaching information basic sections, Algebraic Reasoning and Number
A great aid for any math class. for each poster. See below for contents of each Sense. Activities include concept explanation,
EACH CHART (except noted) . . 2.99 2.75 set. ~ Donna/Deanne materials needed, instructions, and application.
014887 Graphs . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 2.60 EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 7.95 As with the lower-level books, this program is
Definitions and illustrations of popular 032402 Integers & Other Numbers meant to be used at home with family participa-
graphs, including the line graph, bar graph, Number Line & Absolute Value; The Real tion. This is an excellent hands-on program; a
pie chart, and pictograph, all using the same Number System; Adding & Subtracting rare commodity at this grade.
numerical data. Integers; and Multiplying & Dividing Integers. 006967 Young Children (PK-3)24.95 21.95
015024 Metric Conversion 066524 Algebraic Expressions & Equations 004714 Family Math (K-6) . . 24.95 21.95
Explains and illustrates how to change inch- Algebraic Expressions basics; Evaluating 020810 Family Math II (K-6) 24.95 21.95
es to centimeters and vice versa, weight Algebraic Expressions; Simplifying Algebraic
equivalents, capacity equivalents, length and Expressions and Solving Algebraic Equations. Right-Brained Math (K-7)
distance equivalents, U.S. customary abbre- I think as parent-teachers, we recognize that not
viations, and metric abbreviations. Math Fundamentals Reference Guides (6-12) everyone “gets math”. Whether the struggle lies
015195 U.S. Customary Measurement These colorful, laminated reference guides by in the memorization of facts or inability to ana-
Weight, capacity, length, and distance in US/ BarCharts provide easy access to important math lyze the data, many of our children (and some
metric measurement. concepts that you may need a quick refresher adults!) exert great effort without results. Could
on. Guide 1 covers numbers, operations, & it be they learn differently? Much research con-
Metric Conversion Chartlet (3-AD) measurement; Guide 2 covers algebra; Guide 3 ducted in the past several years has analyzed the
This bright yellow poster displays English units covers geometry; Guide 4 covers data analysis & differences in right and left-brain learners. Many
with their metric equivalents on the left. On the probability; and Guide 5 covers word problems, of the popular math curricula options today are
right side, you’ll see common metric measure- process, tips & strategies. - Enh written to meet the needs of the left-brain learn-
ments with their English equivalents. Includes: EACH GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.95 4.45 er- sequential, detailed, repetitive and often tex-
length, volume, weight, and area. Two illustrated 023701 Guide 1 023777 Guide 4 tually plain or black and white. However, what
examples of converting from English to Metric are 023756 Guide 2 009658 Guide 5 happens to our children who learn differently?
provided. 17” x 22” – Rachel 023776 Guide 3 Children who see the whole picture rather than
031258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 2.60 bite-size pieces; and respond to color, patterns,
496 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
or pictures? Entirely capable of learning, children one for each of the targeted skills, lessons begin Interactive Notebooks: Math (K-8)
who are right brain learners often fall through the with simple concepts and increase in difficulty. An interactive notebook is a
cracks or receive unwarranted labels. It is recommended you only go as far as your colorful, sometimes 3D, way
This newest math series meets the math needs student is ready, depending on age and level. of taking notes and remember-
of the visual spatial learner, right brain learner or Part I, Time, covers everything from introducing ing important things that may
any other child with a unique learning situation the hands on a clock (Ollie Hour, Molly Minute, involve drawing, doodling &
that does not grasp the typical left brained focused and Sammy Second), to future and elapsed time, diagrams to help the student
math programs available. While each book in and to estimating time. In Money, children are retain information in a way that
the series is a stand-alone resource, there will be introduced to the different money denominations makes sense to them. Because
great value in reviewing books in order to ensure and end with adding money and making change. it is so personalized, students
children have a solid foundation. The final section, Measurement, focuses on become actively involved in their note taking
First in the series, Addition and Subtraction measuring temperature, length, perimeter, area, and it can be adapted for various age/learning
begins with background information to help weight, and volume. Resources for practicing the levels. It can take as much or as little time as you
you understand the right brain learner. As a left- skills taught in the book and an answer key are like. You might make a notebook page only at
brain learner, I found this to be one of the most included. Depending on your child, you may the beginning of a unit, or perhaps one for each
valuable aspects of the series. I experienced wish to add a clock, play money or measuring topic. These books are a guide for formatting and
many “AHA” moments as I read the information, cups (not required). You will need a 12” ruler, for grade level content to include in your note-
which enhanced my understanding greatly of the measuring tape (or yard stick), kitchen scale, book, though this can easily be varied. Students
right brained learners in my family. The author bathroom scale, and a food thermometer. The are encouraged to make their own choices about
provides background understanding of teaching final section also includes cooking activities, so the look of their pages. A grading rubric helps
children of various ages from preschool through other common household and food items will be teachers and homeschooling parents assess the
fourth grade before expanding on principles for necessary. This is a wonderful resource to engage student’s work. You can begin with a spiral note-
teaching the right-brain learner. Topics in this your child’s learning practical math skills. book, a composition book or a 3 ring binder with
book include learning numbers, understanding Right -Brained Math Vocabulary provides par- loose leaf paper. The content in each grade level
the meaning of numbers, transitioning from ents and teachers interactive, visual and tac- aligns to current state standards and gives you
visual to symbolic and mastering computa- tile methods for teaching the math vocabulary something to work with. Reproducible for one
tion to 10. Loosely scripted, each topical area necessary for math success. Each double-sided classroom, co-op or family. Homeschoolers may
includes goals, manipulative lists, activity/game page provides a colorfully illustrated vocabulary recognize this method as lapbooking. 96 pgs, pb.
instructions, and reproducible activity pages. word with brief explanation, summarized activity EACH NOTEBOOK . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 7.50
Answer Keys and Classroom Records are includ- and sample sentence on one side, with a story, 034654 Grade K 034646 Grade 5
ed. Suggested hands-on manipulatives utilize picture related information or activity, related 034567 Grade 1 034649 Grade 6
commonly found items. thinking question and kinesthetic activity. The 034568 Grade 2 034652 Grade 7
Right-Brained Place Value follows and begins teaching process is clearly explained: introduce 034569 Grade 3 034653 Grade 8
with an overview of how children learn, a review and model the word, get student participation, 034643 Grade 4
of foundational concepts, all before introduc- tell the story, follow with the visual exercise,
ing place value and multi-digit computation. journal and a kinesthetic activity, and post the Challenge Math (K-9)
Introducing place value in concrete terms and word on wall for visual reminder. Use along with Some kids have a natural talent for mathe-
activities, children as young as kindergarten may the other books in this series or as a companion matics. It doesn’t take much explaining before
be able to comprehend this vital concept. Math to your current math curriculum to teach key they’re nodding or saying, “I’ve got it.” Then
fluency develops through a variety of hands on math concepts. Each page includes 2 vocabulary they’re off, racing through their homework at
and total body activities, engaging stories, dis- words with dotted lines to cut between them, the lightning speed. It’s not much of a challenge and
covery based exercises, oral practice and repro- individual vocabulary word card measures 8” x frankly, kind of boring. That’s where Challenge
ducible worksheets. Answer keys and student 5 ½”. Pages are perforated for easy removal and Math comes into play. These books are a great
assessment forms are in the appendix. Hands-on could easily be laminated. Includes 138 words. resource for finding topics and problems that
manipulatives utilize commonly found items. This pioneering teaching resource would make will spark their interest and challenge their math
Right-Brained Multiplication and Division an excellent companion to the Life of Fred ele- and problem solving skills. Though referred to
reviews the right brained elements used through- mentary series or mastery based instruction for as a curriculum, I think it is best used as a sup-
out the series. Although formatted a little differ- struggling math students. Dedicated teaching plement. For instance, if you’re teaching a unit
ently than the previous books, teaching elements time is necessary for success and may take 30-45 on multiplication, you could refer to the multi-
are the same: visual illustrations, personification, minutes per day depending on your student’s sit- plication, exponents, area, or distance chapters
pattern discovery, story telling, and hands on or uation. Books are complementary, but may also for some interesting problems. Each chapter
total body activities. Teaching information (not be used independently. Reproducible for instruc- begins with instruction so the student has the
scripted) and tactile/kinesthetic activities includ- tional use in a single classroom or homeschool. necessary background to solve the upcoming
ed in each topical chapter. Appendix contains 120-223 pgs, pb. ~ Deanne problems. The text uses fun cartoon characters
reproducible practice worksheets and answer EACH BOOK (exc noted) . . . . . . 29.95 and language that is easy to understand. At the
keys. 058386 Add./Sub. . . . . . . . . . . . 28.95 end of each chapter, there are problems which
Right Brained Fractions focuses on immersive 021969 Fractions are grouped by level of difficulty. The Primary
storytelling, vibrant images, hands on activities 058387 Multiplication/Division Grade book has four levels: easy, somewhat
and pattern discovery, children review concepts 058388 Place Value challenging, challenging, and very challenging.
and terminology, fractional parts, improper frac- 069185 ☼Time, Money and Measurement In Challenge Math, there are only three levels:
tions, fraction number sense, adding fractions 014127 ☼Math Vocabulary challenging, very challenging, and extremely
and mixed numbers, as well as, subtracting, challenging. ~ Anh
multiplying and dividing fractions. Reproducible EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 19.50
resource pages and answer keys are included. 033665 Primary Challenge Math (K-4)
Right- Brained Time, Money & Measurement is This volume has 27 chapters covering
an engaging resource to teach practical skills to sequences, problem-solving, money, frac-
children from 5-8 years of age. Like the others tions, multiplying, exponents, percents, mea-
in this series, the targeted learner is the visual surement, probability, ratios, proportions,
or right brain although it may benefit children of negative numbers, division, distance, alge-
all learning types. Concepts are taught through braic thinking, algebra and equations, using
images, stories, hands-on activities, and patterns: algebra, square roots, circumference, area,
all designed to engage and target a child’s natu- logic, and decimals.
ral learning strengths. Divided into 3 sections, continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 497
059812 Upper Elementary (2-6) pyramid fold, standing cube, accordion book, presenting the material in understandable terms,
The front cover states, “Math is often taught etc.) are provided. Many colorful photos of your students’ understanding will be pulled along
as all scales and no music. This book con- completed Foldables are helpfully included. with Crazy Applications, Brain Stretchers, and
tains the music!” Our math study is indeed The next section lists math activity suggestions sometimes Super Brain Stretchers. Many of the
lacking if we don’t see how it can be used to that lend themselves to Foldables. For a more forty activities and games in each book employ
do wonderful things. The book’s first premise complete list of math topics covered, please see readily available school or household materials
is that we learn through being challenged. each book below. Although the activity ideas to take the lessons out of the book and into the
Students, secondly, should be presented suggest a basic topic and the type of foldable students’ hands. - Tom
with these challenges in ways that intrigu- to use, the actual implementation (choosing a 026842 Dazzling Division . . . 16.00 12.75
ingly connect math and the real world. Each model and content to include) is completely up The Magic of Division, Understanding
chapter introduces concepts and discusses to you. Until you become more comfortable Division Facts, Division Practice Games,
the real world situation using a charming with the concept of Foldables, you may find the Becoming Dazzling at Division.
animal companion and an Einstein-like char- lack of step-by-step instructions in this section to 032594 Fabulous Fractions . . 14.95 11.95
acter drawn in black and white cartoons. be somewhat daunting. Finally, the last section Various games and activities, such as Fraction
The formula and key processes they discuss contains some reproducible graphics, such as Jeopardy, are used to teach fraction facts
are highlighted on a drawn chalkboard. The templates and flashcards, which you can use (how to represent fractions, reducing to low-
21 chapters each pull from a wide variety of when making Foldables. ~ Anh est terms, proper vs. improper fractions, etc.)
topics: astronomy, problem solving, algebra, EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23.20 and the four basic operations on fractions.
probability, ratios, perimeter and circumfer- 002998 Elementary (K-6) The last section covers fractions and their
ence, area, volume, analogies, speed, bases Includes math activity suggestions for num- decimal equivalents.
and more. First in each chapter come prob- bers, factors, place value, sets, addition, 026846 Marvelous Multiplication
lem sets. You can easily select the difficulty subtraction, multiplication, division, inte- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 11.95
of problems to specifically challenge your gers, fractions, geometry, graphs and charts, The Magic of Multiplication, Games for
student. All material covers four different Venn diagrams, measurement, and more in Understanding the Multiplication Tables,
levels of difficulty: easy, somewhat chal- 178 pgs. Multiplication Practice Games, Becoming
lenging, challenging and very challenging. 002992 Middle and High School (6-12) Marvelous at Multiplication.
Each problem set has “warm up” exercises Ideas for math activities cover number systems, 032598 Wacky Word Problems16.00 12.75
with one problem for each of the four dif- algebraic patterns and functions, geometry, These games and activities teach math with
ferent levels. After a few pages of problem measurement, data analysis and probabili- a little flair, so your students will enjoy mas-
sets come extended sets of questions at each ty, problem solving, communication (concept tering computation, measurement, counting
level--a good handful (5 or so) of questions maps, note taking, vocabulary), and represen- and logic, percentages, distances, algebra,
per level. Answers are provided in full and tation (charts, graphs) in 128 pgs. geometry, and graphing in order to conquer
comprise 125 pages of the book. Pages are many different real-world word problems.
reproducible for classroom use. 398 pp, sc. Teaching Math Through Art (2-10) Each lesson begins with a list of materials
033664 Challenge Math (4-9) Math is used every day and all around us, and needed, objective, and a simple explanation
Topics covered include astronomy, problem with this book by Visual Manna you can help of how to perform the activity, complete with
solving, algebra, the metric system, deci- your students realize the concept. This book can examples. Most activities are spruced up
mals, fractions, perimeter, circumference, be used as a supplement to your math program with a fun brain stretcher or math challenge,
area, volume, percents, ratio, proportion, which would allow students to see the connec- tips and tricks, and, as the title suggests,
trigonometry, probability, statistics, distance, tion to cooking, architecture, engineering, and wacky word problems for you to solve eas-
algebra, graphing equations, acceleration, other aspects of everyday life. It touches upon ily with the skills just perfected through the
and calculus in 19 chapters. This book also the math concepts of money, time, measure- game or activity.
contains 20 math contests at the end of the ment, geometry, real numbers, whole numbers,
book. Each math contest is a mix consisting integers, fractions, angles, multiples, prime num-
of 5 different math problems. bers, and factors. Students will see how, through Exploring the World of Mathematics (4-12)
the centuries, famous artists have used math to This fascinating book explores many different
create great works. Learn about the Fibonacci facets of mathematics, and is an intriguing read
Sequence, The Golden Mean, symmetry, and for anyone - whether or not they enjoy the actual
more as you look at the use of math in art. 83 subject! It begins with a chapter which discusses
pgs, pb. – Donna the calendar - how it came about, problems and
043223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 17.95 changes that were corrected and re-corrected,
how the months were named and the days were
Amazing Visual Math (2-AD) divided amongst them, different people who
Maybe your students wouldn’t typically describe influenced the calendar, and finally the system
math as “amazing,” but they will see math differ- that we have today. Did you know that our cal-
ently with this book! Each color-popping page endar will have to be adjusted again, assuming
Dinah Zike’s Big Book of Math (K-12) presents pop-outs, sliders, lift-the-flaps and other we reach the year 5329? By then, our current
Fans of Foldables will really enjoy this teaching hands-on methods to illustrate different math calendar will be off an entire day. The text is
resource series. Foldables are graphic organizers concepts. 17 cardboard pages cover addition and so interesting it’s hard not to just keep reading.
with flaps or folds that students can make to subtraction, shapes (2D and 3D), multiplication Throughout the text, questions, puzzles, and
demonstrate learning. Try picturing this: general and division, volume, and fractions, offering con- problems are offered as a challenge for students.
information is usually displayed on top of a flap cise explanations and helpful tips for figuring. A Some of the topics covered include measuring,
or fold while more specific details are written or two-page fun quiz tests students knowledge and a practical mathematics, number names and pat-
illustrated underneath. Not only are they fun to glossary in the back rounds out this DK hardcov- terns, endless numbers, math for scientists, and
create, but they also make useful study aids. er book. All learners, but especially visual ones, computing machines. Lots of history is given
This series helps parents and teachers inte- will benefit from “seeing” math. – Steph with each topic, so students learn not only about
grate math concepts with Foldables. Both the 061048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 11.50 the concepts but how they were formed and
Elementary and For Middle School and High developed over time to give us the functions we
School books are similarly structured. First, Magical Math Series: Games and Activities that commonly use today. An excellent supplement to
author Dinah Zike describes what a Foldable Make Math Easy and Fun (3-7) any math curriculum, reading a chapter from this
is and why they are useful. Then, step-by-step The covers of these books by Lynette Long have book would provide an excellent break from the
instructions for making various models (the half in common the idea that math concepts like daily math lessons. 157 pgs. - Melissa
book, two-tab book, matchbook, shutter fold, multiplication and division are magical. While 026972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 10.85
498 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Competition Math for Middle School (5-8) Worktexts & Reproducibles Informational Books / Math as Literature
Art of Problem Solving is known for their math
series catering to gifted students – Beast Academy Math Express Speed Maths Strategies (1-6) Series
at the middle grades and Art of Problem Solving This series is designed to help students learn
for higher levels. These courses are for those and implement strategies that will help them do ☼My Math Readers (PK-1)
students who need additional challenges not pro- math computation more quickly, therefore more Many of the math readers on the market today
vided in regular math courses. Competition Math efficiently. Each book offers 14 strategies, each are for early elementary or higher, but this little
for Middle School is by the same publisher and is beginning with two problems which you are to series is specifically intended as an introduction
intended for gifted math students, math coaches, answer in a specified amount of time (seconds at the preschool level. This is a set of 25 small
and parents or teachers in search of material to not minutes). The two following pages explain readers (5.5” square) that vary in length from 7
challenge accelerated students. The book’s con- the strategy and then 2 more pages offer work- to 11 pages, each with a specific focus: “Zero
tent will really make your math gears turn! You’ll sheets for additional practice with that strategy. Means There Are None, Count to 10 in Color,
find great, meaty problems in the areas of alge- A one-page speed and accuracy test follows each 100 is a Lot.”An included parent guide offers
bra, counting, probability, number theory, and section in the book, and each book ends with 2 ideas for each book before, during, and after
geometry, along with answer keys and complete diagnostic tests (1 page each). 102-pages with reading. A small workbook (same size as readers)
solutions and instructions that include examples solutions included at the end. Although distrib- is also included and has one page to be complet-
and the reasoning required. uted by SingaporeMath.com, these books would ed after reading each book. Children can trace
This book assumes that students using this book provide quick strategy and computation practice and practice writing numbers on the last few
are competent in pre-algebra concepts. This is for any math curriculum. ~ Donna pages of the workbook, 0-20 and 100. A sheet of
definitely a book for the math-minded and can EACH LEVEL (except noted) . . . . 12.80 16 reward stickers is also included to encourage
be used for students who are interested in math 047882 Level 1 047883 Level 2 your math learner. ~ Donna
competitions, such as MathCounts and AMC, or 047884 Level 3 047885 Level 4 067817 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 15.95
those who just want to add more indepth think- 047886 Level 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.00
ing problems to their math curriculum. 370 pp, 048056 Level 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.00 ☼Animath (PK-1)
p/b. ~ Donna Do your children love stories about animals?
060689 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 Math Tutor (3-8) Do they love photos of animals too? This series
Need a bit of extra practice with some of your combines animals with simple math concepts in
Understanding Mathematics (7-AD) math skills? Let the Math Tutor help. This series colorful and interactive reading books. The pages
A non-technical book that provides instruction, practice, and assessment in are vibrant and engaging, great for home or class-
explains math from count- correlation with state, national, and provincial room. In the back is an animal fact page and a
ing to calculus. Topics standards. The books in this series are all format- math/animal glossary page, as well as a listing
build on one another, ted similarly which makes them easy to use for of correlating CC standards and some teaching
providing the reader with independent practice in specific skill areas. Each notes. I think your kids will want to read these
a complete overview of book is 78 pages, reproducible for classroom or again and again just to see the cool animals! sc,
mathematics. This book is family use, and arranged in a systematic way 24pp, 7.5x8.5” ~ Sara
divided into three sections where skills build on previous skills. Each sec- EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.95 5.95
- elementary (numbers, tion begins with “Absorb” in which the concept 068119 Adding with Ants
addition, subtraction, mul- or skill is introduced. Key terms are highlighted 068120 Comparing with Cats
tiplication, division, frac- in this section for easy identification. The sec- 068121 Measuring with Monkeys
tions, percentages, negative numbers, exponents, ond part of each section is “Apply” in which the 068122 Skip Counting with Meerkats
pre-algebra), intermediate (solving one algebraic students practice the new skill or concept, and 068123 Taking Away with Tigers
equation, solving a system of equations, word “Extra Practice” is exactly that – extra practice.
problems, functions, graphing, geometry, mea- 2 or 3 ‘section reviews’ are found strategically MathStart Books (PK-2)
surement of geometric figures, trigonometry), and placed in which students are quizzed over the Funny stories that show how kids use math!
advanced (logarithms, complex numbers, finding skills covered to that point, and a ‘final review’ Each book focuses on a single math concept.
geometry, using algebra, introducing calculus, is found at the end of the book which covers Colorful illustrations entertain while accurately
the derivative, the integral). This is not a text, all skills presented in the book. Step-by-step depicting the concept. Level 1 books are for ages
but a discussion that includes numerous worked instruction provides students with a refresher 3 and up, Level 2 for ages 6 and up, and Level 3
examples. For parents, students, or anyone who on specific topics, extra practice, or just review for ages 7 and up.
wants to understand math. Also useful as a com- before a big test. EACH LEVEL 1 BELOW (PK+) . . 5.99 4.95
prehensive math reference. Multiplication & Division explains the functions 024287 3 Little Firefighters
It does no good to have a text without practice of multiplication and division, multiplying and 018156 Beep Beep, Vroom Vroom!
of the concepts. Students read the content found dividing by 1, 2, and 3 digit numbers, multiples (pattern recognition)
in the main text “Understanding Mathematics,” of 10, remainders, multiplying and dividing 018157 Best Bug Parade
then complete the corresponding section in the with decimals (1, 2, or 3 places), and estimating (compare/contrast sizes)
solutions (companion) guide. The first half of results. Fractions & Decimals explain fractions, 018162 Bug Dance
the guide offers hints, examples, explanations, add/subtract/multiply/divide fractions and mixed (directions - left, right, forward, etc)
exercises, and problems for practice. Each chap- numbers, improper fractions, ordering fractions, 018165 Circus Shapes (shapes)
ter’s content builds on the previous chapter, and converting fractions to decimals, and decimals 017291 Double the Ducks (doubling numbers)
initial problems incorporate the new concept to fractions. Pre-Algebra concepts include fac- 018174 Every Buddy Counts (counting to 10)
presented in the main text and more challenging toring, fractions, positive & negative numbers, 018179 Greatest Gymnast of All (opposites)
problems with multiple concepts by the end of order of operations, square and square roots, 018181 Henry the Fourth (ordinals)
the chapter. The second half of the book gives exponents, variables, problem solving, perim- 026648 House for Birdie (capacity)
the solutions for all of the problems in the book. eter, area, volume, circles, number properties, 032456 It’s About Time! (hours)
A 20-question chapter summary concludes each and data analysis. Algebra concepts include 035658 Jack the Builder (counting on)
chapter. The text along with the solutions guide factoring, fractions, positive and negative num- 018183 Just Enough Carrots (more, fewer)
provide extra practice in specific skill areas, bers, order of operations, exponents, variables, 035660 Leaping Lizard (counting by 5s & 10s)
allow students to work ahead of their curriculum problem solving, equations, and polynomials. 032463 Mighty Maddie (comparing weight)
for an added challenge, or can be used for a EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99 8.95 018196 Missing Mittens (evens, odds)
comprehensive review before taking a standard- 049197 Algebra Skills 018197 Monster Musical Chairs (subtraction)
ized test. pb.~ Anh / Donna 049198 Fractions & Decimals 018200 One..Two..Three..Sassafras!
018292 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.95 24.75 049199 Multiplication & Division (number order)
047522 Problem/Solution Gd 24.95 24.75 049200 Pre-Algebra Skills continued...
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 499
018201 Pair of Socks (matching) Math Adventure Series (1-6) Sir Cumference Series (3-6)
018206 Rabbit’s Pajama Party (sequencing) Introduce students to mathematical concepts Go on math adventures with Sir Cumference
018213 Seaweed Soup (matching sets) in a fun way with these entertaining storybooks. and his family, Lady Di of Ameter and their son
Each storybook has full-color, captivating illustra- Radius. In each book, a mathematical concept
EACH LEVEL 2 BELOW (1+) . . . 5.99 4.95 tions and a fun story, complete with quirky char- is explored and “discovered” in such a way it
026593 100 Days of Cool (numbers 1-100) acters and appealing dialogue. Within the stories allows students to fully comprehend the “how”
018152 Animals on Board (addition) are hidden explanations of math principles, or and “why” as the characters in the story use this
018158 Best Vacation Ever (charts) sometimes the characters have to use real math concept to solve their unique problems.
018161 Bigger, Better, Best (area) to get out of some adventurous fix. Each book EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 5.95
018163 Captain Invincible & Space Shapes teaches a different principle through an interest- 011090 & Dragon of Pi
(3-D shapes) ing story. 32 pgs, pb. ~ Rachel 017252 & Great Knight of Angleland
024289 Coyotes All Around (rounding) EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 5.95 011175 & Sword in the Cone
018173 Elevator Magic (subtraction) 030461 Alice in Pastaland 026120 & the First Round Table
018175 Fair Bear Share (regrouping) Join Alice as she solves basic math problems 067081 & the Fraction Faire
018177 Get Up and Go! (telling time) (addition, subtraction, multiplication, and 012963 & the Isle of Immeter
018178 Give Me Half! (fractions) division). 020661 & the King’s Tens
018185 Let’s Fly a Kite (symmetry) 042103 Beanstalk: Measure of a Giant 051986 & the Viking’s Map
035661 Mall Mania (addition strategies) Learn about ratios in this twist on the classic 013865 & the Off-the-Charts Dessert
032464 More or Less (comparing numbers) story as Jack and the giant become friends. 059918 & the Roundabout Battle
018203 Pepper’s Journal (days, weeks, months) 047238 Cut Down to Size at High Noon
018205 Probably Pistachio (probability) Learn about scale and proportion in the old Sir Cumference Classroom Activities (3-6)
018207 Racing Around (perimeter) frontier town of Cowlick. The Sir Cumference series now has a companion
036237 Same Old Horse (making predictions) 043362 Equal Shmequal book. Sir Cumference Classroom Activities offers
018223 Spunky Monkeys on Parade Mouse and other animal friends are trying to 35 activities to connect math to this book series.
(pre-multiplication) play a game of tug-of-war. They learn that The artwork, story references, and problem-solv-
017294 Sundae Scoop (combinations) the same number of players on each team is ing strategies found in the Sir Cumference books
018224 Super Sand Castle Sunday (measurmt) not enough – size, strength, and other factors are reinforced in the activities of this book. Some
032467 Tally O’Malley (tallying) must be taken into account. of the activities include story mapping, graphing,
046377 Fractions in Disguise mazes and codes, and making animals of the
EACH LEVEL 3 BELOW (2+) . . . 5.99 4.95 Just when George C. Factor (GCF) is set to kingdom using Tangram pieces. Students practice
018159 Betcha! (estimating) add a new fraction to his collection, Dr. Brok with shapes, basic operations, fractions, graph-
018166 Dave’s Down-to-Earth Rock Shop steals and disguises it. Will George’s Reducer ing, matching, diameter, circumference, area,
(classifying) invention remove the disguise? Includes tips perimeter, length, and triangles. Critical thinking
018167 Dinosaur Deals (equivalency) for you to use your own “Reducer”, too! strategies are practiced through observing, classi-
018168 Divide and Ride (pre-division) 015571 Multiplying Menace fying, and sequencing. Now this series has even
026631 Earth Day-Hooray! (place value) Rumpelstiltskin wreaks havoc with his mul- more to offer as students can do hands-on math
018176 Game Time! (hours, minutes seconds) tiplication stick. But can someone undo it? activities while reading books they really enjoy.
017293 Grizzly Gazette (percentage) 010382 Multiplying Menace Divides Reproducible for classroom use. ~ Donna
035657 Hamster Champs (angles) Sequel to Multiplying Menace. Rumpelstiltskin 020660 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 7.50
018182 Jump, Kangaroo, Jump! (fractions) attempts to divide the kingdom with whole
018184 Lemonade for Sale (bar graphs) numbers and fractions.
024298 Less Than Zero (negative numbers) 030462 Once Upon a Dime
018202 Penny Pot (counting coins) Farmer Worth makes an interesting discovery
032466 Polly’s Pen Pal (metrics) — money really does grow on trees! Three
018210 Ready, Set, Hop! (simple equations) step problem solving with money.
035664 Rodeo Time (reading a schedule) 022459 A Place for Zero
018211 Room for Ripley (liquid measurement) Helps kids understand the number zero, in
018212 Safari Park (algebra) addition, multiplication, and place value.
018219 Shark Swimathon (subtraction) 032054 Pythagoras and the Ratios
018221 Sluggers’ Car Wash (dollars & cents) Cousins compare the relationship between the
018225 Too Many Kangaroo Things to Do longest and the shortest of Pythagoras’ pipes to
(multiplication) find the ideal musical ratio.
032469 Treasure Map (mapping) 030463 Rabbits Rabbits Everywhere
- Fibonacci Tale
~~~~~~~ Rabbits are multiplying so quickly that even Math for the Real World Series (3-6)
the Pied Piper can’t get rid of them. How many times have your children asked you,
☼Money Matters Blastoff Readers (K-3) 000978 Toads and Tessellations “When am I ever going to use this?” This series
Learn the ins and outs of money while practic- Enzo, the magician’s son, helps Tessel the of readers shows how math is used in the real
ing your reading. I love checking off two things shoemaker make twelve identical pairs world, and why it is helpful to understand math
at once. These Level 2 Readers offer early read- of shoes from just one piece of leather. functions and when to apply them. Measure the
ers a bit more challenge through varied, simple Introduces the concept of tessellations. difference in the Gokstad Ship and a smaller long
sentences, increased text, and less repetition 013691 Very Improbable Story ship (you’ll be amazed). Set the pace in a poem
of high-frequency words. Level 2 is the perfect Ethan wakes up with a talking cat on his using poetic meter, and draw the horizon and
time to add some interesting content. I’m thrilled head, who refuses to get down unless Ethan vanishing point in a picture. Apply ratios, dec-
these money topics are covered in a way that wins a game of low probability. imals, fractions, and percentages to the under-
early readers can encounter them. A glossary, 030465 Sold! standing of the stock market or apply different
references for looking up more information, and A boy gets caught up in the excitement of concepts of fractions to music. Translate miles
an index are in the back. 24 pgs, pb. ~ Janice an auction and buys more than he intended. using expanded notation while globe trotting,
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 5.75 Two step problem solving using monetary and compare geometric shapes and tangrams.
068106 Counting 068108 Saving concepts. Math is everywhere, and sometimes not easily
068107 Earning 068109 Spending 011059 What’s Your Angle, Pythagoras? realized. Help your children learn and apply
068110 Types of Money Introduces students to the Pythagorean math concepts while visiting the world around
Thereom and right triangles. them. ~ Donna
500 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
EACH BELOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00 3.95 Individual Titles (alphabetically) brightly colored and packed with informational
009745 American Flag tidbits, illustrations, and scattered activities cov-
009757 Animals on the Farm Ben Franklin and the Magic Squares (2-4) ering topics such as number systems, sequenc-
EACH BELOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00 4.95 Based on a mostly-true story about Benjamin es, calculation tips, 2-D and 3-D dimensions,
009909 Counting w/ Abacus Franklin’s invention of the popular math puzzles shapes, magic squares, optical illusions, logic,
009926 Day with the Baker “Magic Squares.” It begins with a general history infinity, and much more. An example from the
010049 Food Fractions of Franklin’s accomplishments up to his service Seeing Sequence page explains that “Math is
010279 Magic Squares as a clerk in the Pennsylvania Colonial Assembly. the search for patterns - patterns of numbers, of
010392 On the Trail with Lewis & Clark With challenging vocabulary, short paragraphs, shapes, of anything. Wherever there’s any kind
EACH BELOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.00 5.75 and funny illustrations, this book is perfect for of pattern, there is usually something interesting
009742 Amazing Animals students who are comfortable reading on their going on, such as a meaning or a structure. A
047770 At Sea on Viking Ship own. Instructions are included on how to make number sequence obeys a rule or pattern - the
047775 Tangram Puzzles your own magic squares. 48 pgs, pb. fun is in figuring out the pattern.” The activity
EACH BELOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.50 6.95 047741 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 3.25 provides step-by-step instructions for mathemat-
009737 Aircraft Carriers: Supplies ical art, using sequences of squares to create a
for a City at Sea Fractions, Decimals, and Percents (1-5) golden rectangle and spiral. Some additional
009746 America’s Electoral College These math concepts are explained during a math tools are required for the activities includ-
009751 Ancient Civilizations of Greece and Rome trip to the county fair and the use of money. ing a ruler, compass and tape measure. A glossa-
009758 Architecture of Frank Lloyd Wright Explanations are simple yet effective, show- ry, index and answers are located in the back of
009788 Building Washington, D.C. ing how fractions, decimals, and percents are the book. 128 pgs, hc. ~ Deanne
009791 Calendars of Native Americans all related and can be used interchangeably. 031683 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.99 11.50
009797 California Gold Rush Colorful illustrations and questions are through-
010365 Mesopotamia out the book. 32 pgs, pb. ~ Alissa Math for all Seasons: Mind-Stretching Math
047771 Music Math 033683 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 5.95 Riddles (K-3)
010430 Recipes for a Medieval Feast This lighthearted book contains 16 math riddles
010483 Silk Road Fun With Roman Numerals (1-5) that follow the same format as The Grapes of
This colorful book introduces students to the Math but are geared towards a slightly younger
☼Go Figure: A Math Journey (3-6) seven Roman Numeral symbols and then pro- age group. For each riddle, a certain number of
Each book in the series engages students in gresses to “building” larger numbers using the illustrated objects are grouped together in differ-
math by providing information and practice seven symbols. Plenty of examples for small ent ways. The riddle then tells a quick and easy
applying math concepts. Concepts are presented and large numbers are given, with step-by-step trick to count the items. The math tricks given
in a 2-page spread, with the first page providing instructions for adding (and subtracting) accord- in the riddles are explained in further detail in
explanations and practice, while the second ing to the rules of Roman Numerals. Playful, the back of the book. Answers are included so
page offers an opportunity for the student to colorful illustrations of armor-clad, toga-wearing, students can check their own answers.
apply what he has learned, appropriately called chariot-riding Romans enhance the lessons as the 017124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 5.25
Go Figure. For example, in the Journey through Romans “demonstrate” the concepts with signs,
the Animal Kingdom perimeter and area are banners, and Roman Numerals painted on their Mesmerizing Math (2-5)
defined with a practice problem showing how to shields. Also included is a hands-on practice My daughter majored in math and physics,
calculate the area of a rectangle. The following activity that students can do by taping Roman my husband is an engineer, and I have always
“Go Figure” page, presents information on how Numeral symbols to coins, allowing them to been good at math. But it took this book for
to track a jaguar’s movement, a map, and follow practice the concepts of place value and adding me to understand tessalations. A fascinating
up questions applying the math concept learned. numerals. By David A. Adler; illust by Edward introduction to various, intriguing aspects of
Answers, Math Glossary and additional website Miller III. 32 pgs, pb. ~ Lisa numbers (triangular numbers), statistics (picto-
links are included in the back of the book. SC. 047450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 5.95 grams), geometry (the golden rectangle loved by
32 pgs. ~ Deanne the ancient Greeks), measurement (the man who
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 7.95 Grapes of Math (PK-AD) measured the earth), transformations (where tes-
067426 Planet Earth This book contains sixteen counting problems salations come in), probability (lottery chances),
067427 Space with riddles to solve them. For each riddle, a and sequences (fibonacci numbers), this book
067428 Animal Kingdom certain number of illustrated objects are grouped will also acquaint you with some of the historical
067429 Human Body together in different ways. The riddle then gives “biggies” of mathematics. With oversized, heavy
a clue about a trick to count the items more effi- cardstock paper, pop-ups, lift-flaps, spinners,
Mathematicians are People, Too (5-12) ciently than by simply counting each item sepa- colorful cartoon-like illustrations, and a wealth of
Did you know that Pythagoras had to pay his rately. The book is full of colorful pictures, bright understandable information, this book intends to
first student to listen to him? That Newton was colors, and fun objects to count such as food “hook” your kids (and you) on the “amazingness”
considered an average student, until he became items, snails, camels, and more. The fun quality of math. ~ Janice
interested in astronomy and mathematics? That of this book makes it ideal for teaching counting 056073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.99 13.50
at age 13, Sophie Germain secretly studied strategies that will build a great mathematical
math by candlelight? Capture your students’ foundation for any student. The math tricks given ☼Prices! Prices! Prices! Why They Go Up &
attention with these intriguing but true stories in the riddles are explained more thoroughly in Down (K-3)
about famous mathematicians. Learn about the back of the book and include the answers It’s never too soon to teach
their lives, their times, and what made mathe- for each riddle so students can check their own kids to be a good consumer!
matics so fascinating to these individuals. Each answers. ~ Rachel S. This is a simple explana-
volume contains 15 highly readable stories 017123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 5.25 tion of economic principles
suitable for junior high to high school students. with colorful illustrations.
Volume I covers Thales, Pythagoras, Archimedes, How to Be a Math Genius (3-9) It’s sure to bring on lots of
Hypatia, Napier, Galileo, Pascal, Newton, Euler, Whether you are a math enthusiastic or questions, so be ready with
Lagrange, Germain, Gauss, Galois, Noether, and math-phobic, this book is sure to engage your your answers! Don’t worry,
Ramanujan. Volume II covers Euclid, Khayyam, brain! Students will read about men and women you know this stuff: supply
Fibonacci, Cardano, Descartes, Fermat, Agnesi, with great math brains who changed our world, and demand, profit margins, variables, etc. The
Banneker, Babbage, Somerville, Abel, Lovelace, have the big ideas of math explained with clarity, examples are ones kids can relate to: buying
Kovalevsky, Einstein, and Pólya. ~ Anh and be given the opportunity to grow their math sneakers, selling lemonade, weather, and putting
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.97 19.50 brain through the diverse activities found within gas in the car. pb, 30pp, 8x10”. ~ Sara
014131 Volume I 014132 Volume II the pages of the book. Each two-page layout is 067595 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 5.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 501
☼Why PI? (2-5) Math Journal (K-6) situation. There are enough pages (80) to do 40
Many young math students never learn the story This book isn’t what I expected. I thought I problems and makes a nice companion to your
of how and why people have chosen to measure would be spending time looking through a book math curriculum. ~ Donna
things over the span of human history. This book that offered help in everyday math concepts. A 057641 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95 3.95
will give students a greater understanding of the journal of ideas proven to be effective. Not so!
value and usefulness of mathematics to the prog- This is a spiral bound book of 60 double-sided 1 cm Graph Board (PK-AD)
ress of civilization as they study many of the most pieces of graph paper. The graph paper has ¼” An interesting 3D model of graph paper. The
significant developments in the field of mathe- squares and is perfect for doing math problems. board features ten columns each indented so you
matical reasoning and measurement. Contrary Number alignment can be a real issue in math, can place 1 cm unit cubes in the groove. There’s
to the assumption of many, the history of math and it’s so important for accuracy. Have your space for 20 cubes in each column. What can
has a fascinating story to tell, and this colorful student do math problems on the pages in this you use this for? So glad you asked. There’s an
and beautifully illustrated book will help to bring book and you will have a record of past work accompanying task sheet showing five different
that story to life. If you have a young student that and concepts they have covered. This allows you possibilities – number facts, real statistics, dif-
needs to be inspired and motivated to recognize and your student to use the book as a reference. ferent arrangements, determining the mean, and
the importance of mathematical reasoning, then Although recommended for grades K-6, but it displaying/solving (i.e. modified bar modeling
do not hesitate to purchase this excellent supple- would be helpful at any age. Use it for working method used in Singapore approach math). With
mental resource. 92 pgs, pb. ~ Mike on fractions, place value, graphing, and so much countless variations and applications of each
067748 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 7.50 more. ~ Donna task, this could be a well-used manipulative. ~
040290 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50 3.95 Janice
Videos / Software / Audio 048986 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50 4.25
Math Journals (K-8)
I Love Math! CD-ROM (2-6) 068502 My Math Journal-32pg . 1.75
057262 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 7.95 068503 My Math Journal-64pg . 2.60
068497 Math Journal - 32 pg . . 1.75
Carmen SanDiego Math Detective CD-ROM (3-9) 068498 Math Journal - 64 pg . . 2.60 A.
Carmen has been reducing the size of some
important features around the globe – and they Math Journals (1-6)
need to be restored for all to enjoy! These adven- These affordable blank journals provide the
tures require math skills to solve. Use multiplica- formatted paper you need for your students, all
tion and division, convert fractions and decimals, in one neat booklet. These journals allow plenty
calculate percentages, create 2D models and of space for your students to keep their practice
solve word problems as you collect codes to work all in one place. Sections are labeled so the
help deactivate Carmen’s shrinking machine. student can work independently.
There are 3 levels of difficulty and thousands EACH JOURNAL . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95 3.95
of math problems in all. Music and graphics 054482 Book A (1-3) B.
may be a little intense for younger users. System Every two-page spread includes a blank box
requirements: Windows: 95, 98, Vista, 7; Mac: at the top of the left page for writing out math InstaGraphs (K-AD)
OS 7.5.1 – 9.2. problems, five - ½” writing lines with ¼” dot- No more separate sheet of graph paper! Wow
057266 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 7.95 ted guideline for describing or writing about – I wish these had been around back when I was
the mathematical process, and on the right is in school. This is one of the best applications of
Teaching Aids / Student Tools a full page of ½” grid paper for drawing dia- Post-It® “technology” I have seen! These small
grams, graphs, and charts. 8½” x 11”. papers are sticky on two ends to adhere to paper
Dianne Craft Math Supplements (K-6) 054483 Book B (4+) like a “second skin” and contain that errant
Designed to accompany your current math Formatted like Book A (#54482), this journal graphing problem, saving you from drawing
program, these supplemental resources will help provides blank space for writing out mathe- number line, x/y axis, or grid on your paper or
your right brain or visual learner finally see matical problems, 3/8” lines for describing attaching (horrors!) a separate graph paper sheet.
math—and without using their fingers! Each set or writing about the mathematical process, Worse yet, your children come to a graph-paper
includes quality glossy cards and instructions. and a full page of ¼” grid lines for diagrams, problem and “skip” it, never to return! These are
Visual Number Cards allow you to teach the graphs, and charts. 8 ½”x 11” handy to throw in backpack or take with you if,
whole with the parts by this unique system con- like my kids, yours are doing some math home-
taining the number with an embedded picture on Math Journal (1-AD) work “on the run”. Besides these handy graphing
the front of the card and the related number story This handy little journal is the perfect accom- forms, multiplication table pads and 100-number
on the back. Set includes numbers 1-9, cards are paniment to any math program. 64 blank pages grids are available for more elementary applica-
single hole punched with a hinged ring and mea- provide room for students to show their work tions. Affix a multiplication table sheet to their
sure 5 1/2” x 4 1/4”. Multiplication Cards are when solving problems. Left-hand pages hold desktop or worksheet for a little help before those
double sided with a math problem with embed- lines while the right hand pages are 1-cm graph tables are learned or use to track tables already
ded pictures on one side and related story on paper. Inside the cover are helpful math tips - committed to memory. Use blank 100-number
the back side. Covering multiplication facts 0-9, terms describing number operations, common grids when learning skip counting, or practicing
these glossy cardstock cards measure 11”x8 ½”. I math terms, 5 steps to solving word problems, numbers 1-100. Use numbered 100-grids to
greatly appreciate the large bold font used for the and a 12x12 multiplication table. ~ Steph identify primes, factors, or learning by repeated
story line which makes it practical for individual 033690 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 2.25 addition. I’m sure you’ll find even more uses. .
or group use. ~ Deanne EACH 3” x 3” PAD BELOW . . . 4.00 1.95
064821 Visual Number Cards . . 6.99 Mathematical Reasoning Journal (3-12) 022086 24 x 24 Grid with marked axes
064818 Multiplication Cards . . . 29.99 Using a 5 step process, students learn to 022021 20 x 20 Grid plain (no axis)
organize their thinking and understanding of 022016 10 x 10 (Hundred #) Grid Blank
mathematical problems. Every two-page spread 022018 Hundred Number Grid w/ Numbers
is intended for one problem, and provides 1) EACH 3” x 4” PAD BELOW . . . 4.00 2.35
space to write the question or facts; 2) 1 cm grid 022043 20 x 30 Grid plain (no axis)
space to use one or more strategies to solve the 022092 24 x 32 Grid w/ marked axes (B.)
problem; 3) lines to write math terminology; 4) 022109 Multiplication Table Grid
a larger area in which to justify your solution by 022112 Trig Grid with axes
explaining your reasoning; and 5) space in which EACH 4” x 4” PAD BELOW . . . 4.00 3.25
to apply your solution to another problem or 022029 20 x 20 Grid plain (no axis)
502 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Write-On/Wipe-Off Math Mats (PK-4) 1/2” squares on the backside. White with Gridded / Graphing Surfaces
These heavy vinyl mats are excellent for illus- black lettering and royal blue frame.
trating a variety of essential concepts in mathe- Centimeter Grid Board (PK-12)
matics. Each mat (except blank) features several ☼Number Bonds Dry Erase Boards (PK-AD) This economical dry-erase board has many
blackline printed on both sides, which can be Boards (heavy-weight plastic) are 12” x 9” with uses. It’s a glossy, flexible, two-sided sheet
used with dry erase markers and math manipu- a dry erase, write-on, wipe-off surface. Large, measuring 12” x 9” (and less than a mm thick).
latives like counting cubes or fraction tiles. The left-hand square is 6” while the two right-hand One side is blank white while the other contains
mats are also double-sided; the number-based squares are 3.5”. Sold either as a single item or a centimeter grid of 20 cm squares by 28 cm
mats generally feature one “blank” and one in sets of ten. ~ Janice squares. Works well with any dry-erase marker.
filled-in side, while the operations-based mats 041478 Single (A.) . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 045498 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99 1.50
demonstrate two ways to perform the operation. 044870 Set of Ten . . . . . . . . 11.99 9.75 D. E.
Mats measure 9” x 12” except for Number Paths
mats which are 4” x 20”. ~ Stephen ☼Venn Diagram Chart (2-AD)
EACH MAT (except noted) . . . . . 1.45 Demonstrate Venn diagrams and have your stu-
064883 Blank dents practice using them with this write & wipe
Blank on both sides with a blackline border chart. Each side circle contains 16 lines, with 14
064885 Fact Family Triangle Mats: Addition lines in the overlapping section in the middle.
Front features an addition fact-family triangle, Circles are 11 inches and lines are half inch.
back has a number bond/factor diagram. Dotted lines show the intersecting themes. The
064884 Fact Family Triangle Mats: back provides a reduced black and white view of
Multiplication the front. 18 3/4”x 12.5”. ~ Ruth Grid Dry Erase Boards (PK-AD)
Front features multiplication fact-family trian- 066854 (B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 Dry erase boards are always a handy, eco-
gle, back features a factor diagram. nomical tool for use in classroom or at home.
064886 Fraction Mat Student Solutions Laminated Math Charts (1-AD) You make an initial investment, and use them
Squares on which to draw fractional divisions These handy reference pages are great tools over and over and over. This series of boards are
and space and a number line on which to for the math class. Each is covered with a heavy designed for practice with specific math skills.
show work, the reverse has the same but laminate and contains useful information front The two-sided hundreds board (9” x 12”) has
with circles and back. “Counting by Multiples includes the a hundred number chart (grid) on the front and
064887 Fraction Number Line Mat multiples of 2s, 3s, 4s and 5s on the front, and a blank 10 by 10 grid on the reverse, printed in
Three blank number lines on the front; on the 10s, 20s, and 25s on the reverse. The multiples blue. Students can practice filling in numbers
reverse, blank number lines that are divided are listed in columns with a blank column next on the blank grid for counting and sequencing
into tenths, twelfths, and sixteenths to the multiples for counting practice on the lami- practice. There is blank space below the grids on
064888 Number Array Mat nated surface. “Squares & Square Roots” includes both sides for written practice.
Front has a blank 5 x 5 grid; back has a blank the squares and roots for 1 through 50 on the The two-sided quadrant boards come in two
10 x 10 grid. front and 51-100 on the reverse. sizes, 9” x 12” and 12” x 18”. The smaller board
064891 Step Up to 120 Mat 053767 Counting By Multiples . is a 15 by 20 grid and the larger is a 20 by 30
Front contains a numbered 120 grid (10x12); 9” x 12” . . . . . . . . . . . 3.50 grid. The squares are ½” and the grids are divid-
back has blank 120 grid. 053788 Squares & Square Roots ed into 5x5 quadrants with heavier lines. These
064892 Unifix Mat 1-100, 6” x 9” . . . . . . . 1.95 boards work well to teach and practice graphing
1-10 stair outline for counting or simple oper- A. of all types. The reverse on both boards is blank
ations (can be used with markers or counting B. and can be used for written practice. ~ Donna
cubes); the reverse provides a work space for 064241 Hundreds (9x12) (D.) . 4.63 4.25
loose cubes, rod building outline, and blank 064243 Quadrant (9x12) . . . . . 4.42 3.95
space to write the number and number word 064242 Quadrant (12x18) . . . . 7.20 5.95
064889 Number Paths: 1-10 . . . 0.95
Number Path (side-by-side rectangles) with ☼Grid Graphing Charts (K-AD)
numerals, the back has a blank number path Printed on poster board, these 13” x 19” lami-
(similar to a number line) nated charts can be used with dry erase markers
064890 Number Paths: 1-20 . . . 1.00 for graphing practice. On the reverse of each
Front features a numerical number-path; poster is an 8.5” x 11” reproducible of the same
back is a blank number path. image on the front of the chart.
EACH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Write-and-Wipe Math Mats (K-AD) C. 066836 Small Grid Graphing Chart (E.)
These inexpensive, double-sided mats are flex- Each square is approximately 1cm and the
ible and lightweight; useful reusable resources Table-Time Look & Learn “Mostly Math” grid is 28 by 42 squares.
for teaching important number concepts, saving Tablecloth (PK-1) 066840 Large Grid Graphing Chart
money and paper - a winning combination for Take a step up from learning placemats to a Each square is approximately 2cm and the
homeschooling parents, tutors and teachers. Use lively and colorfully illustrated math tablecloth! grid is 14 by 21 squares.
with any dry-erase marker. ~ Deanne Kids can soak up a lot of knowledge from their 066857 XY Coordinate Graph Chart
056975 Coordinate Mat . . . . . . 1.45 surroundings, and they will love to explore all X-axis is numbered -20 to 20 and Y-axis is
9” x 12” horizonatal mat with XY axis and 1 the different concepts featured here. Seasons, numbered -30 to 30.
cm. squares (28 x 20 squares) months, days and hours, weather, shapes, count-
056976 Graphing Mat . . . . . . . 1.45 ing by 1’s, 5’s, and 10’s, counting backwards, Math Graph Write & Wipe Desk Mat (K-8)
9” x 12” mat with 1 cm. squares (28 x 21 comparisons, addition and subtraction, greater Both sides of this 11” x 17” graph mat have 1
squares) and less than, patterns, money, and more are cm. square graph design. One side has labeling
036689 120 Number Mat . . . . . 1.45 illustrated with cute images of animals and lines across the bottom and left side of the mat.
9” x 13” mat with numbers 1-120 (in rows objects. Kids can even use ultra-clean washable Use horizontally or vertically for line graphs, bar
of ten) in 1/2” squres on one side and blank markers to answer problems if they wish, and the graphs, as a mapping or drawing grid, or for any-
1/2” squares on the backside. White with tablecloth wipes clean with a damp cloth and thing you’d use graph paper for! Although you
black lettering. dish soap. Tablecloth is PVC free, made of PEVA can use either a dry-erase or wet-erase marker, if
036563 120 Number Board . . . . 1.25 with flannel backing, and measures 52” x 72” using with wet-erase, use only a damp (not wet)
9” x 13” mat with numbers 1-120 (in rows (fits table sizes 28”x 46” to 44”x 64”). ~ Megan cloth as too much water will ruin the mat.
of ten) in 1/2” squres on one side and blank 066827 (C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.50 042633 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 503
Graph Paper (PK-AD) MathNotes (1-6) EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.95
Graph paper was invaluable in our math classes Help your students organize their math prob- 067000 Attribute Blocks
all the way up to high school! Larger ruled sheets lems with this pack of grid paper. The pack con- 067001 Base Ten
are perfect for learning simple geometry, making tains 150 three-hole punched 8 ½” x 11” sheets of 067002 Bead String
graphs, place value, and solving basic math grid paper which allows students to lay out their 067003 Counter
problems at the lower levels, and you can almost problems and notes in an orderly fashion and 071564 ☼Dice
never have enough finely ruled graph paper at keep track of place values. 071565 ☼Domino
the upper grades when you’re drawing x-y axes 027416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.59 3.25 067004 Fraction
at every math lesson! It’s also perfect for science 071566 ☼Geoboard
lab notebooks or just to draw on. Each pack of Grid Paper Sticky Notes (4”x6”) (PK-AD) 067005 Graph & Chart
graph paper below contains approximately 100 Drawing graphs on my Saxon homework always 067006 Hundreds Board
sheets of 9” x 12” white paper with light blue felt like a pain. Either I couldn’t find my graphing 067007 Link Cube
grid lines. - Jess paper (or would lose it in the process of turning 067009 Measure
EACH PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.80 it in), or I couldn’t draw an accurate enough 067010 Money
019709 1” Ruled 019733 ½” Ruled graph to convey my answers. These graph paper 067011 Number Line
019734 ¼” Ruled sticky notes seem like a great solution! Just stick 067012 Pattern Block
a sheet with your answer on your notebook page 067013 Place Value
Graph Paper (100-sheet packs) (PK-AD) or worksheet and you’re good to go. The adhe- 071567 ☼Playing Card
Graph paper is a must have for math class, and sive will keep it with your homework. These 4x6 067014 Shape
Hayes Graph Paper is a convenient, affordable notes have .25” squares and come as a pack of 5 067015 Ten Frame
option. Each package is 100 sheets (8.5” x 11”), pads with 25 sheets to a pad for 125 total sheets. 067016 Time
3-hole punched, and printed on both sides on A really handy tool for upper level math. – Laura
white paper in a variety of grid sizes. 062257 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.46 4.95 ☼Magnetic Math Manipulative Bundle (1-5)
EACH PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.75 Have you ever been in the middle of a math
064245 2 Grid X/Y 1/4” Squares Overhead Graph Grids (K-AD) lesson and need a visual way to reinforce the
2 Grid XY Graph Paper features two, 4-quad- You can think of these as write-on, wipe-off concept only to realize you don’t have a manip-
rant blue lined grids. The grids have an accen- graph paper. Obviously designed for use with ulative? No more! Set includes the following
tuated axis on the left half side of the sheet. overhead projectors, they can be used with dry- magnetic pieces: 200 double sided 1” counters
The right side of the sheet is left blank for erase markers to draw geometric figures or to (yellow on one side and red on the other); 2
equations, comments, and/or notes. work problems. These also provide a handy tool clocks with hands, 2 sets of numerals 0-9, and
064246 3 Grid 1/8” Squares for measuring the volume of geometric figures. 2 digital format clocks; 49 multi-color pattern
3 Grid Graph Paper features three, 4-quad- Just lay the grid over the figure and calculate the blocks (hexagons, trapezoids, squares, triangles
rant blue lined grids. Each grid has an accen- square inches or centimeters. Sheets measure 25 and rhombi); set of 100 magnetic numbers and
tuated axis. The grids are printed on the left x 25 cm or 10” x 10” with margins. ~ Janice operations signs (addition, subtraction, mul-
side of the paper, and the right side of the EACH GRID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.75 tiplication, division, equals, greater than and
sheet is left blank for notes, comments, and 024156 Centimeter 024169 Inch lesser than, decimal point and dollar sign); set
equations. of 72 single-sided coins (mix of heads and tails)
064247 6 Grid 1/8” Squares MANIPULATIVE-BASED INSTRUCTION including 40 pennies, 12 nickels, 12 dimes, and
6 Grid XY Graph Paper features six, 4-quad- 8 quarters; set of 12 single-sided bills including
rant blue lined grids. Each of the grids have Books Only five $1 bills, four $5 bills; two $10 bills and one
an accentuated axis. $20 bill; set of single color, base 10 magnets:
064248 Classic 1/6” Squares ☼50 Manipulative Activities (PK-4) two wholes (hundreds), 20 tens and 40 ones
Classic Graph Paper features a blue lined grid These activity cards (4.5x7”) with colorful (approximately ½” diameter) and the multi-col-
(8” x 10.5”) with 1/6” squares. borders and rounded corners provide activities or fraction set which includes: whole, halves,
to accompany a variety of math manipulatives. thirds, fourths, fifths, sixths, tenths and twelfths)
Grid Paper - 1 cm (K-AD) Cards are numbered and an extra card has a Magnets are perfect for smaller hands and have
Perfect for creating graphs in math and science checklist to track progress. One side lists script- a bit of flexibility. Perfect to teach visual math
or learning to draw! Standard white paper (8 ½” x ed instructions and lesson objectives, resources lessons on a magnetic dry erase board, unused
11”) with a light gray grid; 26 x 20 one-centime- needed and step-by-step instructions. Here is an cookie sheet or refrigerator. Individual sets arrive
ter squares. 50 sheets. – Rachel example for the Place Value Activities card #1: in plastic storage bag, which are stored in a larger
035305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.40 2.25 the objective is 2 digit place value, resources zip-closure plastic storage bag. ~ Deanne
include your environment (walk outside), the 006032 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 33.99
☼Whitelines Notebook: Graph paper (K-AD) procedure is to 1-Draw student’s attention to
Write or draw free expres- numbers around you, 2-On a walk, ask students Math Chef: 60 Math Activities & Recipes for
sions or math equations to look for and point out two digit numbers, Kids (3-9)
in this unique spiral note- 3-How many tens are in each number?; 4-What A delightful way to introduce
book. Setting it apart from would it be if you added 30 more?, and 5-What math concepts! This book con-
the abundance of other if you took away 10? The other side of the card tains 14 chapters, each cover-
graph paper notebooks is is what you show students. This one has a group ing one math topic. Math con-
the free Whitelines app that of school-age children wearing backpacks and cepts are explained in terms of
allows you to scan and holding hands out in front walking to school. cooking, i.e. kitchen utensils,
save your important writ- You also see a speed sign (20) and a mail box recipes, or food. Each chapter
ings. Once the paper is with a house number on it (12.) These have a includes one set of practice
scanned and saved, the lines and grids disappear charming European look. These cards allow you problems followed by several recipes that apply
leaving you a clean and professional look. Use to focus activities on a certain concept and use the concept. Recipes might ask you to convert
the app to share your notes and ideas with friends manipulatives that focus on that particular skill. an ingredient from milliliters to cups, to precisely
via e-mail, Dropbox™ and Evernote through the In the deck of Place Value Activities some of measure the diameter of cookie dough balls, or
shortcut on the app. Spiral notebook measures the resources needed include an abacus, dice, to find the area of a brownie. Covers metric
11”x 8 1/2” and is perforated. App available for playing cards, place value flips, 10-sided dice, and customary measurement, volume, weight,
Android or Apple devices. Minimum require- a calculator, newspapers, play dough, shopping temperature, multiplication, division, estimation,
ments iPhone 4 or Android 4x. Made in the receipts. If you have a student who likes prac- fractions, percents, area, diameter, and circum-
U.S.A. 70 pgs. ~ Deanne tice math out-of-the-book, these could be a fun ference. - Anh
068439 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.29 5.50 option. ~ Sara 023661 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.95 12.75
504 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Two-Colored Counters Themed (Shaped) Counters roos, elephants, rhinos, hippos, tigers, lions and
bears. These rubber counters measure approx.
2-Colored Plastic Counters All About Me Family Counters (PK-K) 2”. ~ Ruth
A great item that can be used to teach probabil- These adorable counters will be used for so CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
ity, counting, sorting, and basic math operations. much more than just counting and sequencing! 060907 Aquatic . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 13.95
One side is yellow, the other is red. Each counter There are six different figure types including a 060912 Dinosaur (B.) . . . . . . 31.99 17.95
is 1” in diameter. 2½” Dad, a slightly shorter Mom, even shorter girl 045993 Wild Animals . . . . . . 31.99 13.95
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and boy figures, one sitting baby and a cat. Each
018732 Set of 10 . . . . . . . . . . 0.50 figure is included in six different colors and the ☼Animal Counters Tub (100 pieces) (PK-3)
018733 Set of 100 . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 set of 72 pieces is packaged in a plastic bucket Colorful and cute, use these for counting, pat-
with a lid. This family will transition easily from terns & sequencing, simple addition & subtrac-
Red/Blue 2-Color Counters (PK-6) math time to playtime! tion, even simple graphing. Set includes 20 of
One inch plastic circles are red on one side and 013730 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 17.95 each animal: cat, dog, bear, alligator & turtle in
blue on the other. This versatile math manipula- 5 bright colors (red, blue, yellow, green, purple).
tive can be used for teaching addition, subtrac- All About Me Activity Cards (PK-2) Each critter is about 1”x .75”. ~ Sara
tion, patterns, sequencing and used with your ten These cards (in combination with the All About 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
frames. ~ Sara Me Family Counters, #013730) provide a fun 066472 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99 9.50
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. introduction to number skills. Use this set of
060923 Set of 10 . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 20 cards and activity guide to work on sorting Realistic Math Counters (PK)
060924 Set of 100 . . . . . . . . . 4.28 3.95 and grouping, patterns and sequencing; size EACH SET of 60 . . . . . . . . . . . 24.99 18.95
recognition; sharing; early addition and subtrac- 041580 Dinosaur
Magnetic Two-Color Counters Set of 200 (PK-3) tion; counting up to 10; introduction to Venn 041593 Farm Animal
Sturdy 1” circles are 2-sided in bright primary diagrams; positional language; more or less, and 031858 ☼Fun Fish
colors: red and yellow. Use them to reinforce more. Cards are color-coded and the activities 031958 ☼Jungle Animals
your ten-frame work or demonstrate other math tell you which cards to use along with simple
concepts in a classroom or one on one. ~ Sara instructions. ~ Donna
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 014888 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 7.95
061313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.99 9.35
Math Counters (PK-3)
Round Counters & Links What’s your favorite animal? You’ll probably
find it in one of these brightly colored plastic
Opaque Counting Chips (1-5) counter sets. Or maybe you’d rather count with
200 flat plastic counters made out of solid-col- cars. The 24-piece sets include 6 different figures
ored plastic (red, blue, green and yellow). They in 4 colors, packaged in a re-sealable polybag. C.
measure 7/8” in diameter - Elise The 72-piece sets have doubles of 6 figures in
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 6 colors, packaged in a clear storage container. Mini Motors
015849 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.35 4.00 Counters measure approximately 1.25”. Includes helicopter, train, boat, airplane, car,
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and bus. If you are using these with the Mini
Transparent Counters (K-5) EACH SET OF 24 . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 6.50 Motors Activity Cards you will need to substitute
These colorful counters are 3/4” in diameter EACH SET OF 72 . . . . . . . . . . 22.99 17.95 the helicopters for the fire trucks pictured on the
and are made out of transparent plastic. Sets 24 pc set 72 pc set cards, as cards and counters are from different
include counters in six different colors (red, blue, Critter 057803 suppliers.
green, yellow, orange, and purple). CHOKING Dinosaur 057795 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Farm 057802 003059 Set of 72 . . . . . . . . . 19.99 12.50
016679 Set of 250 . . . . . . . . 8.99 3.50 Jungle 057810 057811
054965 Set of 50 . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 Ocean 057809 ☼Mini Motor Math Activity Set (PK-1)
Vehicle (A.) 057792 057793 Use cars for math and counting fun for your
Learning Links little car enthusiasts. This set includes 25 tiny,
Brightly-colored links form chains when colorful cars (5 each orange, green, purple, red,
A.
attached. Fun for kids to play with, but also great and blue), 2 foam number cubes, 1 foam color
to use in measurement activities, sorting, count- cube, two 12-inch pieces of track (numbered
ing, and patterning. Links are each 1 5/8” x 3/4”, 1-10 and 11-20), a finish line, and an activity
elongated ellipses with opening on one side for guide for suggested uses. Young learners can
linking. 100 links in red, blue, green and yellow. practice counting 1 through 20, basic addition,
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. patterns, sequencing, more/less, and more. Make
015333 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.50 B up your own games with the included pieces –
I’m sure your little math mechanics can come
Connecting Links Math Animal Counters (PK-3) up with some fun, hands-on, creative ideas for
Make a colorful chain with easy-to-connect Sure, use these counters for math. But who practicing math! ~ Donna
oval links. You get 50 each of red, yellow, lime, wouldn’t also enjoy sorting and engaging in cre- 064394 (C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.50
aqua and purple. These are great for counting, ative play with these bright-colored, large-sized
sorting, patterning, measurement, graphing and shapes? Each set comes in 6 colors: yellow, Teddy Bear Counters
more. Practice addition and subtraction. Add a green, blue, red, orange and purple, packed in
link for every day of school. Change colors every a transparent storage case. The Aquatic Set con- Teddy Bear Counters Set of 100 (PK-AD)
week, then count how many weeks of school tains 14 shapes: stingray, frog, starfish, whale, Learn to count with these lovable plastic teddy
each month, quarter, semester, etc. Use them to lobster, turtle, shark, seahorse, octopus, pen- bear counters. This set has 100 hard plastic
count down to a vacation or birthday at home! guin, crab, swordfish, seal and dolphin. The 84 counters in the shape of teddy bears. They come
Students can add a link daily and keep track of pieces are approx. 2” square. The Dinosaur Set in blue, green, yellow, and red - 25 counters in
their attendance. You could even decorate with include 8 shapes: brachiosaurus, euoplocepha- each color. They also come in a re-sealable bag
these! Each link is approximately .5x1.5” and lus, parasaurolophus, pterodactyl, spinosaurus, for easy storage when you are done counting!
4mm thick, 250 links ~ Sara t-rex, triceratops and stegosaurus. The 128 pieces - Elise
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. are approximately 2.5” square. The Wild Animal CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
060522 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 7.95 Set contains 120 giraffes, gorillas, camels, kanga- 018735 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 8.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 505
Three Bear Family Rainbow Counters (PK-2) as its theme, this book teaches basic math con- Magnetic Pattern Block Set (PK-5)
Cute plastic bears in three sizes, three weights, cepts with a clever variation on the “Teddy Bear, For home, school, car, or vacation - classic
and six colors (red, orange, yellow, green, blue, Teddy Bear” rhyme. Each left hand page has a fun on the go! The kit includes 120 magnetic
purple). Baby bear weighs 4 grams, mama verse of the rhyme (ie. “Teddy bear, teddy bear, wooden shapes in 6 different colors, 12 durable
weighs 8 grams, and papa weighs 12 grams. say your age.”), while the opposite page presents pattern cards, a hand-painted magnetic board,
Proportional weights allow use on balance for a problem to solve (ie. “How many bears are on and a clear-plastic zippered carrying case. Board
measurement discoveries (“How many babies this page?”). Kids will also combine math and measures 14.5” x 12” x 1.5”.
weigh as much as mama and papa?”). We rec- movement as they pat their heads while counting 039277 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.95
ommend doing these activities on a pan balance, the teddy bears or clap and shout while subtract-
not a teeter-totter type balance where placement ing them. If you wish, you can read this story Plastic Pattern Blocks (PK-8)
of the bears is crucial (and potentially frustrating using actual teddy bear counters for a truly tactile If plastic pattern blocks fit your needs better, we
for young children). Rainbow set includes 24 experience. 32 pgs, pb. also offer several sets of solid (not cookie-cutter
papa, 24 mama, and 48 baby bear counters 031286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 5.95 type) plastic pattern blocks. 1-cm thick blocks
and is packaged in a resealable bag. Note that are dimensionally very close to wooden blocks,
although the bears are slightly different in appear- Teddy Bear Math (K-3) while .5-cm thick blocks are slightly smaller, and
ance (bears are standing and wearing backpacks) This hands-on rhyming book is perfect to use actually fit into pattern block trays better.
to the ones featured on the Three Bear Family with Teddy Bear Counters. Using catchy rhymes, 018743 Set of 100 (.5 cm) . . . 9.99 7.95
Sorting and Pattern cards below, the sizes, colors it gives beginning lessons on ordinal numbers, 017270 Set of 250 (.5 cm) .
and weights are identical. graphing, addition, subtraction, multiplication, in resealable bag . . . 19.99 9.95
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and division. Undoubtedly, this will be a wel- 018744 Set of 250 (1 cm thick) .
003057 Set of 96 . . . . . . . . 23.99 13.95 come addition to a little one’s math lesson. ~ in bucket . . . . . . . . 20.95 17.95
Gina
☼Round Stacking Mass Set (PK-AD) 049206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 5.95 Pattern Blocks (Brights!) (PK-3)
For use with your balance scale, these round All the same characteristics of a typical plastic
plastic gram weights are color-coded, marked ☼Teddy Bear Subtraction (K-3) pattern blocks set (250 pieces, .5 cm thick) BUT
weights on the top of each, and indentations for Keep your little one learning with their beloved the colors are attention-grabbing, almost neon-y
easy stacking. There are four yellow 10g weights, teddy bear counters! This rhyming read aloud bright: sunshiny yellow, tangerine, coral, ocean
eight red 5g weights, and forty blue 1g weights. continues math learning by asking children to blue, lime green and magenta. ~ Janice
1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs help their teddies subtract. Concepts reviewed 061999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 16.95
066379 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.05 are counting, sorting, and addition. Also includes
introductions to less than and greater than, equa- A.
Teddy Bear Counter Activities & Books tions, and single-digit and double-digit subtrac-
tion. Charming, full color illustrations. Provides
Teddy Bear Counting (PK-2) hands-on practice in a fun and memorable way.
This colorful book gets kids counting (and more!) 32 pgs. pb. ~ Deanne
with the ever-cute and friendly teddy bear count- 045403 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 5.95
ers. You can either just read this book to your
child or have them do the activities along with Pattern Blocks & Activity Books
the text (use item #18735 with teddy bear count-
ers in 4 colors – red, yellow, green & blue; you Wooden Pattern Blocks (PK-8)
won’t need different sized bears for this book). Oh, the feel of a nice, thick (1 cm.) wooden
The teddies slowly join the group one by one to pattern block! Don’t tell your children that these
add up to twelve, break into sets of six, four and aren’t just toys! The bright, enticing primary
three, form different shapes (circle, square and colors seem to draw even the smallest of our
triangle), and then subtract until the teddies have children into play. Proportioned shapes allow for
all gone home. The rhyming text is engaging the construction of infinite designs. Even before Blocks not included.
and fun, and when you are through – learning’s they begin to use them for “work” on symmetry,
been done (see, it’s sticking with me!). A handy congruence, similarity, measurement, fractional
review page in the back sums up the text and relationships, counting, sorting, and geometry, Pattern Block Trays (PK-8)
activities. 30 pgs, pb. they are discovering the unique relationships Triangular and hexagonal trays to hold pattern
047239 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 5.95 between the blocks and getting plenty of expe- blocks for children to experiment and build
rience in patterning and spatial problem-solving. mosaic designs. Though restrictive in that they
Teddy Bear Patterns (PK-3) We’ve had hours of enjoyment with our set and, form an outside design border, the advantage is
This picture book teaches counting, sorting, with 250 blocks to the set, there’s enough for that the blocks stay put. We tested these with our
patterns, and basic arithmetic with colorful teddy several children to construct or work simultane- old set of wooden pattern blocks. The triangular
bear counters. The book begins with illustrations ously. Comes in a plastic jar. tray worked alright, though it was a little tight.
of sorted teddy bear counters, divided into piles CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Working with the hexagonal tray was frustrating!
by color. Then it forms two-color patterns, with 015445 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.95 17.95 After many unsuccessful attempts at jamming
red and yellow bears alternating to form a line. the last few blocks in, we got the bright idea of
One by one bears of other colors are added Pattern Blocks and Boards (PK-3) switching to plastic blocks. You know, that little
into the pattern. As the patterns become more Yet another great way to use a classic favorite! bit of paint really makes a difference! We found
advanced, they demonstrate addition, multiplica- Well-built wooden box features vivid, colorful that the .5 cm plastic blocks worked the best;
tion, and skip-counting by twos. A playful rhyme patterns displayed attractively on 10 wooden we had no trouble with these. The blocks slid
accompanies the story as the bears “dance” panels. Over 100 wooden pattern blocks in right in and were a pleasure to work with. So,
across the page, manipulating patterns. Perfect 6 different shapes and colors are included to if you have plastic pattern blocks - these will be
to use with real bear counters or other manipula- replicate the patterns. Not just fun playthings, a great addition! (The set of 250 blocks works
tives. 32 pgs, pb. ~ Lisa pattern blocks can also be used as basic math better than a set of 100, as you have more blocks
009227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 5.95
manipulatives to teach geometric shapes and to work with). If not, and you like the concept,
relationships, symmetry, fractional relationships, you’ll have to invest in a set of plastic blocks to
Teddy Bear, Teddy Bear School Day Math (PK-2) counting, sorting, creativity, spatial problem use them. My testers (Stephen and Janine) kept
This charming picture book takes a familiar solving, and the list goes on ... at it for hours!
nursery rhyme and repurposes it for math class! 011915 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.95 015341 Hexagonal Tray . . . . 5.99 4.95
Using colorful illustrations of teddy bear counters 015342 Triangular Tray . . . . . 5.99 4.95
506 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Pattern Block Foam Magnets Tangrams & Activity Books Pentominoes & Activity Books
When you use magnetic pattern blocks, you
don’t have to worry with sliding, shifting pieces! Tangrams, plastic (K+) Pentomino Set
This set of 200 magnetic foam pattern blocks are We have used our tangrams so much! We’ve Test your spatial logic skills with pentominos!
1/4” thick and can be used on the fridge or on used them with reproducibles, games, to invent Use with the Pentomino Puzzle Book above or
other magnetic-receptive surfaces. – Elise new “puzzles,” and in church activities. The challenge yourself to make your own puzzles.
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. entire family likes to sit down and “race” to solve The set contains 12 different shapes made up of
037010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.99 14.75 a tangram puzzle — helps us keep our visual 5 one inch squares. ~ Enh
thinking skills sharp! The kids love to beat out CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
☼Pattern Blocks Colorful Cut-Outs (K-3) mom and dad, which is one reason this kind of 007910 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
Inexpensive cardstock pattern blocks are perfect activity is so great — it isn’t necessarily age that
for hands on practice, review, learning centers, wins, but perception. Tangrams come in 5 differ- Attribute Blocks & Activity Books
small group or classroom instruction, or free ent colors (red, blue, yellow, green and magenta)
play. These come perforated for easy separation. and are based on a 4” square. We’ll assort colors Attribute Logic Blocks (PK-8)
Quantities (in parentheses) and approximate if you order more than one set. Explore sets, classification, and relationships
measurements are: yellow hexagon (36) 1 ½” x CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. using attribute logic blocks. Desk set of 60 plas-
1 ½”; green triangle (396) ¾” x ½”; tan rhombus 010884 One Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 tic blocks come in 5 shapes, 3 colors, 2 sizes,
(144) 1 5/16” x 3/8”; blue rhombus (108) 1 ½: x TANGR4 4 Sets (different colors) 4.48 3.95 and 2 thicknesses. Build “attribute” trains with
1” and red trapezoid (72) 1 ¾: x ¾”. Total 36 sets; only 1 attribute the same (or only 1 different), or
756 pattern blocks. ~ Deanne Tangrams Brights! (Assorted colors) (K-AD) 2, etc. Classify pieces based on common charac-
067303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 4.75 Based on a 4” square, these tangram sets are teristics, build overlapping and intersecting sets.
appealing colors – ocean blue, magenta, lime Helps children develop awareness of logical rela-
Pattern Block Activity Cards (PK-3) green, sunshine yellow, tangerine, and coral. tionships. Comes with sorting/storing tray and
This pack comes with twenty color-coded cards If ordering a single set, we’ll pick the color. If instruction activities booklet. (Here’s a handy tip
showing different arrangements that you can ordering more than one single set, we’ll assort from one of our resourceful customers... the lid
create with your own set of pattern blocks. Each the colors. If ordering the six sets, all six colors for the blocks can also double as a stencil!)
card is 8 5/8” x 11” in size and made out of a come in one package. ~ Janice CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
sturdy card stock. A flower, tropical bird, space 062005 Single Set . . . . . . . . . . . 1.35 007935 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95
shuttle, and owl are just a few of the creative 062004 6 Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00 5.50
arrangements included. These cards will enter- Relational Attribute Blocks (PK-8)
tain your young children and maybe even inspire “Quiet” Tangrams (K+) Long used as a math
them to make some designs of their own. – Elise Soft manipulatives, made of thick foam, that manipulative for young-
037520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.00 8.75 don’t go sliding all over the activity books! er children, this set of
Relatively noiseless, tactily satisfying, they are manipulatives helps chil-
Pattern Block Book (K-3) easier for children to work with because they dren learn attributes that
Armed with this book and tend to stay put. will strengthen their math
a small set of pattern blocks, CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. skills. They will learn
you’ll be ready to have some 020650 4 sets in 4 colors . . . . . 4.25 concepts like large/small,
fun with your young one thick/thin, colors, shapes, and much more. The
exploring all kinds of math Smart Pak Tangrams Set of 42 (K-AD) set includes 60 tiles which come in two sizes of
concepts. Similar to the Math Six sets of seven-piece tangram sets (4” square) circles, squares, triangles, hexagons, and rectan-
Discoveries books, this vol- – blue, purple, red, green, yellow and orange. gles and in 3 colors (red, blue, yellow). Neatly
ume has a little broader range The activity guide is extremely minimal with an packaged in a storage and sorting box, children
while retaining the fun flavor explanation of what tangrams are, how activities will love using them for math or play. Shhh!
of those explorations. Every “lesson” has a Focal can align to CCSS and suggestions for three types Don’t tell them they’re educational! ~ Donna
Point which explains its goal. This is followed by of exercises. ~ Janice CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
a short materials list (usually just pattern blocks) 057807 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 4.95 058412 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 12.95
and instructions for leading the activity. A nice
additional feature is the Guided Learning section Tangram Pattern Cards (PK-1) Attribute Activity Set (PK-K)
which gives you a little scripted dialogue to use 044960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.75 Hands on learning at its finest! Young children
after the activity. An extension activity is also will explore colors and shapes; practice sorting
provided at the bottom of each teacher page ☼Working with Tangrams (K-2) and classifying; and develop problem solving
which invites you to “Explore More with PB” (PB Designed to help primary grade students skills and logic. With a recommended age of
being a little mascot character). Facing this teach- comprehend basic geometric ideas and num- PK-K, some advanced activities may also benefit
ing page is the activity page itself – very crisply ber sense development, this resource provides elementary aged children.
and cleanly done. While the activities are fun teachers with 60 activities that they can utilize The set includes 60-piece Deluxe Attribute Set
and informal, the amount and breadth of learning to increase their students understanding of the of 5 shapes- 3 colors, 2 thicknesses and 2 sizes
is impressive. After an exploration and discovery physical world and spatial relationships. These stored in desktop plastic case; 3 Sorting Circles
unit, this 133-page volume covers numbers & same activities also help young math students (approx.19.5” diameter) for Venn Diagramming;
operations, geometry, measurement, algebra and to reason with shapes and their attributes while 20 (8.5”x11”) double sided activity cards.
probability & statistics. Activities within these they gain the ability to explain their solutions Laminated cards provide a range of activities
units are orderly, beginning with simple concepts and justify their conclusions using manipulatives in increasing difficulty including find and sort;
and building to more complex. For example, the to support their reasoning. Each lesson includes deduce missing block(s) from a specified set;
Algebra section begins with simple patterns and teacher notes, blackline masters, and links to learn how to use matrices; Venn and Carroll
sequences and culminates with an activity titled current mathematical content and practice state diagrams; and use templates to solve challenging
“Guess the Robot’s Secret” which introduces standards. This activity book will equip teachers puzzles. An Attribute Block Spinner for guided
functions. So while “playing” and having guided with the resources that they need to help students activities is included. Detailed answers and an
fun with pattern blocks, your child is getting foster shape recognition and spatial visualization activity guide are also provided. This essential
some real meat in their math diet. The ground- within mathematically rich situations. 126 pgs, resource includes everything you need to intro-
work you lay here will pay off later when some pb. ~ Mike duce children to geometry, measurements and
of these mental connections are already in place 068135 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 11.50 comparisons. Best of all, everything is neatly
for higher level math work. stored in a cardboard box. ~ Deanne
013718 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 12.75 064906 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.99 23.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 507
☼Attribute Blocks Activity Pack & Teaching Magnetic Cuisenaire Rods (Set of 64) (K-5) Addition & Subtraction with Cuisenaire Rods (K-2)
Guide (PK-1) If you prefer Cuisenaire rods in two-dimensional This 208-page resource contains complete
Attribute blocks are a set of plastic geometric form, then you’ve come to the right place. This lesson plans for a systematic presentation of
shapes used to teach concepts like large/small, set contains 64 rods as flat magnets – perfect for topics such as inequalities, addition with 1-digit
thick/thin, colors, shapes and more. You will presentations on a magnetic board or the fridge. numbers, missing addends, and subtraction with
need a set of them to use with this activity pack. This set includes standard Cuisenaire rod colors 1-digit numbers using the rods. Using appealing
This pack includes 16 flexible, white vinyl work- and increments, although the measurements and enjoyable activities, students are led from
sheets (11.5x8.25”) and a teaching guide aimed have been proportionally enlarged for demon- concrete experience to pictorial representation,
at children ages 3-6 years old. The student will stration purposes. In a standard set of Cuisenaire then to activities with numbers. Includes black-
use their own set of blocks with the colorful Rods, the shortest Rod (white), is 1 cm long and line masters of activity pages for the student.
worksheets, and once they understand what to the largest (orange) is 10 cm long. In this magnet- 061843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.95
do, can do the various worksheets without any ic set, the white Rod has been enlarged to 2.5 cm
help. The sheets are divided into 4 groups: order- x 2.5 cm and the orange Rod has been enlarged
ing, classification, breaking down a plan into to 25 cm x 2.5 cm. ~ Lisa
fractions, and working on properties. These are CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
perfect for getting more out of your existing math 046965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 12.95
manipulatives at home and generally building a
mathematical sense in your young learners. By Cuisenaire Rod Storage and Sorting Tray
Miniland. ~ Sara You have asked and asked, and finally, here it
037850 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.98 9.15 is! A sorting and storage tray for your Cuisenaire
rods. This is the same thing as the white plastic
Cuisenaire Rods & Activity Books tray that comes in the Making Math Meaningful
sets, now available as a separate item. If you Rods-Clue Puzzles Book (5-9)
Before a child can grasp the abstract ideas need- have purchased a “no frills” set of Cuisenaire Now that your children are a little older and you
ed for computational skills, the concrete founda- rods, you can use this tray to keep the rods orga- aren’t using your Cuisenaire Rods for Miquon
tion must be laid. These colorful rods, based on nized and separated. The tray is designed to hold Math or some other math curriculum, let your
a 1 cm. unit, accurately portray the volume of a the small group set of 155 pieces. Kids love to children use them to solve math thinking puz-
number. They encourage tactile manipulation organize the rods in the tray too! zles. The object of each puzzle is to make a
of numbers and model-building, patterning and 003196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.50 2-dimensional design or pattern meeting all the
spatial discovery. Rods are flexible - they can be clue criteria. The front of the book gives you
used to model almost any mathematical concept Cuisenaire Rod Track very helpful tips for understanding each puzzle’s
and develop a wide variety of skills. A very useful addition to your Cuisenaire rod clues. There are 165 puzzles that progress in
set! This 50-cm. track not only holds rod “trains” difficulty. They may have only two clues or as
“No Frills” Rods in place, but 1-cm. markings allow for easy num- many as five clues. These puzzles are a fun way
These sets each contain 155 rods in a bucket. ber equivalent of length. Great for working with to work on math reasoning skills and there may
Use with Miquon Math Labs materials or any of larger numbers in all four basic operations. be more than one solution for some of the more
the other activity books/kits available. Also good 014565 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.95 challenging puzzles. Here’s an easy one for you.
for supplementing your rod supply if you have There is a row of 10 units. This design uses exact-
several children using rods at the same time. 1-cm Graph Paper Pad ly two rods and the first rod is two more than the
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Versatile graph paper for recording rod patterns, last rod – which Cuisenaire Rods are you using?
006380 Plastic rods (A.) . . . . 22.99 17.95 measurement, place value and more. We use The answer: the dark green rod is six units and
008265 Wooden rods . . . . . . 24.99 18.95 ours for number lines, charts, graphing coordi- the purple rod is four units – that equals 10 units.
nates, drawing to scale, laying out cross stitch The answer key is found in the back of the book,
patterns, room layouts, linear and area measure- just in case you get stumped. Use this book for
A. ments, fractions, and a myriad of other things! extra math activities alongside your curriculum
Once you’re used to having this helpful tool to add a deeper thinking dimension. A nice
around, you’ll always keep a spare pad handy! reproducible supplement for home or classroom
B. Pad of 100 sheets. use. ~ Donna
012626 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.75 061846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.95
Introduction to Cuisenaire Rods (74 Rods) Cuisenaire Alphabet Book (K-4) Hundred Number Charts, Boards & Activities
Get acquainted with rods! Set contains 74 rods Our children really enjoyed
and a Learning with Cuisenaire Rods Teacher using this book when they Numbers 1-100 Chart (PK-2)
Guide. Use for a single child with Miquon or were first working with rods. Number chart measures 17” x 22” and is print-
other activity books/kits. Of course, it helped that they ed on sturdy cardstock. The back of the poster
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. were also learning their letter includes suggestions for using the chart, general
002153 Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99 10.95 sounds parallel to using this number activities, and a blank reproducible chart
014675 Wood (B.) . . . . . . . . 17.99 13.95 book. Each 2-page spread to photocopy.
has the outline of a letter to 025296 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.49 2.75
Connecting Cuisenaire Rods be filled in with rods (instruc-
Connecting Cuisenaire Rods have all the func- tions on different ways to cover it are given) 1 to 100 Number Grid Say-It Chart (PK-3)
tionality of traditional Cuisenaire rods and more. alongside a page of objects, also to be filled in, Colorful, cardstock poster shows a large 10x10
The rods can connect to one another, sort of like which begin with that letter. Besides the rein- number grid with the 5’s and 10’s in a different
Lego pieces, and they have unit markings on forcement to our phonics program and obvious color. The large format (17”x22”) has a star
one side of the rod, making it easier than ever spatial relationship skills learned, the questions border with rainbow colored balloons across the
to introduce concepts like addition, division, posed through the exercises provided a very ten- top. This would be great as a math reference tool,
and fractions. The Intro Set includes 74 plastic der introduction to more advanced mathematical of course, but also for the 100th day of school!
rods, a storage tray, and a teacher’s booklet. The concepts. While we used this book at the young- Use it as a count down (or up!) On the back
Small Group Set contains 155 plastic rods in a er end of the suggested age-range, older children of the poster are 50 activity ideas for the 100th
storage tub. ~ Anh would derive additional benefits from the more day, a smaller version of the number grid that is
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. complex questions involving addition sentences, reproducible, and a 100th day certificate you can
024117 Intro Set (74 Rods) . 13.99 10.95 early multiplication, and problem-solving. copy for your students to color. ~ Sara
024116 Group Set (155 Rods) 22.99 17.95 061844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.50 059422 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 2.85
508 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Hundred Board – Laminated (PK-K) 1-120 Number Charts, Boards & Activities piece; all are dry-erasable. The T-shaped more/
This hundred board is a versatile math manip- less piece allows you to frame a number and
ulative. One side features a chart of 1” squares 1-120 Number Board – Laminated (PK-K) it marks numbers that are one less, one more,
numbered from 1-100. The other side features This hundred board is a versatile math manip- ten less, and ten more. You will need a larger
the same grid, but with blank squares. The lines ulative. One side features a chart of 1” squares white board for this set, it measures 24” wide
between the squares are not as bold as other numbered from 1-120. The other side features by 34” high when completely assembled. Bright,
charts we carry and the board features a red, the same grid, but with blank squares. The lines colorful numbers are easy to see from a distance
1cm-wide border. Made of thin, glossy cardstock between the squares are not as bold as other and the size makes them easy to manipulate for
the board is fairly durable and is very handy to charts we carry and the board features a red, younger students.
have around. Measures 11” x 11”. 1cm-wide border. Made of thin, glossy cardstock 064900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.99 28.05
042608 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.85 the board is fairly durable and is very handy to
have around. Measures 11” x 11.” Linking Cubes (connect on 1 side)
Hundreds Dry Erase Board 9”x12” 2-sided (PK-3) 042608 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.85
This laminated board is a useful manipulative Unifix Cubes (PK-8)
for basic math functions, checking calculation Step Up to 120 Board (K-2) Unifix cubes have long been recognized as a
answers and so much more. Black numbers are This is very similar to a hundred-number chart – manipulative of choice for teaching beginning
printed on a white background in rows of ten up with a couple of exceptions. There are still rows math concepts. While not as versatile as multi-
to 100. On the opposite side, the 100 grid (¾” x of ten – 1-10, 11-20, 21-30, on up through 111- links (as Unifix Cubes snap together only on top
¾”) is blank for your student to fill in. Use a dry- 120. Rows begin at the bottom rather than the and bottom), they are easier for small children
erase marker or even counters to practice math top. This product offers a visual to help students to link together and take apart. Use them for
problems. 9” x 12”. ~ Ruth count beyond 100. counting, adding, subtracting and other math
060917 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 1.95 064880 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 functions. There are a wide range of sets and
materials available to choose from. We have
Hundred Number Chart Write-On/Wipe-Off Double-Sided 120 Number selected what we believe to be the most useful,
Laminated chart from 1-100 in 1” squares. Board (K-3) versatile, and inexpensive to fill your needs.
Blank grid on reverse. While many number charts show up to 100, CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
018739 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 this one goes to 120. This is not a times table; 000742 100 Cubes w/Booklet 13.95 11.25
the numbers go across 1-10 in the first row, then Ten each of ten colors, plus an activity book.
Hundreds Wipe-Off Chart 11-20, 21-30, 31-40, etc. A teacher/parent can 004087 “No Frills” Cubes . . . 13.95 9.95
This reusable chart can be used with wipe-off use this to show number sequencing, skip count- Same as above, but packed and bagged from
crayons or markers. Additional activities, infor- ing, or counting by 10s. On the back is a blank bulk to save you money.
mation, and helpful hints can be found on the grid of 10” x 12” squares that you can write on UNIFIX Set of 120 (10 each of .
back of the chart. ~ Enh with a dry-erase marker (you can write on both 12 colors) . . . . . . . . 14.09 10.95
023398 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.49 3.75 sides actually). White with bold black numbers 049224 Pink Cubes (100) . . . 13.95 11.25
and a colorful red striped border. 11”x13” card- 049225 Purple Cubes (100) . . 13.95 11.25
Hundred Number Tiles (K-2) stock. ~ Sara 034940 10 Pink & 10 Purple . . . 2.75
A great complement to the hundred number 039322 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.95 Yes, you can get Unifix cubes in pink and
chart, these quality plastic tiles were one of purple! Choose from a set of 100 of either
Mark’s favorite math manipulatives when he 1-120 Number 2-Sided Dry Erase Board (K-3) color, or a set of 20 cubes that includes ten
was learning to count to 100. Sorting them into Rarely is a title so descriptive of a product. pink and ten purple. Sets of 100 also include
stacks of 10 helped him understand the concept Flexible plastic dry-erase board is 9 x 12 with an activity book but not all activities will
of place value. Turning random tiles upside labeled 1-120 (12 rows of 1-10) grid on one side apply to a one-color set of cubes (patterns,
down helped him learn “What’s between ___ and a blank grid (.75 squares) on the other. ~ sequences, etc).
and ___?” Tiles are the right size to fit in the Janice
squares on the hundred number chart. “Dad, 040927 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25
can we use the tiles today?”
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 120 Number Board (1-AD)
004371 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 8.95 Just like hundred number boards, newer on the
market are 1-120 number boards – numbers are
Hundred Pocket Chart (PK-3) in rows of 10 and go to 120 instead of 100. This
Pocket charts are a versatile teaching tool that heavy plastic number board has a grid on both
can be used for a variety of lessons. This one is sides in which plastic number tiles fit. The grid
made of heavy, reinforced bright blue vinyl with squares are numbered on one side and blank on A.
100 short clear pockets arranged 10x10 and has the reverse for two different types of practice.
1 grommet in each upper corner for hanging. It This set includes a 12” x 14” number board, 120
comes with a set of cardstock number squares white number tiles, 30 purple and 30 green trans-
1-100, plus cards for add/subtract/multiply/ parent tiles (to place on number tiles for high-
B.
divide/equals. The cards are red on one side and lighting), and activity guide. Use this for practice
white on the other. How do you use this pocket counting, even/odd numbers, skip counting, Unifix® Cubes Hundred Base (K-4)
chart? Place the number cards in the pockets number patterns, graphing, and more. ~ Donna Use your Unifix® Cubes (sold separately) to
in numerical order showing all one color. As CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. practice and better understand base ten and
you are learning to skip count, you can turn the 064386 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 23.50 place value. The plastic base measure 3” x 9”
multiples of a number over as you count (3, 6, with ten posts on which to place your cubes. A
9, 12, etc.) You could do the same thing with Magnetic Demonstration 0-120 Chart (K-AD) 100-grid card can be placed behind the cubes
evens and odds. Use the cards with the +/- to Quickly build your own number chart with as (in the slot), so students can more easily see how
create daily warm-up problems. Your kinesthetic many or as few rows of ten as you want – up many cubes are in each stack – (great for graph-
learners will love the opportunity to get up and to 120. Numbers are in rows of five (1-5, 6-10, ing!) Forty number label cards can be placed
move around. You could use it as a large 100 11-15, 16-20…), simply set them up on your on the ledge in front of the cubes for labeling
number chart too! No wall space? Hang it on the magnetic white board for easy visibility as you purposes. A guide is included for suggested activ-
back of a door! ~ Sara work on numbers, counting, cardinality, number ities. Students can practice math concepts from
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. patterns, operations, and more. The set includes very basic, up through decimals and fractions.
060916 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.95 14.95 numbers up through 120, 10 cover-up squares, ~ Donna
20 highlighting frames and a t-shaped more/less 064881 (B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 7.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 509
☼Jumbo Unifix Cubes (PK-K) Linking Cubes (connect on all sides) ☼Cubes Math Activity Pack (PK-1)
Perfect for little hands, this set of 20 Unifix Have some Unifix or multi-link cubes lying
cubes develops fine motor skills and early 1” Linking Cubes - 100 pieces (1-8) around the house or classroom? These colorful
math concepts. Brightly colored cube measures Made for little hands, these 1” cubes are a bit and inviting worksheets (8.25x5,75”) are made of
approximately 1 1/2”x 1 1/2” (2” tall if measuring larger than the traditional linking cubes (3/4”). a thin, white vinyl and make those cubes more
the connection) and are in four appealing colors: Ten cubes of each color can be used just like interesting. This set includes 20 worksheets with
red, blue, green and yellow. Young children will the smaller linking cubes – orange, dark blue, 5 different color-coded series: breaking down a
delight in learning key mathematical concepts brown, black, dark green, yellow, purple, light plan into fractions, identification in the grids,
with this essential manipulative. Includes simple green, red, and white. These cubes are also work on properties, 3D production, symmetry
activities to get you started, but use these as you attachable on all sides and fit snugly together – and organization of space and a simple teaching
would regular sized Unifix! ~ Deanne not easily pulled apart. ~ Donna guide. The sheets are designed for students ages
066907 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 7.95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 3-6 to work independently (once you teach them
054119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 10.95 how to do the exercises) making them perfect
☼Unifix 1-10 Value Boats (K-2) for math centers and as a productive quiet time
Use these flat tray “boats” to help children visu- 3/4” Linking Cubes (PK-3) activity. Cubes are not included. By Miniland.
alize numbers and expand their understanding ¾-inch (2-cm) sturdy plastic interlocking cubes ~ Sara
of estimating, simple operations, comparing and in ten colors. Use to teaching patterning, clas- 037861 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.98 9.15
estimating. Includes 10 boats that will hold same sifying, counting, place value, addition, subtrac-
quantity of standard size Unifix cubes. Boats tion and much more. Cubes have one connecting
range from 1 3/4” for a single cube to 8 1/2” for peg on one end and round holes on all other A.
the ten boat. Limited teaching notes included. sides. 100 cube sets include 10 each of 10 B.
~ Deanne colors.
066911 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.95 7.95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
013362 Set of 100 cubes . . . 12.49 7.95
☼Unifix Corner Cubes (K-4)
Learn simple geometry using your Unifix cubes! Linking Cubes, 2 cm (PK-8)
Simply attach standard size Unifix cubes to the Linking cubes are great math manipulatives;
corner cubes and build rectangles, explore area, use them for patterns, counting and more. These
perimeter and more. But don’t stop at rectangles. plastic sets offer options for larger projects and
With 40 corner cubes, children are free to build come in 10 colors. The Linking Cube 100 piece
and create…all the while learning basic geome- set includes holds 10 of each color and comes in
try! Concise activity guide included. ~ Deanne a transparent container with lid.
066912 (B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95 7.25 The Classroom Set comes in a 15”x11.5”
(including handles) translucent carrying case
☼Unifix Number Hats (K-2) with blue handles which snap down to keep the
Make math fun with this cute sport hats included lid tight. It includes 4 blue base boards, Mathlink Cube Activity Books (3-6)
designed to fit perfectly on top of your standard 400 2cm cubes, 50 triangles and 50 quadrants. Mathlink/Multilink cubes are a very versatile
Unifix cubes. Children will practice counting, Activity cards with visual directions provide 28 manipulative since they can be attached on
number names, comparisons and more as they designs for early childhood use & 56 math activ- all sides. These activity books make use of the
add a hat to their stack of cubes. Includes 3 sets ities. ~ Ruth unique properties of multilink cubes in varied
of hats labeled 1-10. Sample activities included. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. exploratory activities. The Primary Book has
~ Deanne 060919 100 piece Set . . . . . 11.00 8.75 activities to teach concepts of patterning and
066913 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95 7.25 060918 Classroom Set . . . . 104.99 56.95 symmetry; counting and place value; addition
and subtraction; multiplication and division;
☼Unifix Operations Tray (K-2) Multilink Cubes (PK-6) problem-solving and spatial reasoning; graphing
Designed to use with standard size Unifix Multilink cubes connect on all six sides, mak- and probability; estimating and measuring; and
cubes, this tray is perfect to visualize and rein- ing them a more versatile manipulative than the fractions. The Intermediate Book covers problem
force math facts through 20. Tray measures 14 Unifix cubes. They come in ten each of ten col- solving, fractions, probability, and algebra-read-
1/2” x 2 1/2”, with numbers 1-20 in the center ors: black, white, brown, light blue, green, dark iness. The book uses a discovery approach,
and cube channels on either side. Demonstrate green, red, pink, yellow and orange. beginning with a question at the beginning of
addition by filling the slots one each side and 018741 Set of 100 (C.) . . . . . 16.60 15.95 each exploration. First students think, then they
adding together. Fill one side and move cubes to “do”, using the mathlink cubes to try to solve
the other side to teach subtraction skills. This will AllLink Cubes (PK-8) each of the 43 problems. I like the combination
quickly become your child’s favorite tool to “see” Cubes that connect on all sides, like Multilink of practicing math skills with learning problem
their math facts! Just add Unifix cubes! Includes Cubes. Compared to Multilink Cubes, I found solving skills. Very well done.
activity ideas. ~ Deanne AllLink Cubes much easier to manipulate and 001226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.95 3.95
066914 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 6.25
snap together. One set contains ten each of ten
colors (white, black, brown, orange, yellow, red, Dominoes & Activity Books
Mathematics With Unifix Cubes (K-2) pink, purple, blue, green). ~ Anh
These books are a nice accompaniment to your CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Colored Double-Six Dominoes
Unifix cubes. Each book provides 20 grade-level 017269 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 10.25 Brightly colored wooden dominoes - 28 pcs
appropriate activities keyed to NCTM standards in one of six assorted colors; sorry - no color
in the areas of basic operations, patterns, simple choice. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
measurement and graphing, and probability. 015325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Each activity includes instructions, suggestions
for extension activities, and any reproducible Double Nine Wooden Dominoes
pages that are needed. Activities range from sim- C. A sturdy, 55-piece set of black wooden domi-
ple matching and counting at the kindergarten noes to help your child learn numeration, count-
level to addition, subtraction, area and perimeter ing, addition, subtraction, and more. Use with
in the 3rd grade level. - Donna the Domino activity books below, or even to play
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.95 11.50 “regular” dominoes!
047284 Kindergarten 047283 Grade 2 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
047282 Grade 1 004074 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.95 3.75
510 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Dice & Activity Books Blank Dice Polyhedral Dice & Sets
Dice Activities for... Series (K-8) 12 Blank Cubes with 77 Stickers (K-AD) Polyhedral Dice, Set of 6 (1-AD)
Dice! They’re so versatile. But did you know These 12 blank cubes come in red, white, Here’s a set that’ll satisfy all your dice needs!
just how versatile? This series offers a variety green and yellow (3 each). 77 square stickers Numbers, not dots, are displayed on the sides of
of reproducible blackline masters practicing a are included that you can write numbers, letters, the standard-sized dice. There’s a white 4-sided,
wide range of math concepts through dice activ- dots, or other graphics on. Then, place the stick- a red 6-sided, a black 8-sided, a blue 10-sided, a
ities. Just add dice for some fun, hands-on math ers on the cubes to make your very own custom- green 12-sided, and a yellow 20-sided die.
practice! No dice? Each book also includes a ized dice. These versatile cubes let you make CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
CD-ROM with interactive dice and printable your own games and activities and you can also 048995 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.70 3.25
worksheets. ~ Donna use them as replacement die. ~ Phyllis
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.95 12.75 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Polyhedra Dice (1-12)
044448 Math (K-3) 036022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00 3.75
Colorful dice perfect for any math activity you
Provides practice with basic number facts. can think of! Both sets of ten dice come with two
The first three sections focus on one-, two- Counting Cubes dice each in five bold colors (red, green, black,
and three-dice activities to practice addition, This is a set of six blank white dice. You can use blue, and yellow), and the numbers are boldly
subtraction, and the doubling of numbers. stickers or write numbers, letters or patterns on printed on each side. Decahedra dice have
The fourth section presents variations of halv- them and then use them for counting, patterning, ten sides are numbered 0-9, and Dodecahedra
ing quantities, and the fifth section deals with making up your own games and more. dice have twelve sides numbered one through
the concept of tens and ones. The last section CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. twelve. – Elise
provides a variety of Tic-Tac-Toe activities 036025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.10 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
and games designed for students to practice 016201 Decahedra (10 sides) . 4.95
math facts, develop reasoning skills, and play Blank Foam Dice (PK-AD) 016207 Dodecahedra (12 sides) 5.00 4.25
with probability. 90+ pages. Roll a winner! Make up games with these 16
031500 Time and Money (1-3) mm dense foam dice. This set contains 12 dice Dodecahedra (12 Sided) Dice set of 12
More than 80 dice activities will help stu- that are about the size of standard-sized dice, These dice are about the size of regular dice
dents hone their time and money skills. This with 2 of each color in red, orange, yellow, but have twelve sides with numbers 1-12 printed
116-page book also includes a digital book green, blue and white. Use them as regular dice on the sides.
so you can print out pages rather than mak- by marking them with dots and a black marker. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
ing copies. Or write a number or letter on each side and cre- 040586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.49 5.50
045991 Multiplication (3-6) ate your own little game. Have kids roll the dice
Incorporates a collection of fun games and and add the numbers or make a list of words that Specialty “Math” Dice
activities to supplement your core multipli- start with each letter they roll. ~ Sara
cation lessons. Students practice with games CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Foam Numbers & Operations Dice (K-AD)
like Tic-Tac-Toe, Four in a Row, Square Off, 051220 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.30 2.95 Don’t wake the baby! Here is a math dice game
or CrossOver. you can play while the littlest one is napping.
001341 Algebraic Thinking (5-8) Dice in Dice Foam dice are quiet when rolled. No babies in
Written to help students gain confidence with the house? Still a pleasant thought! Each die is
algebraic concepts, this book presents prac- Dice in Dice (PK-AD) .75” square. Fourteen yellow dice show a digit
tice with patterns, relationships, functions, This 3/4” six-sided die is made out of a transpar- on each side (not dots) and then 6 red dice show
and symbols. Intended as an introduction ent colored plastic and holds a tiny 5/16” solid an operation (+, -, =, <, >, x.) Shake ‘em and roll
to algebra, this book incorporates dice and white die inside. Shake and roll one die and you ‘em and make up a math problem to solve! It’s
color tiles to explore algebra on a visual and have two numbers! Great for board games or more fun than a worksheet! ~ Sara
kinesthetic level. The CD offers printable math activities! – Elise 039758 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 4.95
worksheets, as well as virtual dice and color CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
tiles. Aligned to CCSS. 036062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 ☼Place Value Dice-Units to Millions (1-AD)
Put a new spin on place value with these
Jumbo Dice in Dice 10-sided dice. A different colored die represents
Six-Sided (Standard Cube) Dice This large 1 ¼” x 1 ¼” see-through die houses a each place holder from units to millions. Seven
standard die within, so you can roll two num- die in total; one die per place holder. This set can
Standard Dice (K-3) bers at once. The outer die is made of colored, create from zero to 9 million. ~ Ruth
These 1.5 cm white dice with black dots are great see-through plastic with white dots. Great for 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
for teaching probability and statistics, as well as a teaching probability and other math concepts— 029766 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 4.95
variety of games, exercises, and activities. or simply replace your regular dice with these on
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. your next family game night. ~ Lisa
036020 Set of 4 Dice . . . . . . . . 1.25 046960 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.40
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 547
Fraction Cut-Outs (K-5) and decimals. Open the book horizontally (pages Equivalency Set is a great value since it is a combi-
Sometimes a student just needs that one key are 4” high and 12” wide), the top page is a nation of all individual sets (Fractions, Decimals,
thing to unlock a concept such as fractions. It blank number line with just marks for the correct and Percents), displaying equivalent fractional,
might be something to hold or fold or move placement, and the bottom page is a number line decimal, and percent values on each cube.
around or a colorful chart that makes the pieces with fractions printed in the correct location. For CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
fall into place. Fraction Bars is a rainbow-col- example, thirds have a blank number line with 018354 (B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.50
ored chart (5.5” x 5.5”) made of card stock that four markings, the number line that is marked
serves as a quick reference for fractions from shows 0, 1/3, 2/3, and 1. The write-on/wipe-off Comparative Fractions Magnet (3-12)
a whole to twelfths. Your visual learners will page allows the student to practice writing the This colorful magnet set contains 51 magnets in
appreciate seeing how two blue “one-eighth” correct placement for fractions. There are no a collection of fractions including whole, halves,
sections equal one yellow “one-fourth” section. blank number lines for decimals and percents; thirds, quarters, fifths, sixths, eighths, tenths, and
Fraction Circles come in a rainbow assortment students can see the correlation between the two twelfths. The dry erase surface allows you to cus-
of 36 cardstock pieces (colors correspond to because they are side-by-side. There are three tomize your instruction. – Laura
the Fraction Bars chart.) Each set includes four blank number lines at the back of the flip book, 018953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 4.50
circles of each color divided into the corre- no markings of any kind, so that students can
sponding fractions with black lines (i.e. yellow practice writing fractions. Fractions, Decimals & Percents Chart (1-5)
circles are fourths; blues are eighths). The really 064879 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 6.25 Having a chart like this in your learning center
clever thing about these circles is that each one is not cheating for kids. Think of it as a learning
has a cut to the middle on one side, so you can Fraction Builder Set (3-6) poster. They will refer to it often as they are
fit them together and spin to reveal more or less Do you have a student struggling to grasp the learning fractions and decimals and eventually
of the one in front or behind and really see how concept of fractions? If so, use these fraction tiles will memorize it without even trying. Classroom
the sizes relate to one another. For instance, if to give your student a hands-on way to visualize aids like this are helpful to visual learners
you fit together the yellow fourths circle and this difficult concept. The set contains 51 tiles because they will “see” this chart in their minds
the purple twelfths circle, you can show show and represent the whole, halves, thirds, fourths, when they think of decimals and percents in the
half of each circle and see that 2/4 equals one fifths, sixths, eights, tenths, and twelfths. Tiles future. This graph gives you a fraction, and then
half and 6/12 equals one half. Or twist a little are color coded by fractional value and are sized tells you eleven equivalent fractions, followed by
more so you can see three of the yellow fourths, to scale with the piece representing the whole the percent and the decimal forms. Bright yellow
and discover that the other fourth holds three of measuring 6” and the smallest piece representing and red at the top with a blue border make this
the purple twelfths! Set also includes four white 1/12th measuring 1/2”. The tiles are hard plastic graph attractive to young learners. The numbers
covers, also cut, so you could even practice and are approximately 1/16” thick. ~ Enh alternate gray and white for easy reading. This is
addition and subtraction with fractions by sliding 007863 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99 7.95 a useful learning tool. ~ Sara
the cover to reveal more or less. Inexpensive and 052030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.49 2.75
effective! ~ Sara Equivalence Fractions Tile Set (1-8)
056081 Fraction Bars . . . . . . . . 0.50 Learning fractions, decimals and percentages Fractions - Games
056082 Fraction Circles . . . . . 5.99 4.75 and seeing the connections between them can
be challenging. They were for me! Manipulatives Pizza Fraction Fun Game (1-5)
Fraction of Quantities Set (1-5) such as these can be just the aid needed to help Seven games in one! Learn to identify, match
Understanding fractions is often one of the students grasp the concepts. This set includes equivalent, add, and subtract fractions. This
toughest concepts for children to conquer. Sure, three tile sets: fractions, decimals, and percent- game includes three double-sided spinners and
they pick up halves, quarters and wholes easily, ages. The tiles correlate in shape and color. So, 13 double-sided pizzas with fractions identified
but transferring that understanding to numbers to build a tile that represents the large “1” blue on one side only. 2-6 players.
larger than 1 often presents a challenge. This vital tile (6” long), your student can use twelve 1/12 018363 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.50
set builds upon children’s basic understanding pink tiles, six 0.166 orange tiles, or eight 12.5%
and teaches them how to work out the fractional tiles. You can also show correlation with colors: Fraper Deck Original: Fractions/Decimals/
part of any given quantity. For example, find the yellow tiles are 2.5%, ¼, and 0.25. So helpful Percents (2-8)
3/4 of 20 or 4/6 of 30. Best of all, it does not to bridge between the three equivalents! I would This deck of cards lets kids play fun games that
‘tell them’ how to solve the fractional equation, personally add magnets to the tile backs for fur- also teach the relationship between fractions,
rather it shows them how and gives them oppor- ther usability. Colors, from largest to smallest, are decimals, and percents. The deck consists of 61
tunities to master the concept through hands blue, brown, black, yellow, green, orange, red, standard-sized cards: 20 common fractions (from
on activities! Set includes color coded foam purple and pink. Nine different fractions (and 9/10 to 1/20), the corresponding decimal and
shapes to make 5 polygons: circle, rectangle, their equivalents) included: 1, ½, 1/3, ¼, 1/5, 1/6 percent equivalents, and one Old Buffalo Card. A
square, pentagon and hexagon. Five foam dice 1/8, 1/10, and 1/12. Tiles are 1” tall and range conversion chart and a few ideas for games using
are color coded to match polygons; 20 fraction from 6” long for the “1” (or whole) tile to 1/2” the cards are also included. Using the deck, you
cards (1/2 -6/6) and 36 plastic pegs are included. long for the 1/12 tile. Comes in a transparent, can play many standard card games like War,
The enclosed instruction pamphlet provides 3 plastic storage case with attached lid (bottom is 6 Old Maid and Crazy 8’s, but players will have
levels of guidance. In stage 1, Understanding ¼” x 4 ¼”; top of case is 6 ½ x 4 ½). ~ Ruth to figure out the value of the various fraction,
Basic Fractions, children use cards and poly- CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. decimal, and percent cards they have in order to
gons to solidify basic understanding. In Stage 2, 060913 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.95 21.25 play. ~ Rachel
Fractions of Quantities, children use fraction A. 043171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 5.95
cards, die and polygon to solve equations involv-
ing fractional quantities. Stage 3 summarizes Fraction Dominoes (4-AD)
Support and Reinforcement. Excellent resource Enjoy fun practice with equivalent fractions
to help children “see’ and master fractional quan- B. as you play dominoes! This colorful card set
tities. ~ Deanne includes 56 two-sided cards (measuring 3 1/8” x
064908 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.99 17.95 5 1/4”). Each card has two fractions on one side
and a corresponding graphical representation of
Fraction Number Line Flip Book (3-5) Fraction Tower Cube Equivalency Set (K-8) the fraction on the other. To spice things up,
This unique flip book offers a visual way to Build a solid foundation for understanding frac- there area also six wild cards! Two to four play-
teach fractions to your student. 18 pages of tions, decimals, and percents with Fraction Tower ers participate, and the object is to be the first
write-on/wipe-off number lines can be used Cubes. This set contains 51 proportional cubes player to play all of your “dominoes!” Play with
to help your student understand. Represented that snap together to form towers. All sets are either the fraction side or the picture side - you
on the number lines are thirds, quarters, fifths, color-coded according to their fractional values: choose! - Elise
eighths, tenths, twelfths, sixteenths, percents, 1, 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/5, 1/6, 1/8, 1/10, 1/12. The 035403 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 3.50
548 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Decimals / Percents exercises. The colorful, friendly monsters will Geared Clocks
hold kids’ interests as they complete activities
Rainbow Tiles (2-6) such as recording the times Spud the monster Student Geared Clock (PK-AD)
Have you been looking for a way to help your performs daily activities (ie. eating, shopping, Clock manipulatives are common, but an
student understand the concepts of percents and bedtime) or writing departure times at the train important tool for helping learn time. This specif-
decimals? These sets provide a colorful, hands-on station. A “Your day” section invites kids to write ic clock is bright orange. Geared, the hour hand
way to practice what can be difficult math con- down the times they do certain tasks during the moves just as it would on a real clock (exam-
cepts. Each set includes a sturdy plastic activity day, too. 22 pgs. ~ Lisa ple: if the time is 6:30 the hour hand would be
tray in which 51 color-coded tiles can be stored CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. between the six and the seven instead of directly
or used for demonstration of decimal or percent 004115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 7.19 on top on the six.) A nice choice for learning to
facts. The tiles can be used to identify and com- tell time. – Laura
pare values and practice reading, writing, adding Complete Book of Time & Money (K-3) 060101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
and subtracting percents or decimals. A one-page The Complete Book of Time & Money contains
activity guide is included with suggestions for all of this type of instruction you’ll need: Time Day/Night Student-Sized Geared Clock
use. The decimal set includes values of 1.0, to the Hour; Time to the Half-Hour; Time to the This little (4” diameter) clock is geared like the
0.5, 0.33, 0.25, 0.2, 0.166, 0.125, and 0.083. Quarter-Hour; Time to the Minute; Time Review; larger Judy clocks. While smaller than our 5”
The percent set includes values of 100%, 50%, Coins (Pennies through half-dollars); Coins and clock, it’s still large enough for close-up demon-
33.3%, 25%, 20%, 16.6%, 12.5%, 10%, and Bills (dollar bills only); Money Review. stration and student use AND so inexpensive,
8.3%. There will be a need to explain repeating 008120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 11.95 we don’t know why you’d even consider a non-
numbers and rounding, because not all values geared substitute.
will add up to one whole unit. These would be Telling Time with the Judy Clock (K-3) 015339 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 2.25
a very helpful tool for students to practice con- A 64-page book to use with
cepts on their own or as a demonstration of the your Judy Clock to teach Judy Clock (PK-3)
concept. ~ Donna telling time. Reproducible In our opinion, the best geared clock avail-
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. pages guide children able. The advantage of the Judy Clock is that
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.25 6.95 through the concepts of day it’s practically child-proof. If hands are moved
005354 Decimals 005360 Percents and night, hour and min- in an abnormal way, the gear mechanism will
ute hands, and telling time not break. We’ve had ours for years and it looks
Mini Decimal Tiles - Printed (2-8) to the hour, half-hour, and good and works perfectly despite some pretty
This set of 51 1” tall plastic pieces teaches dec- minute. Also goes into sea- rugged “time telling!”
imals. Decimals are printed on one side and the sons, years, decades, and 018730 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.99 18.95
other sides are blank. The largest (the 1.0), mea- centuries.
sures 6.0” wide. The brown 0.5 pieces measure 004077 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99
7.50 My Own Little Judy Clock with Booklet (K-3)
3”; the three black 0.33 are 2”; the four yellow Judy has gone miniature!
0.25 are 1.5”;the five green 0.2” are 1 3/4”; the Time - Manipulatives These 5” x 5” plastic clocks
six orange 0.166 are 1”; the eight 0.125 pieces have bright, knobbed hands,
are 3/4”; the ten purple 0.1 are 9/16”; and the Clock Faces a clear window revealing
twelve pink 0.083 are 1/2”. ~ Ruth working red and green gears,
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Student Clock Face (PK-AD) and non-locking hands that
058408 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.00 5.95 This 4 ½” square student-size clock face is made allow for individual move-
from sturdy plastic, and features independent- ment of hour and minute
Time - Instruction ly movable hands, and hour/minute markings. hands without damage. A
Clock face is blue on a white background with 16-page reproducible activity
Telling the Time Book (PK-1) blue clock hands. book is included. The clock
Follow the Boot family around Apple Tree Farm 026122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 is also available without the booklet or fancy
as they do chores and visit all the farm animals. packaging for less.
Small children will love seeing the day unfold Write On/Wipe Off Student Clock (1-4) 003086 Clock with Booklet . . . 8.99 6.75
as they follow Poppy and Sam around the farm This flat, 4.5” square clock features bright pri- 003070 Clock Only . . . . . . . . 5.83 4.75
doing chores, having a picnic, and welcoming mary colors on a write and wipe surface. The
Daddy home at dinnertime. A built-in clock analog clock face shows hour, 5 minute, and 1 24-Hour Student Clock (PK-3)
allows you and your child to model the time minute intervals, while the digital display under- These look just like the familiar bright yellow
along the way. To add to the interest, a little neath is blank. Create tons of practice problems student clocks you know (11cm diam) with 1-12
yellow duck is waiting to be found on each by simply adjusting the moveable hands while in red & minutes marked in blue around the out-
page. Illustrations are homey and warm. An your child fills in the digital display. ~ Anh side, but around the inside of the face is 13-24
engaging and gentle introduction to time without 031066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 in small red numbers. This gives you the option
a workbook. to teach the 24 hour clock (aka military time.)
042303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99 12.59 ☼Clock Faces Write & Wipe Charts (K-3) The hour hand is red, minute hand is blue, and
Printed on poster board, these 13” x 19” lami- it comes with a small stand.
Telling the Time (Wipe-Clean) (K-2) nated charts can be used with dry erase markers CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
Learn how to tell time with colorful, reusable to demonstrate, teach, and practice drawing the 060904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 3.50
activities! This dry-erase workbook has sturdy hands of the clock and writing the matching dig-
laminated pages, a wipe clean pen, and a fun ital time below the clock face. On the reverse of 24 Hour Advanced Student Clock (K-6)
monster theme. Each page features practice activ- each poster is an 8.5” x 11” reproducible of the This purple clock is printed with lime and
ities to help kids master the skills of time-telling. same image on the front of the chart. yellow numbers for easy readability. Because it
Many of the exercises involve tracing or writ- EACH CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 is geared, the hour hand moves just as it would
ing specific times upon analog clock faces in 066835 Double Clock Faces Chart on a real clock (example: if the time is 6:30, the
response to prompts. Students are also asked to Two numbered clock faces, side-by-side, hour hand would be between the six and the
look at clocks, then write out the time in words each measuring 22cm diameter with spaces seven instead of directly on top on the six. The
or numbers. (These activities tend to be fill-in- to write the time below each clock. face has two rings of numbers, the first is 1-12
the-blank for the first half of the book.) Digital 066839 Large Clock Face Chart and the second is 13-24 so students can learn to
clocks are covered as well. Brief instructional One large numbered clock face, measuring identify 24 hour or military time. – Laura
material is provided to introduce a concept, but about 12” diameter with space to write the 062332 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
most of the workbook consists solely of practice time below. ~~~~~~~~~~
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 549
PC21s movement. Watches are water resistant analog and a digital watch next to each other.)
C. (not water proof) but will withstand accidental You can show a 24-hour clock too (aka military
splashes and hand washing. Using a two size time), as the clock face features smaller 13-24
hand system, the small hand points to the large hour numbers under each typical hour and the
numbers on the watch face for teaching hours corresponding numbers in the hour number flip
and a longer hand that points to the smaller cards. Use it to show students when it is time to
sized numbers, 1-59, for minutes. Five-minute leave the house or go to recess. Folds pretty flat,
increments of these smaller numbers are slightly base is 12.5”x3.25” when standing up.) ~ Sara
larger, in a different color to reinforce time telling 060925 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 4.95
A. by 5s. Watches include instructions for simple
2 step (24-hour) and 3 step (Past and To) telling Telling Time Flashcards (K-1)
B.
time systems. Watch face diameters measure 33 Learn to tell time to the nearest five minutes
☼Time Flips (1-3) mm (1 ¼”) with these self-checking, easy-to-read cards. The
This student clock allows the student to practice The 24-Hour Watch includes a second set of face clock face on the front has a digital partner on the
converting analog time to digital time and back numbers in red that are larger than the minute back. Ninety-six 3” x 5” cards.
again. The built-in easel has four sets of numbers increments but smaller than the 1-12 face num- 017631 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 3.50
attached by spiral binding to the top. The 5.25” bers. These numbers teach military or 24-hour
circular clock below has moveable arms and a time, going from 13 to 00-24. The Past and To Time Number Line (K-3)
clock face that shows not only the 1-12 hour Watch display is the same as the EasyRead Past This was a little different than I was expecting.
designations but also five-minute increments and To Clock. Numbers 1-12 (hours) are larger, A strip of laminated posterboard (4 1/8” x 19.5”)
(5, 10, 15, etc.) as well as 13-24 for a 24-hour a variety of rainbow colors, and set closer to the marked with a linear “clock,” i.e. hours from
clock reading. Chart is 8.5”x 9.25” when set up. inside of the watch, just out of the small hand’s 12 am to 12 am with five minute designations
~ Janice reach. Around the very outside of the clock face and fifteen minutes labels to help you calculate
067020 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 8.45 are two sets of smaller numbers 1-30 starting with elapsed time. There is also space to write a start
the 1’s at either side of the very top middle and and end time digitally and on an analog clock
☼EasyRead Clock Past & To (K-3) continuing down around both directions with face with additional space to show the elapsed
Provide children time telling practice and be the 30’s being right next to the bottom middle. time digitally.
amazed at how quickly their new skills are mas- These sets are color-coded to the corresponding 050335 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.95
tered! Measuring 5” tall and 5” in diameter, this “to” (purple) on the left and “past” (green) on the
handy clock features brightly colored numbers. right of the middle of the clock face. Thus when ☼TwinTime (K-3)
Numbers 1-12 (hours) are larger and set closer to the minute hand travels along those digits on the Have you found it hard-
the inside (and the end of that short hour hand!) right, they are read “__ past” the hour, and when er and harder to practice
Around the very outside of the clock face are the minute hand points to the small digits on the the old fashioned “min-
two sets of smaller numbers 1-30 starting with left, they are read as “__ to” the next hour. The utes to; minutes past”
the 1’s at either side of the very top middle and five-minute increments are slightly larger, and time-telling methodolo-
continuing down around both directions with the fractions ¼ and ½ at the appropriate positions gy since digital verbiage
the 30’s being right next to the bottom middle. reinforce “half past the hour” or “quarter till.” seemingly takes over our
These sets are color-coded to the corresponding Also available are washable, fabric watch straps world? These little charts
“to” (red) on the left and “past” (blue) on the in a variety of colors. These can be replacement give your students prac-
right of the middle of the clock face. Thus when bands or a fun fashion option. Watch bands fit tice with both orienta-
the minute hand travels along those digits on small children to medium adults with a wrist tions. A quick flip between sides helps establish
the right, they are read “__ past” the hour, and measurement of 12cm-18 cm (4.3-7 in.) to grow the relationship between the two. Both sides
when the minute hand points to the small digits with your child. Designed as a children’s watch, feature a large clock face (5.25” diameter in the
on the left, they are read as “__ to” the next this is not babyish and would be stylish for an Student) and a sturdy set of independently mov-
hour. The five-minute increments are slightly adult learning time. Stainless steel buckles. ~ able clock hands. One side features the to/past
larger, and the fractions ¼ and ½ at the appro- Deanne terminology and shows how the numbers count
priate positions reinforce “half past the hour” or EACH WATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.95 25.25 accordingly. Three brief steps at the bottom teach
“quarter till.” Easy 3-step teaching approach to 022842 24-Hour Watch-Grey Strap (C.) the student how to “tell” the time. A 1.25” high
telling time included. The cool thing about this 023075 Past & To Watch-Navy Strap box across the bottom allows the student to write
teaching clock is its usability! Clock is perfect 023046 Past & To Watch-Grey Strap the time using a dry-erase pen. The reverse side
for setting on a bedside table or dresser, offers 023080 Rainbow Past & To Watch-Navy Strap show 12-hr and 24-hr digital time with instruc-
a built-in light sensor to provide a lighted clock 023081 Rainbow Past & To tions for telling the time in two steps with a
face in the dark, crescendo alarm that starts with Watch-Purple Strap similar box for writing the time on the write-on,
a gentle beep that becomes progressively more EACH STRAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.50 5.95 wipe-off surface. The teacher version is similar
urgent until it is turned off, and a large, 5-minute 022852 Bright Blue just larger. ~ Janice
snooze button. Hands move silently so there is 022879 Bright Pink 068136 Student 6” x 8” . . . . . 3.99 3.59
no annoying ticking. Requires 3 AA batteries (not 022944 Dark Green 068137 Teacher 13” x 16” . . 19.95 17.95
included). ~ Deanne 022950 Lime Green
EACH CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.95 25.25 022955 Orange Elapsed Time Write on/Wipe off Magnet
022781 Rainbow Face (B.) 022956 Red Practice telling time and figuring elapsed time
022830 Red/Blue Face 023007 Yellow with this large magnet featuring two large (7 1/8”
in diameter) write-on/wipe-off, punch-out clock
☼EasyRead Time Teacher Children’s Watches (K-6) Tell Time Flip Chart Student Size (K-3) faces. One clock face is green-faced and one
When my kiddos were young, they were always A brightly-colored flip chart that stands up on a yellow, each with a black center dot. This set
asking the time or how much longer until __? table/desk can be such a valuable teaching tool comes with removable hands, start-stop markers
How helpful it would have been to have a for a parent/teacher. This one is made of sturdy in blue and magenta, and start and stop diamond
perfectly-sized teaching watch to solidify the cardboard (12.5”x3.5”) in shiny, bright teal with shape “buttons.” The bottom of the magnet holds
understanding of time. Watches are available in a spiral binding across the top. A clock face with two yellow 15” time telling strips to help students
two options: the 24-Hour Watch and Past and To moveable hands (red hour hand/blue minute view time linearly and solve elapsed time prob-
Watch. Before I differentiate the two, I want to hand) corresponds with the red hour numbers lems. Use with dry-erase or damp-wipe markers.
quickly highlight the similarities. Watches offer a and blue minute numbers that you can flip. It’s a ~ Ruth
stainless-steel back, durable, non-allergenic IPS fun way to show both the clock and the numeric CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
plating, washable fabric watch strap, and Seiko representation at the same time. (Imagine an 059416 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.99 6.75
550 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Money - Instruction Mixed Coins Set (K-3) Classroom Money Set (1-4)
This set of 94 plastic coins contains 30 pennies, Learning to make correct change is a valuable
The Coin Counting Book (K-4) 20 nickels, 20 dimes, 20 quarters, and 4 half-dol- skill that is quickly being lost in this day of auto-
Money can be a lars. The coins are realistically sized and colored, mated cash registers and calculators. Whether
little bit of a confus- complete with realistic “engraved” images (coin you desire to teach change-making or simply
ing concept for little edges have ridges, where appropriate). Great for money management skills (how quickly do I run
kids - after all, why hands-on math practice. ~ Lisa out of money when buying everything I want!),
is one silver coin CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. this money set will be a valuable hands-on learn-
that weighs less 047866 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.55 ing resource in the classroom or at home.
worth ten copper A sturdy 18½”x10½” plastic case contains 12
coins? This book’s Plastic Coins and Plastic Bills Set (K-2) compartments-six each for bills and coins. Bills
colorful pages and The bills in this set look so realistic that you’ll are realistic, down to the use of two-colored
catchy rhymes are ideal for explaining change want to keep them out of your wallet. Practice graphics, and are 2”x5 ½”. Set contains 100 each
to kids. Starting with pennies and five pennies counting, making change, or turn pretend time of dollar bills, fives, tens and twenties, and 50
equal to a nickel, your children will understand into an investment lesson. This set includes 28 each of fifties and hundreds. Coins have authentic
how coins work and how their values compare. bills from $1 to $100 and 72 plastic coins, from size and appearance (although thicker). Coinage
Of course, once they understand, they won’t be a penny on up to half dollars and gold dollars. consists of 100 each of pennies, nickels, dimes
so easily bribed with pennies anymore... ~ Steph Includes a play wallet for storage. ~ Chad and quarters plus 50 each of Kennedy half-dollars
021659 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 5.95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and Sacajawea dollar coins. This would make a
036339 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.98 great tool for learning money skills with a mock
Money Math DK Workbook (3) store or alongside mom and dad during a monthly
Basic money skills are essential for everyone, Money Tray Coins and Currency (K-3) budget meeting. ~ Deanne
and this workbook can make learning about There is so much to be learned using play CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
money fun and rewarding. The book is 47 black money! My kids used to make a pet shop with 049246 (C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48.00 26.95
and white pages that cover coins, bills, making their stuffed animals and I would come and buy
money amounts, money addition and subtrac- something at their store. It was darling and they A.
tion problems, rounding, combining, and more. would have loved having play money to use.
200 gold stars are included, so you can reward Think of the counting and math they have to do
students upon completion of each page. While when making change! This large wooden tray has
the book says 3rd grade, it can be used when 6 places for bills and 5 spots for change. All of
you believe your child is ready. This book can the money is realistic in size and color, though
provide an introduction or additional practice to clearly pretend. The box measures 18” long x
hone their money math skills. ~ Donna 10.25” wide and 1.25” high. Use this set in
045582 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 5.25 your math lessons when kids are learning about
money. You could even use the pretend money
Drive-Thru Menu Math (3-6) for behavior incentives and let them buy “priv-
These are not your ordinary math workbooks ileges” around the house once a week. At the B.
because they’re based entirely upon fast food bottom of each box area is a picture of what goes
menus! Each book contains 4 colorful, laminat- there. Bills include a stack of $1, $5, $10, $20,
ed, realistic fast food menus (with prices) that $50 and $100. Coins include a bag of pennies,
students use to complete the workbook activities. nickels, dimes, quarters and half dollars – over
The workbooks consist of reproducible work- 500 pieces in all. ~ Sara
sheets with activities that practice real-life math CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. C.
skills, such as counting money, totaling food 045437 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.95
orders and receipts, figuring discounts, and cal- Play Money Set
culating change. The activities are high interest Play Money: Coins & Bills (K-6) Small, but realistic-looking paper bills for
and the menus are very realistic (with yummy This set contains realistic looking coins and hands-on learning or play. Includes 25 ones, 20
photos of burgers, fries, sandwiches, breakfast bills, although the bills are smaller than real each of fives, tens and twenties, 5 fifties and 10
items, desserts, and more). Don’t be surprised money. You get the following quantities and hundreds.
if your students are hungry after math class! denominations: 30-$1, 20-$5, 20-$10, 15-$20, 015345 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Answers included. 45-62 pgs, pb. ~ Lisa 10-$50, 5-$100, 30 pennies, 30 nickels, 20
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99 9.25 dimes, 15 quarters, and 5 half dollars. ~ Anh Pretend Play Money Magnetic Playset (PK-AD)
047748 Add & Subtract Money (3-5) 024922 (B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 9.95 What a fun way for any youngster new to
047749 Beginning Money Skills (3) finance to learn, practice, and reinforce money
047750 Multiply & Divide Money (4-6) Play Money (K-6) skills! Run a cash register, count change back,
Great for pretend play (grocery store, pet shop), add up grocery totals or even create a budget.
Money - Manipulatives group centers, learning to count money, skip And when it’s time to pack up shop, the 70
counting, and more. Bills are 90% the size of illustrated, magnetic money pieces and shopping
Plastic Coins (PK-AD) legal tender, with similar coloring and imagery activity sheets all neatly fit into the 7”x 9.25”x
A set of 98 realistic plastic coins including 30 and the set of 110 includes: thirty-five $1 bills, 0.75” magnetic travel tin with hinged lid that
pennies, 20 nickels, 20 dimes, 20 quarters, 4 twenty-five $5 bills, twenty $10 bills, twenty $20 doubles as an illustrated cash register on the
half-dollars, and 4 dollar coins. bills, five $50 bills, and five $100 bills. Assorted inside. Cha-Ching!
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Coins set includes pennies, nickels, dimes, CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
015344 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 3.50 quarters & fifty-cent pieces. Suggested activities 031426 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.99 10.79
included. The penny includes the new penny
Pretend & Play Money Set (PK-3) design with the shield/Lincoln head. ~ Sara U.S. Currency Coin Stickers (K-2)
Need more currency for your cash register? EACH SET (except noted) . . . . . 3.99 3.50 These coin stickers are great for work sheets,
This set includes 150 pieces of play money for 039997 Assorted Bills (110) . . 4.49 3.95 making flashcards, or money problems. Includes
pretend play, learning about money, and more. 039198 Assorted Coins (110) 25 pennies (10 backs, 15 fronts), 20 nickels (10
Set contains $1, $5, $10 and $20 bills as well as 039203 Dimes (100) backs, 10 fronts), 25 dimes (15 fronts, 10 backs),
pennies, nickels, dimes and quarters. 039206 Nickels (100) 20 quarters (10 backs, 10 fronts), and 10 half
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 039214 Pennies (100) dollar pieces (5 backs, 5 fronts).
007926 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 7.95 039225 Quarters (100) 036102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 2.50
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 551
U.S. Currency (Write On/Wipe-Off Magnets) Money - Toys & Games the previously played card, or you can match the
(PK-AD) color. If you cannot discard, you must draw cards
These U.S. currency magnets are heavy-duty Pretend and Play Cash Register (PK+) until you can play. Wild cards can be anything,
and allow you to write-on/wipe-off with dry- After winning almost every imaginable toy but you must announce the color and amount
erase or damp wipe markers. Coins range from reward, we felt this “toy” deserved a place in when you play them. Tax collection cards force
1.5” to 2” in diameter, and the set includes 10 our catalog! It is a real, working, solar-powered all other players to draw one card from the draw
pennies, 5 nickels, 10 dimes and 8 quarters. Bills calculator with a cash drawer that holds real-size deck, and bank withdrawal cards forces an oppo-
are 4” x 2” and include 5 ones, 2 fives, 2 tens, bills and coins. Oversized buttons and big num- nent of your choice to randomly draw a card from
1 twenty, 1 fifty and 1 hundred. All currency ber display make it perfect for even your littlest your hand. When one player runs out of cards,
uses realistic colors and design, including even storekeeper. Comes complete with play bills, the round is over and they pick another player’s
the most recent update on the $100 bill. Use for plastic coins, pretend Citibank credit card, and hand, total the cards remaining and this becomes
counting, making change, and money recogni- suggested activities. Measures 10 ½”w x 9 ½”d x the balance in the bank account of the player who
tion. ~ Ruth 5 ½”h. Mom will be tempted to borrow this one went out. The first player to “save” $2.00 is the
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. for her next garage sale! winner. 2-6 players. ~ Megan
EACH SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 4.50 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 047977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 7.99
035740 US Coins 035747 US Dollars 003050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 29.95
Loose Change Game (1-AD)
Money Dice (1-AD) Teaching Cash Register (PK+) Kids will have fun practicing
Looking for an alternative to the classic pretend More teaching features make this a more educa- their money counting skills with
money to liven up learning about our currency? tional tool than a toy. Coin reader identifies real this coin card game. The set
This set of ten white “money” dice, each of or plastic (included) coins and even quizzes your contains 108 cards (94 coin
which has six sides: 1¢, 5¢, 10¢, 25¢, 50¢ and children! There are four built-in games (teaching cards, 10 lucky find cards, and
$, all printed in green. So, what do you with coin identification, addition, subtraction and 4 save cards). Each coin card
money dice? I have a few ideas! Let children place value) that increase in difficulty as players has a labeled color photo of a
roll the dice and total up each roll. The first one improve their math skills. Checkout scanner is coin (nickel, dime, quarter or 50 cent piece), the
to get ten dollars wins. Or maybe roll the dice built in, as is a real working scale. Three-line lucky find cards have illustrations of a treasure
and total the amounts on a paper. Give each large display includes type of transaction (just chest with values greater than just one coin (30
child a quarter for every five dollar increment like a real register!) and prompts “cashier” to run cents, 35 cents, and 45 cents), and the save cards
on their total sheet. After you decide to stop (20 credit card through. Register comes equipped allow players to pass on their turns. The object of
minutes or so,) have each child show their totals with sounds, lights and voice messages - AND a the game is to play cards that equal exactly one
and explain their math. Maybe you could write volume control. An automatic shutoff will turn dollar without going over. Each player take turns
a total (like $3.61) and your child can show you off unit when not in use to save on batteries. drawing a card from the pile while playing a card
the number using the dice - $, $, $, 50¢, 10¢, These (three “C”) are not included, but play from their hand to add to the running total of
1¢. Try this the other way around too. ~ Sara money, coupon and Bank One credit card are. cards laid out on the table. Once a player plays
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. a card that adds up to exactly one dollar, he/she
049324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.00 4.95 024197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.99 38.95 gets to keep the pile and a new round is started.
If a player plays a card that adds up to over one
Money Flash Cards (1-5) ☼Counting Money Learning Set (1-4) dollar, the player “busts” and claims the cards
These handy flash cards contain color images of Save yourself some time making up money face down. When all of the cards have been
real U.S. coins on one side, while the back of the games! For a great price, you get 2 decks of 36 used, the players tally up their points. Each dollar
card lists the sum of the coins (in numbers and cards each, 4 large double-sided game cards, pile is worth one point, while each “bust” pile is
in words). This deck contains 52 fact cards and 4 a big card of double-sided coins to pop out, a a negative point. The player with the most points
parent cards. ~ Lisa 48-pg. activity book, and 28 double-sided quiz is the winner! For 2-6 players. ~ Lisa
008509 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 3.50 cards. This set is colorful, engaging, and has 047615 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95
clear instructions to play a version of Go Fish,
A. Tic-Tac-Toe and a fun game called Lotto. For sev- Moneywise Kids (2+)
eral activities, children are using the cardboard Painlessly teach your child the meaning of
coins to show value, matching the correct coins money with these two easy games. Vital mathe-
to the values. All materials are sturdy and come matical concepts such as: addition, subtraction,
in a carrying box. This is a perfect math center multiplication, place value, making change,
set or something to add to your home stash of fun budgeting, and money management are taught
learning games. and practiced. Both games (“Bill Maker” and
068444 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.25 “Bill Breaker”) are fun and fast-paced, with two
players competing. In “Bill Maker” your goal is
Exact Change Game (1-AD) to be the first player to accumulate one $100 bill.
This fun card game is simple to learn and easy to Play money is included in 1’s, 5’s, 10’s, 20’s,
Pretend & Play Checkbook & Calculator (PK-5) play – and as an added bonus, kids will become 50’s, and 100’s. Players are constantly exchang-
What’s better than play money? How about a more familiar and comfortable with money. ing smaller bills for larger ones until that winning
play checkbook to write checks for that unlimited Game play is similar to Uno, with players trying $100 is obtained.
amount of imaginary money? This set lets kids to discard cards in their hands by matching either “Bill Breaker” deals more with real life and is
pretend they’re writing out checks and keeping the color or money amount on the previously slightly more advanced. A parents’ pay check
track of their money in a realistic way. Set played card. Each player is dealt 7 cards and the may seem like big bucks to a small child, but
includes a book of 25 checks, a check register, rest of the deck becomes the draw pile, with one where does it all go? This game uses moneywise
pen, calculator, deposit slips, and an instruction card overturned to start the discard pile. The deck kids markers representing some of the costly
card. Take those lessons on adding and sub- is composed of 110 cards, with cards featuring all expenses and necessities of life (not realistical-
tracting amounts of money a little further with coin types (from pennies to half dollars), $1.00 ly priced, of course!) such as taxes, clothing,
a realistic example of balancing the checkbook! cards, wild cards, loose change cards (with vary- food, medical care, transportation, and housing.
Checkbook replacements are also available; the ing amounts of odd change), tax collection cards, Players constantly take the risk of picking up a
Replacement Set includes 72 checks, 30 deposit and bank withdrawal cards. Play goes clockwise, financial explosion that will really blow a hole in
slips, and 3 check registers. each player trying to be the first to empty their their savings. The first player with all six markers
036070 Checkbook Set w/ Calculator hand. You can match the money amount, either and $100 wins. - Megan
(A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.75 by playing the same coin or by announcing “Exact CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
036069 Replacement Set . . . . . 9.99 7.95 Change” and playing several cards that add up to 005380 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99 9.95
552 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Scales ☼Platform Scale 2.2kg/5 lbs. (PK-AD) Customary Safe-T Weights (13-Piece) (2-AD)
Measuring in metric and US measurements, This safety-minded yet visually appealing set
Baby Bears Balance Set (PK-3) solid or liquid contents, this multipurpose plat- features metal weights covered with colorful
Introduce young students to weight and mea- form scale is perfect for elementary math or free plastic. This set includes 13 hexagon-shaped
surement with this durable set from Learning play. Removable pan measures approximately weights: 8 blue 1oz, 2 red 4oz, 2 yellow 8oz,
Resources. Included is the actual balance, which 5 ½” x 5 ½” and the easy to read, white display and 1 green 1lb. All are stored in a 5” x 4.5”
measures 16.5” x 6.5” x 6”. It holds two clear measures in increments of 1 oz. (US) or 20g (met- plastic case with snap-on lid. ~ Rachel
plastic buckets that can be removed easily for ric). Adjustable to zero. ~ Deanne 048994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26.99 20.50
emptying and allows students to see what they 064626 (B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 9.50
have placed inside. Any dry or liquid material Measurement
can be measured in the buckets. Lids are includ- Classroom Precision Balance (1-AD)
ed, which you can snap on top of the buckets This accurate balance provides precise mea- Kumon My Book of Measurement (PK-1)
and use as measurement platforms. The base of surements, yet is simple enough for any student Understanding measurement comes from prac-
the balance scale has a built-in drawer to use as to use. Balance measures 12” x 6.5” x 4.5” and tice, and sometimes our children need more
storage. In case you need something to weigh has a 2000g capacity with +1 - 5g accuracy. practice to have that “aha” moment. This series
and balance, this set comes with some cute little The built-in storage compartments hold 10 brass provides children structured practice in three
bears that will certainly do the trick. There are weights and tweezers (included), and accuracy areas: length, volume and weight. The books
102 bears in six rainbow colors (17 of each color) controls include calibrated pointer, damping are colorfully illustrated and may be used inde-
and each bear measures 1” and weighs 4 grams. button, and calibration slider. The large capacity pendently of one another. Answers included.
This is a very handy set that will help students pans hold up to a ½ liter, and pans are removable Non-reproducible. 76 pgs, pb. ~ Deanne
have fun while they learn about balance and to accommodate larger items. ~ Alysia EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.95 5.95
measurement. ~ Rachel CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 021608 Length
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 032125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.99 29.95 Children begin with longer and shorter and
040593 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 22.50 progress to longest/shortest. An overview of
Compact Digital Scale with Bowl (3-AD) numbers 1-100 and ruler activities follow,
B. This white plastic scale has 2 buttons: on/off covering inches and centimeters. Child will
and tare (the adjustment for the weight of the need his/her own ruler for later activities.
A.
bowl). A switch on the bottom of the scale allows 021609 Volume
you to choose grams or ounces. Digital weight Children begin with simple concepts of
display (LCD) is easy to read and even has an more/less and most/least as well as an over-
auto shut-off to save power. Runs on 4 included view of numbers 1-100 before advancing into
AAbatteries. The wide, clear plastic bowl has a cups/pints, and liters/milliliters.
Bucket Balance (1-8) pour spout and holds 5 cups. Maximum capacity 021621 Weight
As the name suggests, this sturdy balance scale is 4.4lb/2.0kg and accuracy is 1 g/0.1oz. Scale Simple concepts of heavier/lighter and heavi-
uses buckets instead of pans. Measures both platform is a 6” circle and the bowl measures est/lightest are introduced before the over-
solids and liquids, and the transparent buckets about 7” diameter at the opening and is about view of numbers 1-100. Advanced concepts
are removable for easy cleaning. Colorful scale 2” deep. Useful in the kitchen or in your lessons! covered are pounds and grams through the
is made of durable plastic, and there’s even a This sleek scale is a winner in my book! ~Sara use of scale graphics.
storage drawer in the base. Less expensive than 057319 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.95 16.95
the pan balance, with more features. The deep Inchimals (PK-3)
buckets hold approximately 300 ml, with mark- Scale Masses (Weights) Kids will think these colorful blocks are toys,
ings every 50 ml, for measuring. Also features not teaching tools! It really provides the perfect
sliding compensators. Three Bear Family Rainbow Counters (PK-3) way to teach and introduce kids to measurement
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. Cute plastic bears in three sizes, three weights, and adding lengths. The set includes 12 solid,
018729 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.95 and six colors (red, orange, yellow, green, blue, colorful wooden blocks that are each 1” wide,
purple). Baby bear weighs 4 grams, mama but are different heights representing different
Pan Balance (1-8) weighs 8 grams, and papa weighs 12 grams. animals. So the ladybug block is 1” high, the
Capable of holding up to 16.9 ounces (500ml) Proportional weights allow use on balance for frog is 2” high, etc., all the way up to the giraffe
within each of its graduated containers, the Pan measurement discoveries (“How many babies who is 12” high. There are inch measurement
balance is ideal for comparing the mass of two weigh as much as mama and papa?”). We rec- markings on the sides of the blocks that the ani-
objects. Composed of durable plastics for either ommend doing these activities on a pan balance, mals aren’t featured on, and the length is shown
dry or liquid comparisons, the balance also not a teeter-totter type balance where placement in numbers and dots (like dice) on the top and
contains built-in sliders to compensate for slight of the bears is crucial (and potentially frustrat- bottom of the blocks. Even independently the
irregularities. W 21” x H 11”. ~ Nick ing for young children). Includes 24 papa, 24 blocks can be used for activities like sequencing,
058411 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.99 8.95 mama, and 48 baby bear counters. stacking, creative play, and number recognition,
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. but a spiral-bound puzzle book is included to
Platform Scale (1-8) 003057 Set of 96 . . . . . . . . . 23.99 13.95 get even more use from the blocks. The book is
When dealing with weight, Horizons Math rec- write-on/wipe-off (a marker is even included) and
ommends using a platform scale instead of a bal- Metric Weights, Set of 58 includes 100 puzzles. Puzzles are fairly simple:
ance bucket like Saxon Math. It measures both These hexagon shaped weights are stackable A lady bug plus a rabbit equals what? A monkey
liquids and solids in a pan that can be removed and each weight size is a different color. This kit minus a penguin equals what? Kids can stack
from the weighing platform. The weight is easy contains twenty 1 g, twenty 5 g, ten 10 g, four the blocks on top of each other to find answers.
to read on the large display, which features both 20 g, two 100g, one 500 g, and one 1000 g., for There are also blank boxes so students can find
the English and metric scales. The scale has a 5 a total weight of 2000 g. the inch values on the blocks and write them
kg/11 lb. capacity. CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. in to finish the problems numerically as well
043835 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 11.95 032158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 22.50 as visually. The puzzle book gets progressively
more difficult, from simple addition and sub-
Platform Scale (PK-3) Hexagram Weights (1-8) traction to problems with multiple numbers to
This sturdy red platform scale weighs liquids or Set of 54 Hexagram weights for use with your finding equivalent sums to finding multiple ways
solids in a rounded square pan. The large display balance scale. Includes twenty 1g, twenty 5g, to create a given number. Whether kids work
shows both English (.1 lb) and metric (40g) incre- ten 10g, and four 20g weights. individually together, they’ll enjoy exploring with
ments with a 5 kg/11 lb capacity. ~ Lisa CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. these colorful blocks. ~ Rachel
006738 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 11.75 005983 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 7.95 021809 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 553
Measuring Sticks & Tapes Volume Probability & Statistics
Measure by Color Ruler (PK-AD) Liter Volume Cube Humongous Book of Statistics Problems (6-AD)
Something a little different for your visual learn- Demonstrate the volume of a liter visually with Please see Programs – Middle/Upper Grades
ers, this ruler is made of a thin flexible, white this liter volume cube. The clear plastic cube section previously in Math for a complete
plastic. The inches side shows 1” increments in holds exactly 1000 mL and features horizontally description of this series.
blue, half inch in green, quarter inches in yellow, lined 100 mL calibration markings. It can hold 044790 Statistics . . . . . . . . . 22.95 15.95
eighths in red and sixteenths in black. The metric liquid or 1000 centimeter or unit cubes. ~ Lisa
side shows centimeters in blue hash marks and 048128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 5.75 Probability Set (3-AD)
millimeters in red. This set includes all you need for a variety of
065924 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.25 Gallon Man Colorful Cut-Outs (240 pcs) (1-5) activities involving probability. It includes a spin-
Bright rainbow colors are fun to “play” with as ner, which is white durable plastic measuring
Flat Flexible SAFE-T Clear Ruler children learn about gallons, quarts, cups and 4.5” x 4.5” (with a black plastic spinner in the
A clear, 12” English/metric ruler - great for the pints. Eight complete sets make it a fun group or middle), two standard dice of different colors,
overhead (if you have one). Flexible, but springs classroom option. Gallon Man is a robot-looking two numbered 12-sided dice of different colors,
back to shape. creature with a purple head, red body (gallon) and a numbered 8-sided die. Whether you’re
015347 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.85 and orange (quart), green (pint), and blue (cup) making up your own probability exercises or
limbs. Pieces are made of flat sturdy cardstock following a book, these items come in handy.
Basic View-Thru Clear Ruler and are each labeled with the appropriate mea- CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
Very inexpensive, rigid (just a little flex) clear surement. If using with several children, I would 009350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.95
rulers. Available in 6” or 12” lengths. laminate them for longer wear. The gallon piece
D.
015352 12” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.95 is a 5” square and all other pieces fit on him
C.
015353 6” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 accordingly (4 quarts on the gallon, or 8 pints,
or 16 cups). As students play with their creation,
Flexible 12” Ruler - Blue they can easily see how 2 cups are the same as
These blue 12”/30cm rulers are clear for 1 pint, etc. Use for hands-on practice, content
easy placement and fairly bendable for drawing review, centers, brain-breaks or as take-home F.
curves, or wrapping around objects. Sensibly manipulatives. (240pcs). ~ Sara
priced too. 060738 (C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.99 4.75
015350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.85
Temperature
12” Ringbinder Ruler (PK-AD)
Ideal for introducing children to measurement, Dual Scale Student Thermometers
this colorful see-through plastic ruler sticks to the Set of 10 simple student thermometers marked
basics, displaying only half inches and inches in Celsius on one side, Fahrenheit on other. The
on one edge and centimeters on the other edge. sturdy plastic backing measures approx 15 cm 0-9 Spinner (1-8)
Includes holes for easy storage in a ringbinder. and thermometer is about 12 cm. They contain Need a sturdy desk top spinner for your child to
Assorted colors. no mercury and are individually calibrated for use for their spinner activities? We recommend
035679 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.80 accuracy from -25 to +122 F and -35 to +50 C. this 4 ½” square spinner with a sturdy plastic base
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. and a spinner that spins easily and freely. The
Meter Sticks - Hardwood 015327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 10.50 numbers zero through nine are listed in numer-
A sturdy hardwood meter stick (inch markings ical order going clockwise. You won’t find a
on the reverse side) that will hold up for years. Outdoor Thermometer better spinner for the price! – Elise
The plain end stick is 5 mm thick and 3 cm wide. Use indoors or out - has large, visible numbers 016678 (F.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25
The metal end stick (more durable) is 7 mm thick in Celsius and Fahrenheit. Includes mounting
and 2.6 cm wide. screws and is made of durable, waterproof plas- Game Spinners (K-8)
024178 Plain ends . . . . . . . . . . 3.50 tic. 3” x 14½”. Customize your own spinner to suit your
024177 Metal ends . . . . . . . . . . 3.95 CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. game-making or math needs. Each spinner is a
018745 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.75 4” plastic square that supports a metal spinner in
Customary/Metric Tape Measure 60” (K-12) the center. We offer both blank and transparent
A basic 60” tape measure (like you would find ☼Magnetic Thermometer Recording Charts (K-3) versions to customize. ~ Tasha
in a sewing kit) with inches on one side and cen- Record temperature in Fahrenheit and Celsius 042616 Blank/White . . . . . . . . . 0.95
timeter/millimeters on the other. with this magnetic write on/wipe off chart. 042619 Overhead/Transparent 1.35
043832 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 Measures approximately 3.75” x 18”. Setting
it apart from other charts is the magnet which Consumer Math
☼Sticky Meter Stick (Set of 30) (1-AD) encompasses the entire backside of the chart for
Peel off the white backing and apply this white secured placement. Works well with metal book- Grocery Cart Math (3-5)
meter stick anywhere you need it! Includes inch- cases, white boards or your refrigerator. Includes Now this is practical math! Designed as a sup-
es in blue up one side and centimeters in black reproducible worksheet. ~ Deanne plement to be taken along with you to the store,
up the other side facing you. Add this to a table 064623 (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.95 this 38 page book contains a variety of grocery
in your crafty space, on a student’s work space at store activities including size and price compar-
home or in the classroom, put on in workshop, or Graphing, Charts, Tables isons, determining the cost of a recipe, finding
even up a wall. 100cm long, 39.5”, 1.5” wide. fat grams, figuring sales tax, and much more.
The entire back is adhesive. X-Y Axis Slide Board with 50 Pegs (4-12) Activities are to be completed at the store and
064629 (B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.95 9.50 Imagine the tangible properties of a geoboard many activities also contain additional questions
with an XY graph. Simply slide the clear X and that analyze the information gathered. The activ-
E. Y lines over the red board to allow yourself the ities increase in difficulty as the student works
proper graphing proportions, set the included through the book. Activity sheets are black and
A. white pegs to match your coordinates, then use white. This inexpensive practical math book is an
the included rubber bands to connect points as engaging way to make math “real” to your chil-
B. necessary. A really neat way to take graphing off dren. You will need a workbook for each student
the page. – Laura as the pages are not reproducible, pb. ~ Deanne
038324 (E.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.35 4.00 049624 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 7.95
554 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Real World Math: Unexpected Events Game Survival Math Skills (6-12) mentally, and estimating. Some of the material
(3-AD) Leasing a car, buying on credit, planning a bud- from this first section is repeated in all of the
Most adults in the real world know how chal- get - these are just a few examples of “survival books, so there might be a bit of overlap from
lenging it is to stick to a budget and plan for those math skills.” This book contains 46 reproducible book to book – review is good! The second
unexpected events - car repairs, doctor visits, loss activities, each of which is categorized by math and third sections are specific to the topic of
of income, and other emergencies. Fortunately, content and computational skill for easy integra- the book – the Mathematics of Work includes
the unexpected events in this game do not quite tion into your math curriculum. Activities are sections on part time/summer work and full
rise to the level of the worst problems faced by organized into eight main topics: food costs & time employment. Each section within the book
actual grown-ups; instead, the events are based nutrition, transportation & vacation costs, saving begins with a pre-skills test, which is 2 pages in
on earning and spending by typical kids. This & checking accounts, household budgeting, length to determine skills that might need more
board game allows students to practice balancing buying on credit, job benefits & income, taxes, attention, problem-solving strategies, review, and
a checkbook as they draw cards describing an and miscellaneous. Teacher pages and solutions test. Sections are divided into lessons that vary in
income/credit or debit/spending event. To play, are included. Although no grade level is recom- length, and all include necessary information and
each player takes turns spinning the spinner, mended, I would recommend these activities for examples to work through the exercises – fill-
advancing the appropriate number of spaces, middle school to high school students because in-the-blank, short answer, and ‘think about it’
and drawing a card from the pile. Each illustrated activities require students to work proficiently questions, Also included in the book are group
card describes an event such as “You win $50 in with monetary computations, percents, propor- projects, practice forms, charts, glossary, and
your city’s annual essay contest,” or “You return tions, and decimals. ~ Anh the answer key. There is an occasional extension
a book to the library and pay $35 in overdue 015729 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.00 17.95 activity found in some lessons that might include
fines.” Players record the debit or credit in their money tips, mental math, estimation skills, and
checkbook ledgers (yes, a negative balance is Math in Everyday Life 3rd Ed. (6+) calculator activities.
possible), and when the players reach the end In this consumer math workbook, the student The topics in this series really qualify as ‘real
of the board, their scores are tallied. The player helps different members of the fictional Van life’ math, and no child should leave home with-
with the highest balance in their account is the Dusen family with their financial affairs. This out exposure to them. If you’re doing a more for-
winner. The game includes an 18” x 18” fold- shows the student how he or she can expect mal consumer math course, some of these topics
up game board, 50 unexpected events cards, 6 to use math in everyday life. Exercises cover may not be included; you could supplement with
round dollar sign game pieces, and 20 reproduc- practical math topics such as income, budgets, one or more of the books from this series. Two
ible check register sheets. ~ Lisa checking and savings accounts, mortgage loans, or three books from this series would probably
047916 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 15.75 utility bills, car expenses, life insurance, and make a nice one-semester study. Another option
income taxes. All exercises use up-to-date (to might be to work through the series at a slower
Checkbook Math (4-12) 2001) forms and tax information. Internet activ- pace, but begin in junior high doing one book
A practical activity book that teaches real-life ities, such as researching college expenses or per year so you can complete all of the books
skills and practices addition and subtraction at finding on-line interest calculators, are suggested and not miss any of the important skills. ~ Donna
the same time. Become a pro at writing checks in each chapter. EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.99 13.45
and balancing a checkbook. Real-life scenarios The focus of this workbook is not on providing 052726 Autos & Transportation
are used in each activity. 26 pgs. ~ Anh algorithms, but on presenting realistic financial 052727 Banking & Credit
019795 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 6.50 situations. It is not meant to be a textbook. The 052728 Finance & Investments
student is encouraged to develop his or her own 052729 Housing & Taxes
☼Math for College and Career Readiness (6-8) algorithms. Basic problem solving skills, as well 052730 Trades & Professions
If you have ever as the ability to calculate percentages, price per 052731 Work
answered the question, unit, and area is assumed. Although the math
“When am I going to use used in this workbook is fairly simple, the exer- Financial Math (7-12)
this?” this math series was cises may be difficult for the student because of How often do you hear
written for you! Middle unfamiliar financial terms or inexperience with the question “…but, when
school students will learn gathering data from tables and records. For this am I ever going to use
how to apply math skills reason, the teacher may want to discuss terms this?” Parents and students
in the context of a variety and approaches to problems rather than having are often looking for real-
of careers. Rather than the student work through the book. life applications, and these
including math instruc- Discussion suggestions, comments on internet workbooks are designed to
tion, situations are pro- activities, and exercise solutions are provided in develop real-life problem
vided to apply what you know. In the grade 7 the Teacher’s Guide. The Teacher’s Guide is solving and money man-
book, for example, there are 9 units, each with extremely helpful because it supplies the answers agement skills while advancing the individual’s
a different career or real-life opportunity to use to exercise questions, such as the difference personal financial literacy. In today’s economic
your math knowledge. Units 1-3 are age-ap- between simple and compound interest or the times, a sound understanding of financial matters
propriate jobs: lawn care, yard sales and food definition of property-damage liability. This is becoming increasingly important, and the
pantries. Units 4-6 are careers for the masses: workbook is intended for 6-8th grade students, contents of these books will provide exposure
mechanics, car sales and marketing. And the but any high-schooler who has not yet covered to basic, everyday business transactions such as
last 3 units are STEM careers: architecture, consumer math could benefit from it. ~ Anh comparing prices, taking out a loan, and renting
nursing and accounting. In the lawn care unit, 012488 Workbook . . . . . . . . 23.00 17.75 vs. buying. Each lesson has a corresponding
for example, the reader is introduced to the job 012489 Teacher’s Guide . . . . 16.00 12.50 activity that provides students with the oppor-
with a half page to read followed by a list of the tunity to demonstrate their understanding of
4 Common Core standards met by the lesson. Consumer Math: Mathematics of.. (7-12) the material presented, and the end of chapter
You then have prerequisite skill practice of two- For those who want a workbook format and reviews offer yet another chance for students
step inequalities, integer subtraction and area of some very specific career or real life math to test their knowledge. The contents of Book
composite figures with a practice page for each instruction – this series offers a variety of topics. 1 covers estimating, calculating change, under-
area. Then it’s time to put these concepts into the Each book is 160 pages and reproducible for standing wages and earnings, comparing prices,
real-life application of lawn care over 4 pages. classroom and/or family use, and helps with an and buying insurance. Book 2 covers managing
Every unit is similarly structured. Reproducible understanding of math as it relates to everyday checking and savings accounts, understanding
for classroom/homeschool use only. Answers are life. There are three divisions in each book. credit cards and loans, owning a home, invest-
in the back. 94 pp, sc. ~ Sara The first section is a review of basic math which ing, and paying taxes. 96 pgs, answer key includ-
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.99 9.50 offers review and practice with whole numbers, ed, consumable, reproducible. – Enh
067304 Grade 6 067306 Grade 8 fractions/decimals/percents, mean/median/mode, EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.99 10.50
067305 Grade 7 basic operations on a calculator, computing 042476 Book 1 042477 Book 2
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 555
Consumer Economics & Personal Finance (9-12) time needed to do each project. suggestions for teaching verbal problems using
This traditional course from a mainline secular Living Within Your Means might be one of the the Hands-On Equations program. Also available
publisher thoroughly covers the basics of both timeliest lessons you can teach your students. In is the Verbal Problems Introductory Workbook,
personal finances (handling money wisely) and this module they will learn about selecting an which serves as a bridge between Level I and the
consumer economics (the generalities of han- apartment, monthly expenses and income, taxes, Verbal Problems Book. The workbook contains a
dling money). There’s good coverage of a broad applying for a job, employment tests, insur- graduated progression of 27 lessons introducing
range of topics – career planning, financial goals ance and automobile expenses, and unexpected concepts concerning age, cost, measuring perim-
and budgets, paying taxes, banks and credit expenses. They will choose an apartment and eter, averages, distance, and rate of travel. Each
unions, checking and savings accounts, debit keep a check book register as they work through lesson includes 3 problems in which the student
cards, and ATMs. This course provides lots of the activities in this book. uses the provided template to learn to solve
practical applications including discussing the If you just want your student to get some prac- for the missing variable. Both Verbal Problems
pros and cons of credit cards and loans, your tice in real-world math, these courses are easy to books are valuable extensions to an already
personal buying behavior, smart shopping and follow and will provide guidance in the things we invaluable program.
consumer rights and responsibilities, renting or do each day. ~ Donna An Additional Student Kit is available if working
buying a house, housing needs, and investments. EACH BOOK (except noted) . . 17.99 15.95 with more than one student. These are the same
Although discussions on various topics are solid, 044311 Financing Your Future pieces included in the main program: laminated
some examples and information is dated. For 044312 Home Improvement balance, pawns, and dice. This would allow stu-
instance, there is no mention of the Affordable 044313 Living Within Your Means dents to each have their own set of manipulatives
Health Care act during the discussion of health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19.99 16.25 with which to work.
insurance. The hardcover text provides readable I wish something like this had been around
content that includes cartoon illustrations, case Pre-Algebra during my youth. As I worked some of the prob-
studies, internet research projects, Get Smart lems in the books, I could literally “see” how the
sections (financial safety and protection), Making Hands-On Equations® (3-AD) equations were suppose to work. ~ Donna
It Real and Your Life sections (personal applica- Good manipulatives demonstrating algebra- 002497 Learning System . . . . . . 35.25
tions), a Chapter Wrap-up and Words to Know ic concepts are hard to find. Developed by 026161 Verbal Problems Introductory
section. The Teacher’s Resource Manual pro- Dr. Henry Borenson, the Hands-On Equations Workbook . . . . . . . . . . 20.25
vides lesson plans and resources for each chapter Learning System lays a concrete foundation and 040164 Verbal Problems Bk . . . 35.25
that include objectives, vocabulary, background introduction to algebraic equations as early as 021726 Deluxe Home Set . . . . 55.25
information, lists of further resources, review third grade. Using simple manipulatives (lami- 021796 Additional Stdnt Pkt . . . 5.25
and critical thinking questions, and activities. nated pictorial balance, pawns, and dice), this
Reproducible resources include a Study Guide method is almost game-like, but imparts real
with short essay and vocabulary review plus a algebraic understanding. The methodology is
multiple choice Chapter Test. An answer key is simple but effective, as the scale represents bal-
provided. Text – 366 pgs, pb; teacher’s 116 pgs, ance (the equal sign), pawns stand for positive
pb. ~ Janice and negative unknowns, and dice for the whole
056202 Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66.13 49.60 numbers in the equation. By using a series of
056203 Teacher Manual . . . . 24.07 18.05 legal “moves,” players (students) manipulate vari-
ables and solve the equation. Use this program
Living Mathematically (9-12) anytime before your child encounters textbook
Math is part of our everyday activity - shopping, algebra – it will certainly simplify the under-
measuring, banking, investing, and the list goes standing of textbook algebra. Even older children
on. When learning math, students sometimes fail and adults using the program have benefited
to see the connection to their daily routine. This from it, commenting that it finally made algebra
series attempts to show students how to use math understandable. 26 lessons progress from simple
in very practical ways to help prepare them for to complex, with three levels of learning. The
adult life. program contains all manipulative pieces, Level
Living Mathematically is a series that includes 4 I, II, and III instructional manuals, worksheets,
modules that can be used in any order during the and an answer key.
high school years, and can be used with at-risk The Hands-On Equations Home Packet includes
students to lay a foundation for practical math or the Hands-On Equations Learning System,
along side your math curriculum for grade-level Instructional DVD, and the Verbal Problems
learners. Every lesson includes a bit of back- Introductory Workbook. Together, these com- ☼Hands-On Equations Fractions Learning
ground information, the reproducibles and any ponents will provide your student with a very System (5-8)
other household items needed, and activities. comprehensive hands-on tool for algebraic com- Fractions in equations can sometimes be very
Teacher guides for the activities are found in the prehension. The Instructional DVD is a step-by- difficult for students to understand. Using the
first half of each book (including answers), and step visual guide to Hands-On Equations. Each of Hands-On Equations method, students can sys-
reproducible student worksheets are found in the the 26 lessons is demonstrated by Dr. Borenson, tematically learn how to solve equations that
second section of the book. Molly Richman, or Eric Borenson. You can view contain fractions. This set is intended for one
Financing Your Future offers 10 main activi- the lessons one at a time, and it is ideal for intro- student and includes a set of red and green num-
ties which are divided into sections and cover duction or review of a concept. 120 minutes. ber cubes, a flat laminated scale, set of plastic
compounding interest, the connection between The Hands-On Equations Verbal Problems Book fraction blocks, Level I and Level II lesson books
education and income, credit cards, buying a is for students who have completed Level 1 of the (12 lessons total), reproducible worksheets and
car, loans, buying a home, life insurance, stock program. This book assumes that students have answer key. These are the same number cubes
investments, travel, and retirement plans. All worked through Level 1, so step-by-step solutions and laminated scale used in the Hands-On
very usable information! aren’t presented. This book focuses on going Equations System. Each worksheet has 8 equa-
Home Improvement offers 10 projects that from the verbal problem to the representation of tions, 4 from the current lesson and 4 from previ-
require measuring and basic geometry for fig- the variables using the pawns and cubes of the ous lessons. The lessons build systematically, so
uring the perimeter of a fence, installing a program. There are 7 sections including number you will want to do them sequentially. For your
driveway, sidewalk, or landscaping, replacing problems, consecutive number problems, age kinesthetic, visual students, this is a wonderful
roof shingles, installing a deck, garage cabinets, problems, coin problems, distance problems, tutorial for better understanding fractions in the
tiling, painting and wallpapering, and carpet. In and story and miscellaneous problems. Problems setting of equations. ~ Donna
these 10 home improvement projects students become progressively more difficult as you 1CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs
will measure, figure the cost, and the amount of move through each section. The appendix has 068117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.75
556 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Pre-Algebra (Skills for Success) (5-8) Algebra will be the most effective. 1) Read the introduction
A very user-friendly introduction to pre-alge- that contains essential information on the topic
braic concepts. This workbook contains skill Instructional Resources and includes important terms and definitions and
introductions, practice problems, and drills for explanations. 2) Read the ‘helpful hints’ section
students needing review and extra practice or Painless Algebra (6-10) that offers tips and shortcuts. 3) Go through the
to challenge beginners. The book is divided Have you ever felt like learning Algebra is like examples by writing them out on your own paper,
into 11 sections with each section featuring trying to learn a strange new language? If so, this which will aid in better understanding. 4) Work the
student work pages, a review page, and a unit book will show you how to translate “Math Talk” exercises, and refer back to the ‘helpful hints’ as
test. Each page covers a different pre-algebraic into “Plain English”. Easy to understand expla- needed. 5) Complete the review section. 6) Correct
concept or topic with a box on the top explain- nations, step-by-step examples, and common your work. Seems pretty easy!
ing the concept and giving an example of how pitfalls and mistakes make this a great resource The bonus for this book is the free online video
to work it followed by 10-20 student practice for first-time learners and reviewers alike. Topics lessons. Mr. Fisher, America’s Math Teacher,
problems. Concepts covered include integers, covered include integers, solving single variable will narrate students through the concept of each
variables, metric measures, formulas, operations, equations, solving inequalities, graphing linear lesson as writing appears on a white board. He
inequalities, properties, exponents, fractions, equations and inequalities, exponents, roots works through some examples (different from
mixed numbers, decimals, graphing, percents, and radicals, quadratic equations, and solving those found in the book) using visual prompts
rational numbers, square roots, the Pythagorean systems of equations. Several short “brain tick- and making suggestions for ways to remember.
Theorem, probabilities, and much more. An ler” problem sets are interspersed throughout for He suggests that the student watch the video
answer key is included in the back with answers practice. ~ Anh lesson before going to the book lesson. These
to all of the practice problems, reviews, and 021558 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.99 8.50 short concise self-contained lessons can change
tests. The overall workbook is very clean and the world of algebra for your student. 280 pgs,
well organized with more practice per topic and Algebra (Skills for Success) (6-12) pb. ~ Donna
less wasted space than the Pre-Algebra (Step-by- Add some extra practice and review to your 053572 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.95 29.95
Step) workbook. It is comparable to the 100+ curriculum with the Skills for Success Algebra
series in the number of practice problems, but workbook. The book is divided into twelve sec- 1001 Problems to Master Algebra (2nd Edition)
explanations are better in this workbook. A very tions – connecting with algebra, using rules of (8-10)
complete, easy to use workbook. ~ Megan algebra, writing linear equations, solving linear You are only 1001 problems away from mas-
000702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 11.95 equations, graphing linear equations, apply- tering the skills you need for algebra success.
ing linear equations, working with inequalities This book includes 1001 practice problems (not
Mastering the Standards Mathematics (7-10+) and absolute values, solving systems of lin- instruction), for pre-algebra, linear equations and
These inexpensive, no-nonsense books are ideal ear equations, working with powers/exponents/ inequalities, polynomial expressions, rational
for test preparation or ensuring you’ve covered polynomials, quadratic equations and factoring, expressions, radical expressions and quadratic
all the bases at the end of a school year. Each calculating rational expressions, and applying equations, elementary functions, matrix alge-
book has a detailed table of contents which lists rational equations and proportions. The topical bra, and common algebra errors. Sharpen your
the broad skills that make up the mathematical organization make it easier to match the content algebra skills with sets of practice that become
standards, and individual worksheets in each with your curriculum. Each section includes progressively more challenging. Answers and
section that test student understanding of the practice pages, review, and a test; the number explanations are found at the back of the book,
individual benchmarks in that skill area. Each of pages varies by section. There are 128 pages along with a glossary and instructions for how to
skills section begins with a page of detailed and are reproducible for classroom and family access online practice tests. ~ Donna
standards information for the teacher and a use and answer keys are included. A little extra 065925 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.95 14.50
mastery check test. The teacher information practice never hurts! ~ Donna
includes a list of mastery benchmarks, a list of 034647 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16.99 11.95 ☼Algebra Success in 20 Minutes a Day (5ED)
math vocabulary words students should know, (7-AD)
and some general suggestions on teaching the Humongous Book of Algebra Problems (6-AD) This book offers 20 lessons
skill at that grade level. Practice assessments Please see Programs – Middle/Upper Grades for Algebra practice that
include a mix of problems in the skill section so section previously in Math for a complete can be done in 20 minutes
it’s easy to see where reinforcement is needed. description of this series. a day! Each lesson deals
Perforated, single-page practice worksheets on 044787 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.95 15.50 with one topic – integers,
specific topics follow for extra practice where algebraic expressions, like
needed. With Algebra, one general page of No-Nonsense Algebra (8-10) terms, solving basic equa-
teacher and test-taking information is provided at From America’s Math Teacher, Richard W. tions, solving multistep
the beginning of the book only, although practice Fisher, comes a very straightforward and logi- equations, equations with
assessments are still provided at the beginning of cal approach to mastering algebraic concepts. variables on both sides of
each section. A bound-in but perforated answer From the beginning of the book to the end, each the equation, formulas to
key begins at the very front of the book and may lesson builds on previous knowledge in a very solve equations, graphing linear equations, solv-
continue at the very end. Books are reproducible ‘no-nonsense’ fashion. The book is divided into ing inequalities, graphing inequalities, graphing
for your own use and 62 pgs, pb. - Jess chapters – tools for algebra, solving equations, systems of equations and inequalities, solving
EACH BOOK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.39 5.95 graphing and analyzing linear equations, solv- systems of equations algebraically, exponents,
042496 Pre-Algebra 042487 Algebra ing and graphing inequalities, systems of linear multiplying polynomials, factoring polynomials,
equations and inequalities, polynomials, rational factoring, quadratic equations, simplifying rad-
expressions, radical expressions and geometry, icals, solving radical equations, and using the
quadratic equations, and algebra word problems. quadratic formula. Take the pretest to pinpoint
Every chapter is divided into lessons, and every specific problems one might have and then focus
lesson is one to two pages in length and follows on the lessons that will help these areas. Each
the same format – introduction and explana- lesson includes a topic summary and definition,
tion, helpful hints, examples, written exercises, practice problems, tips for solving problems, and
review. There is even a final exam to assess the examples. Practice problems are found after each
student’s understanding. A reference section at concept within the lesson and a mixed practice
the back of the book includes lists of formulas, is found at the end of the lesson. After finish-
symbols, multiplication table, prime numbers, ing, take the posttest to measure your progress.
squares and roots, fraction/decimal equivalents, Answers and a glossary are found at the back of
and an answer key (not solutions). the book. 205 pgs, pb. ~ Donna
The author offers 6 steps to using this book so it 067707 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.00 13.95
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 557
Algebra Workbooks & Manipulatives large for a traditionally-sized stamp pad. It will Humongous Books of Geometry Problems (6-AD)
work well with a jumbo stamp pad, such as the Please see Programs – Middle/Upper Grades
Balance Math Teaches Algebra (4-12) large black ink pad below. section previously in Math for a complete
Algebra can be a very difficult course for 019801 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.99 6.75 description of this series.
many students who don’t think abstractly. This 044789 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.95 15.50
book offers step-by-step, visual exercises using Large Black Ink Pad
a balance scale to help with the understanding For larger stamps (such as the X-Y Axis stamp Zome Geometry Advanced Math Creator Kit
of ‘balancing equations.’ Similar to the format above), this large 3” x 6” black ink pad gives you (9-12)
of the rest of the Balance Math series, this book the surface area you need. An incredible product for a kinesthetic learner
additionally offers explanations and instruction 000958 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15 4.75 to explore Geometry. Containing 1308 Zome
for each step of the equation process. For exam- Geometry pieces (300 Zome balls and 1008 Zome struts)
ple, the first page shows a balance scale that is and a handy carrying case, this massive activity
level, having a 20 on the left pan and a square Instructional Resources based program will allow you to build a pleth-
containing an x on the right pan. This would indi- ora of geometric shapes. The included manual
cate that the two are equal. The next illustration Patty Paper Geometry (6-10) contains a variety of step by step instructions
shows a balance scale with the square containing Did you know that one of the ideal manipula- for different designs, as well as displaying some
the x on the left pan and a question mark (?) on tives for geometric investigations is patty paper? unique ways to create bubbles! The activities in
the right pan. To the right of the illustrations is It is semi-transparent, holds a crease, and can the included Geometry book cover a wide range
a box with these words, “From the 1st scale we be writen on with pencil (plus you can use them of topics including Angles, Polygons, Platonic
know: 20 = x. Reversing the sides of an equation to separate hamburgers). The author’s chance Solids, Symmetry, Euler’s Theorem, Cubes, Area,
does not change its value. Therefore, x = 20 =?” encounter with patty papers in a paper-folding Volume, Coordinates, Fractals, and much much
Along with the verbiage is a fill-in box where activity led to his use of them in the classroom, more. Each of the 24 units begins with some
the student will answer “? = ____.” The prob- where he discovered they were the perfect solu- teacher notes and then contains multiple les-
lems are presented as puzzles that engage and tion for geometric constructions and explorations. son-size activities. The activities each start with a
really make a student think, and progress from He relates, “When patty paper activities started ‘Challenge,’ which students can attempt (explore)
simple to complex. Some review-type pages are appearing in my workshops for teachers, I devot- on their own, but may not be able to complete.
placed intermittently throughout the book just ed a brief five minutes to them. Within months This sets the foundation upon which the activity
to make sure your student understands and can the number of patty paper activities grew until develops, and the answers to the ‘Challenge’ are
apply concepts. The back of the book offers tips five minutes became ten, then fifteen, then thirty soon understood. There are questions through-
for working with the balance scale visuals, and minutes. I now do three-hour patty paper geom- out the activities with the answers included in the
answers with explanations. The method used for etry workshops! Caution: Patty paper geometry is back of the book. The activities will help to build
teaching the steps of equations and solving them addictive.” This well-written book uses a discov- spatial, conceptual, visualization, and geometric
reminds me a little of the Hands-On Equations ery approach along with patty papers to investi- skills. There is a 25th unit which contains some
products. This would be a super introduction gate all of the basic geometric principles. These further explorations for those that did not fit into
to algebra for younger children, a great tutorial investigations are divided topically into sets such the other units. You will be fascinated as your
for someone having difficulty with equations, or as “Special Points of Intersection” and “Properties student starts to explore, build, discover, and
helpful practice for anyone wants to keep their of Circles”. Within each set are both Guided make key observations. An excellent course
skills sharp. - Donna Investigations and Open Investigations. Guided supplement, or great to use as a stand alone for
053122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.99 Investigations have step-by-step instructions with an elective. ~ Carl
illustrations. Open Investigations encourage inde- 025777 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349.00 235.00
Easyshapes Algebra Tiles (3-10) pendent discovery and include lined spaces for
These Algebra tiles provide a useful way to students to record their findings. At the end of Geometry Materials & Manipulatives
introduce polynomials and operations. Use tiles each set of investigations there are exercise sets
to model problems to aid understanding of the to reinforce new concepts and review previous- Dive Into Shapes! “Sea” & Build Geometry (1-5)
zero principle, addition, subtraction and mul- ly-learned concepts. Answers to all course exer- Students who learn better using hands-on
tiplication of polynomials. Each piece is dual cises and questions are also included. Although manipulatives will really enjoy building geo-
colored to allow for versatility: five foam 6 cm x student pages in the text are reproducible, a nicely metric shapes with this set. The set includes 34
6 cm (blue and red) pieces; ten strips of 6 cm x formatted consumable student workbook is also spherical connectors, 60 color-coded connecting
1 cm (green/red) and twenty of 1 cm x 1 cm (red available. It contains all of the open investiga- sticks (3 colors, 3 lengths), 20 curved sticks, and
and yellow). Set of 35 foam tiles. ~ Ruth tions and most of the exercise sets. We are also 15 double-sided cards with instructions to build
CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. happy to be able to offer patty papers to use with different shapes. Pieces are made of hard plastic
060831 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.95 this course. to withstand repeated use. Students will learn
This course would be equally suitable for use as about geometric shapes as they build 2-D shapes
X-Y Axis Board (4-12) a supplement to a formal geometry course or as a like squares, triangles, right triangles, and hexa-
This economical dry-erase board has many pos- pre-geometry text. If you are using Discovering gons; 3-D shapes like cubes, triangular prisms,
sible uses. It’s a glossy, flexible, two-sided sheet Geometry as your basal text there will be some and cylinders; or combine shapes to build from
measuring 12” x 9” (and less than a mm thick). overlap, since that book also uses patty paper their imaginations. Students can also learn about
One side is blank white while the other contains investigations throughout the course. fractions and equal portions using this building
a centimeter grid of 20 cm squares by 28 cm 008059 Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.95 set. This reminds me of some of the sets used
squares. Thick, blacker lines split the grid hori- 008060 Student Workbook . . . . 18.50 to build molecules or atoms, so why not stretch
zontally and vertically to form an XY axis, so the 008061 Patty Paper 1000 shts . 11.75 the use of this set into your science curriculum,
board is great for a variety of graphing activities. PATTYS Set of three above . . 62.23 59.95 or just have some fun building with it? ~ Donna
Use with dry-erase markers. ~ Rachel 057797 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.99 22.50
045499 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99 1.50 Patty Paper 1000 Sheets
Patty Paper Sheets are also available separate-
X-Y Axis Stamp ly and are a worthwhile tool for any geome-
We’re tired of drawing those x,y axis lines on try course. Sets include 1000 semi-transparent
graph paper! Now, it’ll be easy with our new- sheets that hold creases and can be written on
found rubber stamp. Children can stamp right on with a pencil. Great for many geometry exercis-
their work paper - no need for a separate sheet es and paper-folding activities. Sets come with
of graph paper. Stamp features a 144-block grid sheets measuring 6” x 6” inches or 5.5” x5.5”.
with central x/y axis, has a large, easy-grip han- 008061 6 x 6 inch Sheets . . . . . 11.75
dle and measures 3” x 3”. The size makes it a bit 037701 5.5 x 5.5 inch Sheets . . 8.95
558 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Geometry Template Geometric Solids Mini Wooden Geosolids - set of 12 (K-AD)
This templates is made of flexible, shatter-resis- Teach shapes and reinforce geometric under-
tant material. The edges of most of the templates Basic Geometric Volume Set (6 pieces) (PK-11) standing with these smooth, hardwood solids.
double as handy rulers - one side marked in These six transparent pieces are great for Set of 12 includes cone, sphere, cube, cylinders,
inches and the other in centimeters. Portrays 33 experimenting with volume. Most pieces have pyramid, prisms, hemisphere, and rectangular
different geometric shapes to help students draw one side missing to hold a wide variety of items. solids. Pieces range from 1.5” to 3”.
or copy even complex geometrical diagrams. However, the sphere contains a 1.5 cm diameter 050126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.45 8.75
Also features a grid inside of a large circle which hole for putting in contents. Set includes a cone
is marked in degrees. Includes instructions. (4 1/2” x 4 1/2”), cylinder (4” x 4” x 4 1/2”), Geometric Solids, Plastic, 5 cm (PK-11)
002828 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 4.25 4-sided pyramid (4 1/8’ x 4 1/8” x 4 1/2”), cube This set of 17 green plastic geometric solids is
(4”), and rectangular solid (4” x 4” x 2”). Fill perfect for students of all ages to reinforce tricky
Angle Ruler (4-12) them with liquids, 1 cm blocks, sand, etc. ~ Ruth geometry concepts. Each 3D piece measures 2”
Stop doing the two-step with that old-fashioned 060908 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.99 8.95 high and 1-2” across. Shapes include a square,
protractor! Construct angles in one easy step. pentagon, cylinder, hexagon, cube, cones, rect-
Like its predecessor, it also measures angles. Small Geometric Solids (Set of 8) (K-3) angle, pyramid, and more. ~ Lisa
Marked in inches and centimeters. Use these small solids to help students explore 046112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 15.95
019970 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 2.75 geometric principles. All solids are about 1”
wide and made of hard solid plastic. Includes a View-Thru Geometric Solids
☼Small Plastic Mirror (1-8) sphere, cone, cube, square pyramid, triangular This 17-pc set is ideally constructed for all
Durable and double sided, this mirror is perfect pyramid, cylinder, rectangular prism, and trian- types of liquid and solid measurement activi-
for a variety of math and science activities. Made gular prism. ties. Clear see-through components include blue
of flexible acrylic, there is little opportunity for CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. tinted removable plugs at the base. Great for
little ones to cut themselves. Use to see symmetry 031012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.98 4.75 volume comparisons and relationships between
in action or reflect light. Measures approximately various solids. Removable bases can also be
2 ¼” x 3 1/4”. ~ Deanne Geometric Solids 1-10 solids (40 pcs) (1-11) used for plane geometry. Shapes include: Large
066818 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Moving from 2D to 3D thinking? Have a tactile square prism, small square prism, large rectan-
or visual learner? These geometric shapes are gular prism, small rectangular prism, pentagonal
Math VU Mirror (1-9) sturdy, 3D, and have a multitude of uses. This prism, hexagonal prism, large triangular prism,
This is a handy tool to help students learn about set includes 40 pieces: 10 unique shapes, each small triangular prism, square pyramid, triangular
and analyze geometric shapes, congruence, simi- in 4 colors (blue, yellow, red & green): sphere, pyramid, pentagonal pyramid, hexagonal pyra-
larity and symmetry. The mirror is made of reflec- hemisphere, cylinder, hexagonal prism, cone, mid, large cylinder, small cylinder, cone, sphere,
tive, transparent red plastic. 0-12 centimeters triangular prism, hexagonal prism, tetrahedron, and hemisphere. A solid value.
is marked on one edge, and the opposite edge square pyramid and cuboid. ~ Ruth CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs.
is marked 0-5 inches. One end is cut straight, CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. 015362 (E.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.95 11.75
and the other end is curved for drawing and 060915 (C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.25
measuring. Each mirror comes with one ruler/ Folding 2D/3D Geometric Solids—10 cm, 11
protractor template and one reflective enhancer C. shapes (4-11)
card. There is a built-in support which will hold Reinforce tricky geometry concepts with these
the template and/or reflective enhancer card. The colorful, hands-on shapes. Each 4” x 4” 3D
Math VU Mirror is designed to work with the shape is made of clear plastic with a colorful,
Investigate & Discover Geometry, Shape, Space plastic, folding net housed inside. The durable
& Measurement series. ~ Donna plastic nets are creased and folded to fit perfectly
038887 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.35 4.00 inside the matching shape—when unfolded, they
B. sort of resemble mini gift boxes before they have
GeoLand/Junior GeoLand (PK-3) A. been assembled. The bottom of each 3D shape
These are some fun manipulatives to aid in the contains the name of the shape, plus a removable
understanding of symmetry and reflection, and panel for easy insertion and removal of the nets.
the science of light; help your students under- The set contains 11 shapes in 6 different colors:
stand the connection between science and math Geometric Solids (PK-6) a red triangular prism, a red triangular pyramid,
(STEM). There are no instructions in either of Hardwood solids range in sizes from 2-3” a yellow square pyramid, a yellow cube, a pur-
these kits, so use them to supplement your math/ and help students explore geometric principles. ple rectangular prism, a blue pentagonal prism,
science curriculum and demonstrate the con- Natural wood finish. a blue pentagonal pyramid, a green hexagonal
cepts of symmetry and reflection. The mirrors fit CHOKING HAZARD (1). Not <3yrs. pyramid, a green hexagonal prism, an orange
into the slots on the plastic frame. Lay the pattern 018738 12-pc. set . . . . . . . . 17.99 13.95 cylinder, and an orange cone. The 2D nets pro-
blocks at the angle to create complete designs. Set includes cylinder, cone, square prism, vide a great way to actually see the surface area
The GeoLand Math Set includes: two 10x15 rectangular prism, octagonal prism, sphere, of these shapes. ~ Lisa
cm acrylic mirrors, one 10x30 acrylic mirror, triangular prism (equilateral), cube, hexago- 045992 (F.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54.99 26.95
one mirror-finished semicircular cardstock shape, nal prism, square pyramid, cylinder (wide),
plastic frame with degree graduations, and 30 and hemisphere. E.
pattern blocks. 32 double-sided cards show 055275 15-pc. set . . . . . . . . 17.50 15.75
images that can be duplicated by using the mir- Set includes cone, 2 cubes, rectangle solid,
rors, pattern blocks, and plastic frame. sphere, hemisphere, 2 cylinders, prism,
The Junior GeoLand Set includes: two 10 x 15 square prism, pentagonal cylinder, hexago-
cm acrylic mirrors, one 10 x 30 acrylic mirror, nal cylinder, octagonal cylinder, pyramid,
one mirror-finished semicircular cardstock shape, rectangular pyramid, triangular pyramid,
plastic frame with degree graduations, 30 pat- hexagonal pyramid, octagonal pyramid, and
tern blocks, 50 GeoStix, and 64 2-sided activity pentagonal pyramid.
cards. There is some overlap between the cards 016232 19-pc. set (D.) . . . . . 17.50 15.75
in the Math Set and the Junior Set. ~ Donna 19-pc set includes sphere, half sphere, cube, F.
064910 GeoLand Math (B.) . . 46.99 22.95 rectangular prism, square prism, cone, cylin-
064911 Junior GeoLand . . . . 36.99 27.95 der, triangular pyramid, rectangular pyramid,
pentagonal pyramid, hexogonal pyramid, D.
octogonal pyramid and more.
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 559
2D/3D Geometric Solids (3-11) 6” Plastic Protractor (Assorted Colors) Compasses
Ok, these are really cool! It is a set of clear Just like the Professional Protractor (#039825)
plastic 3D geometric shapes (cube is the largest but in one of four colors: blue, green, yellow, and SAFE-T Compass
at 3”x3”x3”, rectangular pyramid is the smallest pink. We can’t guarantee a specific color, but if Translucent orange compass lays flat on paper
at 1.75”x2”x3”.) Each shape has a lid on one you order more than one, we will try to assort. - no sharp points. Allows you to draw circles
side and inside is a colored vinyl 2D shape (red/ 039822 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.50 from 1/4” to 10” in diameter in 1/16” increments.
orange/yellow/green/blue.) If you have a student Holed rivet allows you to position exactly at
that is having a hard time translating from 2D to ☼Sticky 10 Protractor (Set of 10) (3-AD) vertex. Arm functions as straight-edge ruler also,
3D and recognizing the base shapes, simply pop Peel off the white backing and apply this clear calibrated in inch/metric rules.
out the inside folded net and lay it out flat, this protractor to a notebook, a plastic binder or other 015354 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.95
is just what you need! Show them that a cylinder surface. Each sticker is 10” long and 5” high.
is made up of 2 circles and a rectangle. Great for The set of 10 stickers is great for a classroom or Triman Compass/Ruler (3-AD)
the hands-on learner or for any lesson on geom- co-op setting. The entire backing is adhesive for A handy dandy inexpensive tool for middle
etry, angles, area, volume, etc. They are really a lasting stick. school and up. Measuring approx. 6”, students
sturdy, so a nice manipulative for a group or 064628 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.25 6.95 will be able to draw circles, triangles and straight
classroom too, and come in a storage box. The lines with this unique 4-in-1 drawing compass/
set includes 12 shapes: cube, cylinder, triangular Percent Protractor ruler. Using the compass is easy: pinch and slide
prism, pentagonal prism, hexagonal prism, cone, The Percent Protractor eliminates the need to the cursor to the desired position and lock it;
triangular pyramid, square pyramid, rectangular convert each percent to its corresponding degree then place your finger on the transparent swivel
pyramid, pentagonal pyramid, and a hexagonal measurement and enables students to easily disk and place your pencil point in one of the
pyramid. ~ Sara make circle graphs, draw an angle greater than two cursor holes and draw a circle. With the dual
060905 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49.99 27.95 180 degrees in one step, and make both a circle cm and inch markings, students will find it easier
graph and a bar graph with the same tool. to measure and convert inches and centimeters.
Protractors 034944 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 Markings up to 4.3” on one edge and 12 cm on
the opposite. Light colored opaque. ~ Deanne
Protractors (4-AD) ☼Circle Protractor - 6” (2-AD) 050378 (E.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25
Complete all of your measurement activities This bright transparent orange, circular protrac-
with these handy plastic protractors. ~ Enh tor measures 6” in diameter, is shatterproof, and Stop System Innovation 3 Pc Compass Set (K-AD)
EACH PROTRACTOR (except) . . 0.75 can be used to measure up to a full 360°. Open Heavy duty compass gives you the option of
039126 4” Non-flexible – Clear 0.65 in the middle with a mid-cross bar, increments using a pencil or a small mechanical lead tip
This compact protractor measures 0 to 180 are measured 1/2° and marked in ascending and (2 included). A guard folds back to protect the
degrees left to right and right to left. Made descending graduations. ~ Donna pointed metal tip when not in use. Adjusting the
of hard clear plastic. 065377 (B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.15 compass is super easy: hold down on the red
039125 6” Flexible – Clear “lock” to open or close the width of your arc/
Measures angles in both directions and the ☼Pro-Circle Protractor (PK-AD) circle. Stores neatly away in a plastic case with a
6”straightedge ruler on the bottom is labeled With a diameter of 4 ½”, this 360-degree clear strong closure. By Maped. 5.5” long.
in both customary and metric measurements. plastic protractor includes 16 circle stencils with 062075 Compass Set . . . . . . . .4.99 4.75
Clear durable, flexible plastic. marked diameters from 1mm to 15mm. Versatile 060254 Lead Refill - 2mm . . . . . 1.65
039128 6” Clear Plastic – Non-Flexible to meet your math, engineering and art needs. Pack of 10 refill leads for a Maped compass
Measures angles in both directions and the ~ Deanne (item #062075) or other models. 2mm thick
6”straightedge ruler on the bottom is labeled 064627 (C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.25 and about 10mm long in a plastic case.
in both customary and metric measurements.
Made of durable clear plastic. 360 Degree Angle Measure (K-AD)
Clear plastic circular measure is 4” in diameter
☼Protractor - 4” (4-AD) lets you measure angles from 0-360 degrees by
This small protractor is bright transparent turning the knob in the center. By Helix.
orange (so you won’t lose it) and the right size to 060255 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.89 1.80
F.
put in a coat or shirt pocket. Use it to measure
angles from 0° to 180° in 1° increments which Protractor With Swinging Bar
are clearly marked on the outside edge and on A protractor is a handy tool, but with this bar E.
the open interior edge. ~ Donna you can measure and draw angles even better!
065378 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.50 The protractor is sturdy clear plastic, and the bar Universal Locking Compass (3-AD)
swings 360 degrees. - Melissa One of my biggest complaints with a compass
6” Clearview Protractor 000622 (D.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.95 is that the legs don’t hold in place while you are
Dual scale, slotted protractor with top scale trying to complete a circle. This inexpensive yet
measuring angles opening on the left hand side Angle and Circle Maker (2 in 1 Protractor and sturdy plastic compass by Maped Helix takes
and bottom scale measuring angles opening on Compass) (6-AD) away that frustration. The compass tip is retract-
the right hand side. Unlike many other protrac- Draw circles and measure angles with this able for safety and a twist-lock holds the compass
tors, the straight edge portion is calibrated in protractor/compass combo tool. The outer blue legs firmly in position. Although this comes with
millimeters as opposed to inches. Transparent, circle stays put as you rotate the inner piece. a little pencil, it will work with any standard
light blue in color. ~ Enh Instructions with illustrations are on the back. pencil or pen and measurements are in cm and
039821 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.95 By Helix. inches. ~ Donna
058506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.99 3.75 036400 (F.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99 1.89
6” Professional Protractor B.
This clear, sturdy protractor makes drawing and D. Compass With Safety Point (PK-AD)
measuring angles easy. Use the top scale to mea- C. An economical, metal compass perfect for
sure angles opening on the left-hand side and the your younger students! This tool creates accurate
bottom scale to measure angles opening on the circles up to 12 inches in diameter and is scaled
right-hand side. Dual scale also allows for quick for either inches or centimeters. Lock the pencil
reference to supplementary angles. Includes a in place and the ball bearing construction allows
built-in 6” ruler. ~ Enh A. for easy maneuverability. A 3-inch pencil is
039825 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.50 included. ~ Ruth
036338 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.50
560 Mathematics See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels.
Bullseye Compass Safety Compass/Protractor w/ Swing Arm 1.25” - 1.5” wide). 12” ruler; 6.5” 30°/60°
A safe, plastic compass (no sharp points, made (6-AD) triangle; 5.25” 45°/90° triangle; 6” 180° pro-
with SAFE-T plastic) that lays flat on your paper. This plastic compass has a rounded metal tip, tractor. Grey only.
Held in place with one finger while you insert pencil lock, scaled in inches and centimeters, 059426 5 piece . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99 1.75
a pen or other writing implement in a drawing and can accurately draw circles up to a 12” 12” ruler, 4” 30°/60° triangle ruler, 3.25”
guide hole. It’s called a Bullseye compass diameter. The plastic 6” protractor is also marked 45°/90° triangle ruler, 4” 180° protractor, and
because of the Direct View compass point which in inches and cm, and has a swing arm to help 360° compass ruler. Assorted colors.
allows you to exactly place the center of the you draw angles accurately. ~ Donna
circle at any point. A sliding radius indicator 064028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50 059427 4 piece w/ Center Wheel Compass
lets you select radius in metric or standard units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.39 2.25
Holes in the indicator that line up with the Basic Drawing Board Geometry Set 12” ruler, 5.25” 30°/60° triangle ruler, 4.25”
arrows provide extremely accurate construction. Includes an 11” x 13” drawing board, a 12” 45°/90° triangle ruler, 4” 180° protractor, and
The compass also has a built-in protractor for T-square ruler, a 30-60-90 right triangle, a center wheel compass. Compass Lead Refill
measuring and constructing angles and the radius 45-45-90 right triangle, a Safe-T Compass, and available. Assorted colors.
arm doubles as a ruler with both standard and an instruction booklet. ~ Anh 059428 4 piece w/Compass . . . . 1.95
metric markings. 025799 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.75 12” ruler; 5.25” 30°/60° triangle ruler; 4.25”,
015322 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.95 45°/90° triangle ruler; 4” 180° protractor; and
Safe-T Geometry Set (2-12) pencil compass. Grey only.
Fiskars Safety Point Compass (3-AD) Getting into geometry can be tough, but this
A basic, plastic compass in assorted colors. economical set provides you with all the tools
CHOKING HAZARD (1, 4). Not <3yrs. you’ll need to conquer it! Included are four draw- A.
039121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.55 ing tools made from flexible, see-through, shat-
ter-resistant plastic, with no sharp points. There’s
Metal Compass - English/Metric (6-AD) a compass that lies flat instead of having sharp
This economical compass is sturdy and ver- legs like a traditional compass, which can make
satile. This tool creates accurate circles up to circles up to 10” in diameter and also has straight
12 inches in diameter and is scaled for either edges that double as a 4” ruler and a 10 cm ruler.
inches or centimeters. Lock the pencil in place A traditional protractor and twotriangles (one 45
and the ball bearing construction allows for easy degrees and one 60 degrees) are also included,
maneuverability. A 3-inch pencil is included. which have both standard and metric measures. C. B.
Note: compass point is somewhat sharp—not The 4-piece set is conveniently stored in a plastic
recommended for young ones. ~ Ruth pouch that has hole-punches so it can be stored Staedtler 8 Piece Geometry Set (9-12)
060774 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.95 in a 3-ring binder. ~ Rachel A quality set with a great “feel” to it. Included:
048996 (A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.99 4.25 metal divider, metal compass (maximum circle
Geometric Drawing Sets 300 mm), HB automatic pencil, 6” ruler, 6” pro-
Primary Relational Shapes Templates – Set of tractor, 30/60 triangle, 45/90 triangle, sharpener,
Fiskars Compass and Protractor Set (3-AD) 5 (PK-3) and eraser. Everything necessary for high school
This is a great starter set. The plastic compass Triangles within a triangle, squares within a geometry class all in a plastic case with hinged
can measure circles up to 12” in diameter (one square… these large, colorful plastic shape tem- lid! ~ Janice
pencil included). The shatter-resistant protractor plates teach and reinforce basic geometry and 048199 (C.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.50 8.75
is transparent, so you can easily see what you’re relational shape concepts. This set contains five
working on. It measures up to 6” large plastic shapes (triangle, circle, square, rect-
031935 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.19 2.75 angle, and hexagon), each with five smaller cut- Calculus / Trigonometry
out holes that represent variations of that shape.
Compass & Protractor Set w/ #2 Pencil (6-AD) For example, the triangle template has five trian- Humongous Book of Calculus Problems (9-AD)
Half circle protractor with pivoting arm to mea- gle holes, each a different size and angle. The Please see Programs – Middle/Upper Grades
sure and draw angles. Metal tip is blunt for safe- cutout holes are perfect for tracing shapes, and section previously in Math for a complete
ty. Includes 3.5” wooden pencil. The compass would be useful in art projects as well as math description of this series.
draws up to 12” circles and measures arc in both class. Templates measure 6” x 6” (approx; varies 044788 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21.95 15.50
metric and imperial. Assorted colors. by shape). ~ Lisa
042484 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.99 1.75 011679 (B.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.99 6.50 TrigTrainer (10-12)
There seem to be manipulatives for every area
School Kit with Zipper Pouch (5 pc) (6-AD) Maped Compass and Geometry Kit (5-AD) of math. Why not trigonometry? If you have a
Your student will be ready for math with this This geometry tools kit includes: two sturdy high school student working on trig, then you
basic 5-piece set. Components include a plastic metal compasses (one for use with any pencil, know they have to be able to use manipulative
sharpener with metal blade, an eraser, a 6” (15 and one for use with pencil lead only); a pencil devices along with a calculator to achieve mas-
cm) plastic ruler, a 180° protractor with a 6” for the first compass and an extra piece of pen- tery. The 8.5”x11” heavy, styrene TrigTrainer
ruler base, and a scale-arm plastic compass with cil lead for the second; a pencil sharpener and helps fulfill this requirement by allowing students
a metal tip and toggle switch for holding the eraser; and a protractor, ruler (with both inches to better understand sine, cosine, and tangent
included 3” pencil. The kit comes in a plastic, and centimeters) and two squares (also both with functions.
zippered 4x7” pouch. Sets come in assorted col- inches and centimeters). Everything comes in a The 80-page activity book is found in the
ors of blue, green, pink or purple. If you order small plastic case. introductory kit and sold separately. It includes
more than one, we’ll assort. ~ Ruth 055301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.79 5.25 24 activities and a bit of trig history. It works
042874 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.99 2.25 with the basic functions of trig and is packed
Geometry Ruler Combination Sets (6-AD) with useful resources that enhance the teaching
Compass-Ball Bearing and 6” Protractor (PK-AD) Rulers are in inches and centimeters. Sets are power of the TrigTrainer. The book is reproduc-
This basic combo set will get you started! The good quality at a surprisingly low price. Triangles ible for classroom or family use. A projectable
clear protractor contains raised degree marks to have inches on one side and centimeters on the TrigTrainer is also included in the kit for use with
180° and a 6” ruler. The metal ball bearing com- other. Clear plastic – most components are 1” groups or simply for demonstration purposes with
pass, scaled in inches and centimeters, draws wide. Items are one set each but some come in your own student.
circles up to 12”; easily adjust the included 3 assorted colors. ~ Janice 045261 Introductory Kit . . . . 24.95 24.50
1/2” pencil with the metal clip. ~ Ruth 059425 4 piece . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.95 065324 Activity Book only . . . . 12.95
036314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.05 1.95 Larger items than other sets (components are 045262 Single TrigTrainer . . . . . 6.25
See page vi for key to Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act warning labels. Mathematics 561